FILED PURSUANT TO RULE 424(B)(3)
                                                    REGISTRATION NO. 333-207258

Structured Capital Strategies(R) 16

A variable and index-linked deferred annuity contract


PROSPECTUS DATED FEBRUARY 22, 2016


PLEASE READ AND KEEP THIS PROSPECTUS FOR FUTURE REFERENCE. IT CONTAINS
IMPORTANT INFORMATION THAT YOU SHOULD KNOW BEFORE PURCHASING OR TAKING ANY
OTHER ACTION UNDER YOUR CONTRACT. YOU SHOULD READ THE PROSPECTUSES FOR EACH
TRUST WHICH CONTAIN IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THE PORTFOLIOS.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

WHAT IS STRUCTURED CAPITAL STRATEGIES(R) 16?

Structured Capital Strategies(R) 16 is a variable and index-linked deferred
annuity contract issued by AXA EQUITABLE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY. The Structured
Capital Strategies(R) contract is offered in various classes, called Series B,
Series C and Series ADV. The contracts provide for the accumulation of
retirement savings. The contract also offers a number of payout options. You
invest to accumulate value on a tax-deferred basis in one or more of our
variable investment options, in one or more of the Segments comprising the
Structured Investment Option or in our Dollar Cap Averaging Program. See
"Definition of key terms" later in this Prospectus for a more detailed
explanation of terms associated with the Structured Investment Option.

This Prospectus is a disclosure document and describes all of the contract's
material features, benefits, rights and obligations, as well as other
information. The description of the contract's material provisions in this
Prospectus is current as of the date of this Prospectus. If certain material
provisions under the contract are changed after the date of this Prospectus in
accordance with the contract, those changes will be described in a supplement
to this Prospectus. You should carefully read this Prospectus in conjunction
with any applicable supplements. The contract should also be read carefully.

The contract may not currently be available in all states. In addition, certain
features described in this Prospectus may vary in your state. Not all indices
are available in all states. For a state-by-state description of all material
variations to this contract, see "Appendix II" later in this Prospectus. We can
refuse to accept any application or contribution from you at any time,
including after you purchase the contract.

WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO DISCONTINUE THE ACCEPTANCE OF, AND/OR PLACE ADDITIONAL
LIMITATIONS ON, CONTRIBUTIONS INTO CERTAIN INVESTMENT OPTIONS, INCLUDING ANY OR
ALL OF THE SEGMENTS COMPRISING THE STRUCTURED INVESTMENT OPTION. IF WE EXERCISE
THIS RIGHT, YOUR ABILITY TO INVEST IN YOUR CONTRACT, INCREASE YOUR CONTRACT
VALUE AND, CONSEQUENTLY, INCREASE YOUR DEATH BENEFIT WILL BE LIMITED.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PLEASE REFER TO PAGE 15 OF THIS PROSPECTUS FOR A DISCUSSION OF RISK FACTORS.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Our variable investment options are subaccounts offered through Separate
Account No. 49. Each variable investment option, in turn, invests in a
corresponding securities portfolio ("portfolio") of the EQ Advisors Trust (the
"Trust"). Your investment results in a variable investment option will depend
on the investment performance of the related portfolio. Below is a complete
list of the variable investment options:

VARIABLE INVESTMENT OPTIONS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
.. EQ/Core Bond Index
.. EQ/Equity 500 Index
.. EQ/Money Market
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

We also offer our Structured Investment Option, which permits you to invest in
one or more Segments, each of which provides performance tied to the
performance of a securities index or exchange-traded fund for a set period (1
year, 3 years or 5 years). The Structured Investment Option does not involve an
investment in any underlying portfolio. Instead, it is an obligation of AXA
Equitable Life Insurance Company. Unlike an index fund, the Structured
Investment Option provides a return at Segment maturity designed to provide a
combination of protection against certain decreases in the index and a
limitation on participation in certain increases in the index through the use
of Performance Cap Rates. Our minimum Performance Cap Rates for 1, 3, and
5-year Standard Segments are 2%, 6%, and 10% respectively. Our minimum
Performance Cap Rate for 5-year Choice Segments is 10%. Our minimum Performance
Cap Rate for Annual Lock Segments is 2%. WE WILL NOT OPEN A SEGMENT WITH A
PERFORMANCE CAP RATE BELOW THE APPLICABLE MINIMUM PERFORMANCE CAP RATE. The
extent of the downside protection at Segment maturity varies by segment,
ranging from the first 10%, 15%, 20%, 25% or 30% of loss. All guarantees are
subject to AXA Equitable's claims paying ability. THERE IS A RISK OF A
SUBSTANTIAL LOSS OF YOUR PRINCIPAL BECAUSE YOU AGREE TO ABSORB ALL LOSSES TO
THE EXTENT THEY EXCEED THE DOWNSIDE PROTECTION PROVIDED BY THE STRUCTURED
INVESTMENT OPTION AT SEGMENT MATURITY. IF YOU WOULD LIKE A GUARANTEE OF
PRINCIPAL, WE OFFER OTHER PRODUCTS THAT PROVIDE SUCH GUARANTEES.

The total amount earned on an investment in a Segment of the Structured
Investment Option is only applied at Segment maturity. If you take a withdrawal
from a Segment on any date prior to Segment maturity, we calculate the interim
value of the Segment as described in "Appendix III -- Segment Interim Value."
This amount may be less than the amount invested and may be less than the
amount you would receive had you held the investment until Segment maturity.
The Segment Interim Value will generally be negatively affected by increases in
the expected volatility of index prices, interest rate increases, and by poor
market performance. All other factors being equal, the Segment Interim Value
would be lower the earlier a withdrawal or surrender is made during a Segment.
Also, participation in upside performance for early withdrawals is pro-rated
based on the period those amounts were invested in a Segment. This means you
participate to a lesser extent in upside performance the earlier you take a
withdrawal.

THE SEC HAS NOT APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED THESE SECURITIES OR DETERMINED IF THIS
PROSPECTUS IS ACCURATE OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE. THE CONTRACTS ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FDIC OR ANY OTHER
AGENCY. THEY ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR OTHER OBLIGATIONS OF ANY BANK AND ARE NOT BANK
GUARANTEED. THEY ARE SUBJECT TO INVESTMENT RISKS AND POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.

                                                                            SCS
                                                                         #90456







We currently offer the Structured Investment Option using the following indices:

INDICES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
.. S&P 500 Price Return Index

.. Russell 2000(R) Price Return Index

.. MSCI EAFE Price Return Index

.. NASDAQ-100 Price Return Index

.. MSCI Emerging Markets Price Return Index

.. Financial Select Sector SPDR(R) Fund

.. iShares(R) Dow Jones U.S. Real Estate Index Fund

.. Energy Select Sector SPDR(R) Fund

.. SPDR(R) Gold Shares
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TYPES OF CONTRACTS. We offer the contracts for use as:

..   A nonqualified annuity ("NQ") for after-tax contributions only.

..   An individual retirement annuity ("IRA"), either traditional IRA or Roth
    IRA.

..   An annuity that is an investment vehicle for a qualified plan ("QP")
    (whether defined contribution or defined benefit; transfer contributions
    only).

A minimum contribution of $25,000 is required to purchase a contract.

You can purchase this contract in one of three ways: (i) as a Series B
contract, which has withdrawal charges, (ii) as a Series C contract, which has
no withdrawal charges, or (iii) as a Series ADV contract, if you are a
participant in an account established under a fee-based program sponsored by a
registered investment adviser that we accept, which has no withdrawal charges.

The principal underwriters of the contract are AXA Advisors, LLC and AXA
Distributors, LLC. The offering of the contract is intended to be continuous.


Registration statements relating to this offering have been filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"). The statement of additional
information ("SAI") dated February 22, 2016, is a part of the registration
statement filed on Form N-4. The SAI is available free of charge. You may
request one by writing to our processing office at P.O. Box 1547, Secaucus, NJ
07096-1547 or calling 1-800-789-7771. The SAI is incorporated by this reference
into this Prospectus. This Prospectus and the SAI can also be obtained from the
SEC's website at www.sec.gov. The table of contents for the SAI appears at the
back of this Prospectus.







Contents of this Prospectus

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

             Who is AXA Equitable?                               5
             Definitions of key terms                            6
             Structured Capital Strategies(R) at a glance --
               key features                                      8

             ------------------------------------------------------
             FEE TABLE                                          12
             ------------------------------------------------------

             Examples                                           13
             Condensed financial information                    14

             ------------------------------------------------------
             1. RISK FACTORS                                    15
             ------------------------------------------------------
             Cybersecurity                                      18

             ------------------------------------------------------
             2. HOW TO REACH US                                 19
             ------------------------------------------------------

             ------------------------------------------------------
             3. CONTRACT FEATURES AND BENEFITS                  21
             ------------------------------------------------------
             How you can purchase and contribute to your
               contract                                         21
             Owner and annuitant requirements                   24
             How you can make your contributions                24
             Allocating your contributions                      25
             What are your investment options under the
               contract?                                        25
             Portfolios of the Trust                            26
             Structured Investment Option                       27
             Dollar Cap Averaging Program                       37
             Your right to cancel within a certain number of
               days                                             37

             ------------------------------------------------------
             4. DETERMINING YOUR CONTRACT'S VALUE               39
             ------------------------------------------------------
             Your account value and cash value                  39
             Your contract's value in the variable investment
               options and Segment Type Holding Accounts        39
             Your contract's value in the Structured
               Investment Option                                39

             ------------------------------------------------------
             5. TRANSFERRING YOUR MONEY AMONG INVESTMENT
               OPTIONS                                          41
             ------------------------------------------------------
             Transferring your account value                    41
             Disruptive transfer activity                       41

-------------
"We," "our," and "us" refer to AXA Equitable.
When we address the reader of this Prospectus with words such as "you" and
"your," we mean the person who has the right or responsibility that the
Prospectus is discussing at that point. This is usually the contract owner.

When we use the word "contract" it also includes certificates that are issued
under group contracts in some states.

                                      3

                          CONTENTS OF THIS PROSPECTUS






             ------------------------------------------------------
             6. ACCESSING YOUR MONEY                            43
             ------------------------------------------------------
             Withdrawing your account value                     43
             How withdrawals are taken from your account value  44
             Surrendering your contract to receive its cash
               value                                            44
             Withdrawals treated as surrenders                  44
             When to expect payments                            45
             Your annuity payout options                        45

             ------------------------------------------------------
             7. CHARGES AND EXPENSES                            47
             ------------------------------------------------------
             Charges that AXA Equitable deducts                 47
             Charges under the contracts                        47
             Charges that the Trust deducts                     49
             Group or sponsored arrangements                    49
             Other distribution arrangements                    49

             ------------------------------------------------------
             8. PAYMENT OF DEATH BENEFIT                        50
             ------------------------------------------------------
             Your beneficiary and payment of benefit            50
             Beneficiary continuation option                    51

             ------------------------------------------------------
             9. TAX INFORMATION                                 54
             ------------------------------------------------------
             Overview                                           54
             Buying a contract to fund a retirement arrangement 54
             Transfers among investment options                 54
             Taxation of nonqualified annuities                 54
             Individual retirement arrangements ("IRAs")        56
             Roth individual retirement annuities ("Roth IRAs") 61
             Federal and state income tax withholding and
               information reporting                            64
             Impact of taxes to AXA Equitable                   65

             ------------------------------------------------------
             10. MORE INFORMATION                               66
             ------------------------------------------------------
             About Separate Account No. 49                      66
             About Separate Account No. 68                      66
             About the Trust                                    66
             About the general account                          67
             About other methods of payment                     67
             Dates and prices at which contract events occur    67
             About your voting rights                           68
             Statutory compliance                               68
             About legal proceedings                            68
             Financial statements                               68
             Transfers of ownership, collateral assignments,
               loans, and borrowing                             69
             About Custodial IRAs                               69
             Distribution of the contracts                      69

                                                             
             ------------------------------------------------------
             11. INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY
               REFERENCE                                        72
             ------------------------------------------------------



                                                          
        ----------------------------------------------------------------
        APPENDICES
        ----------------------------------------------------------------
          I  --  Condensed financial information                     I-1
         II  --  State contract availability and/or variations of
                   certain features and benefits                    II-1
        III  --  Segment Interim Value                             III-1
         IV  --  Index Publishers                                   IV-1
          V  --  Segment Maturity Date and Segment Start Date
                   examples                                          V-1
         VI  --  Purchase considerations for defined benefit and
                   defined contribution plans                       VI-1

        ----------------------------------------------------------------
        STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
          Table of contents
        ----------------------------------------------------------------


                                      4

                          CONTENTS OF THIS PROSPECTUS






Who is AXA Equitable?

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


We are AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company ("AXA Equitable") a New York stock
life insurance corporation. We have been doing business since 1859. AXA
Equitable Life Insurance Company is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of AXA
Financial, Inc., which is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of AXA S.A.
("AXA"), a French holding company for an international group of insurance and
related financial services companies. As the ultimate sole shareholder of AXA
Equitable, AXA exercises significant influence over the operations and capital
structure of AXA Equitable. No company other than AXA Equitable, however, has
any legal responsibility to pay amounts that AXA Equitable owes under the
contracts. AXA Equitable is solely responsible for paying all amounts owed to
you under your contract.

AXA Financial, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries managed approximately
$577.7 billion in assets as of December 31, 2014. For more than 150 years AXA
Equitable has been among the largest insurance companies in the United States.
We are licensed to sell life insurance and annuities in all fifty states, the
District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, and the U.S. Virgin Islands. Our home office
is located at 1290 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10104.

                                      5

                             WHO IS AXA EQUITABLE?





Definitions of key terms


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ACCOUNT VALUE -- Your "account value" is the total of: (i) the values you have
in the variable investment options, (ii) the values you have in the Segment
Type Holding Accounts and (iii) your Segment Interim Values.

ANNUAL LOCK ANNIVERSARY -- The end of each Annual Lock Period.

ANNUAL LOCK ANNIVERSARY ENDING AMOUNT -- The amount on an Annual Lock
Anniversary calculated for the first Annual Lock Period by adding the Annual
Lock Yearly Return Amount to the Segment Investment, as adjusted for any
withdrawals from that Segment. For subsequent Annual Lock Periods the amount is
calculated by adding the Annual Lock Yearly Return Amount to the previous
Annual Lock Anniversary Starting Amount, as adjusted for any withdrawals from
that Segment. The Annual Lock Anniversary Ending Amount is used solely to
calculate the Segment Maturity Value for Annual Lock Segments. The Annual Lock
Anniversary Ending Amount is not credited to the contract, is not the Segment
Interim Value and cannot be received upon surrender or withdrawal.

ANNUAL LOCK ANNIVERSARY STARTING AMOUNT -- The Annual Lock Anniversary Starting
Amount for the first Annual Lock Period is equal to the Segment Investment, as
adjusted for any withdrawals from that Segment. For subsequent Annual Lock
Periods, it is equal to the Annual Lock Anniversary Ending Amount for the prior
Annual Lock Period, as adjusted for any withdrawals from that Segment. The
Annual Lock Anniversary Starting Amount is not credited to the contract, is not
the Segment Interim Value and cannot be received upon surrender or withdrawal.

ANNUAL LOCK PERIOD -- Each of the one-year periods during an Annual Lock
Segment.

ANNUAL LOCK YEARLY RETURN AMOUNT -- Equals the Segment Investment multiplied by
the Annual Lock Yearly Rate of Return for the first Annual Lock Period. For
subsequent Annual Lock Periods, it is equal to the Annual Lock Anniversary
Starting Amount multiplied by the corresponding Annual Lock Yearly Rate of
Return.

ANNUAL LOCK SEGMENT -- Any multi-year duration Segment belonging to a Segment
Type whose name includes "Annual Lock". Unlike other Segments, your return is
cumulatively calculated based on Index performance each Annual Lock Period
subject to the Performance Cap Rate and Segment Buffer.

ANNUAL LOCK YEARLY RATE OF RETURN -- The Rate of Return for an Annual Lock
Segment during an Annual Lock Period as calculated on the Annual Lock
Anniversary. If the Index Performance Rate is positive, then the Annual Lock
Yearly Rate of Return is a rate equal to the Index Performance Rate, but not
more than the Performance Cap Rate. If the Index Performance Rate is negative,
but declines by a percentage less than or equal to the Segment Buffer, then the
Annual Lock Yearly Rate of Return is 0%. If the Index Performance Rate is
negative, and declines by more than the Segment Buffer, then the Annual Lock
Yearly Rate of Return is negative, but will not reflect the amount of the
Segment Buffer (i.e., the first -10% of downside performance).

ANNUITANT -- The "annuitant" is the person who is the measuring life for
determining the contract's maturity date. The annuitant is not necessarily the
contract owner. Where the owner of a contract is non-natural, the annuitant is
the measuring life for determining contract benefits.

BUSINESS DAY -- Our "business day" is generally any day the New York Stock
Exchange ("NYSE") is open for regular trading and generally ends at 4:00 p.m.
Eastern Time (or as of an earlier close of regular trading). If the Securities
and Exchange Commission determines the existence of emergency conditions on any
day, and consequently, the NYSE does not open, then that day is not a business
day.

CASH VALUE -- At any time before annuity payments begin, your contract's cash
value is equal to the account value less any applicable withdrawal charges.

CHOICE COST -- a charge applicable to investments in Choice Segments only. The
Choice cost is an amount equal to 1% of the Segment Investment on the Segment
Start Date for each year of the Segment Duration. On the Segment Maturity Date,
we deduct the Choice cost from the Index Performance Rate of a Choice Segment,
but only if the Index Performance Rate is positive for that Segment.
Additionally, when we calculate the Segment Rate of Return, if the Index
Performance Rate is positive for a Choice Segment but less than the applicable
Choice cost, the amount of the Choice cost deducted will be the maximum amount
that will not cause the Segment Maturity Value to be less than the Segment
Investment. The Segment Interim Value for a Choice Segment will reflect
application of a portion of the Choice cost.

CHOICE SEGMENT -- any Segment belonging to a Segment Type whose name begins
with "Choice". Unlike other Segments, Choice Segments are subject to
application of the Choice cost. Choice Segments are riders to the contract and
may not be available for certain contracts.

CONTRACT DATE -- The "contract date" is the effective date of a contract. This
usually is the business day we receive the properly completed and signed
application, along with any other required documents, and your initial
contribution. Your contract date will be shown in your contract.

CONTRACT DATE ANNIVERSARY -- The end of each 12 month period is your "contract
date anniversary." For example, if your contract date is May 1, your contract
date anniversary is April 30.

CONTRACT YEAR -- The 12 month period beginning on your contract date and each
12 month period after that date is a "contract year."

DOLLAR CAP AVERAGING PROGRAM -- Our Dollar Cap Averaging Program allows for the
systematic transfer of amounts in the dollar cap averaging account into the
Segment Type Holding Accounts.

INDEX -- An Index is used to determine the Segment Rate of Return for a
Segment. We currently offer Segment Types based on the performance of (1)
securities indices or (2) exchange-traded funds. Throughout this Prospectus, we
refer to these indices and exchange-traded funds using the term "Index" or,
collectively, "Indices." In the future, we may offer Segment Types based on
other types of Indices.

                                      6

                           DEFINITIONS OF KEY TERMS







INDEX PERFORMANCE RATE -- For a Segment, the percentage change in the value of
the related Index from the Segment Start Date to the Segment Maturity Date or
from the Segment Start Date to the first Annual Lock Anniversary (and
thereafter from one Annual Lock Anniversary to the next) for Annual Lock
Segments. The Index Performance Rate may be positive, negative or zero.

IRA -- Individual retirement annuity contract, either traditional IRA or Roth
IRA (may also refer to an individual retirement account or an individual
retirement arrangement).

IRS -- Internal Revenue Service

NQ CONTRACT -- Nonqualified contract.

OWNER -- The "owner" is the person who is the named owner in the contract and,
if an individual, is the measuring life for determining contract benefits.

PERFORMANCE CAP RATE -- For Standard Segments and Choice Segments the
Performance Cap Rate is the highest Segment Rate of Return that can be credited
on a Segment Maturity Date. For Annual Lock Segments the Performance Cap Rate
is the highest Annual Lock Yearly Rate of Return that can be applied on an
Annual Lock Anniversary. The Performance Cap Rate is not an annual rate of
return.

PERFORMANCE CAP THRESHOLD -- A minimum rate you may specify as a participation
requirement that the Performance Cap Rate for a new Segment must equal or
exceed in order for amounts to be transferred from a Segment Type Holding
Account into a new Segment.

QP CONTRACT -- An annuity contract that is an investment vehicle for a
qualified plan.

SAI -- Statement of Additional Information.

SEC -- Securities and Exchange Commission.

SEGMENT -- An investment option we establish with the Index, Segment Duration
and Segment Buffer of a specific Segment Type, and for which we also specify a
Segment Maturity Date and Performance Cap Rate. We currently offer Standard
Segments, Annual Lock Segments and Choice Segments.

SEGMENT BUFFER -- The portion of any negative Index Performance Rate that we
absorb on a Segment Maturity Date or each Annual Lock Anniversary for a
particular Segment. Any percentage decline in a Segment's Index Performance
Rate in excess of the Segment Buffer reduces your Segment Maturity Value and
any Annual Lock Anniversary Ending Amount. We currently offer Segment Buffers
of -10%, -20% and -30% for Standard Segments, -10% for Annual Lock Segments and
-10%, -15% and -25% for Choice Segments.

SEGMENT BUSINESS DAY -- A business day that all Indices underlying available
Segments are scheduled to be open and to publish prices. A scheduled holiday
for any one Index disqualifies that day from being scheduled as a Segment
Business Day for all Segments. We use Segment Business Days in this manner so
that, based on published holiday schedules, we mature all Segments on the same
day and start all new Segments on a subsequent day. This design, among other
things, facilitates the roll over of maturing Segment Investments into new
Segments. It is possible that due to emergency conditions, an Index cannot
provide a price on a day that was scheduled to be a Segment Business Day. These
unforeseen events can have two results. (1) If the NYSE experiences an
emergency close and cannot publish a price, we cannot mature or start any
Segments for any Index. (2) If any Index other than the NYSE experiences an
emergency close and cannot publish a price, we will mature or start Segments
for all unaffected Indices.

SEGMENT DURATION -- The period from the Segment Start Date to the Segment
Maturity Date. We currently offer Segment Durations of 1 year, 3 years or 5
years.

SEGMENT INTERIM VALUE -- The value of your investment in a Segment prior to the
Segment Maturity Date.

SEGMENT INVESTMENT -- The amount transferred to a Segment on its Segment Start
Date, as adjusted for any withdrawals from that Segment.

SEGMENT MATURITY DATE -- The Segment Business Day on which a Segment ends.

SEGMENT MATURITY DATE REQUIREMENT -- You will not be permitted to invest in a
Segment if the Segment Maturity Date is later than your contract maturity date.

SEGMENT MATURITY VALUE -- The value of your investment in a Segment on the
Segment Maturity Date.

SEGMENT PARTICIPATION REQUIREMENTS -- The requirements that must be met before
we transfer amounts from a Segment Type Holding Account to a new Segment on a
Segment Start Date.

SEGMENT RATE OF RETURN -- The rate of return earned by a Segment as calculated
on the Segment Maturity Date. The Segment Rate of Return is calculated
differently for Standard Segments, Annual Lock Segments and Choice Segments.

SEGMENT RETURN AMOUNT -- Equals the Segment Investment multiplied by the
Segment Rate of Return.

SEGMENT START DATE -- The Segment Business Day on which a new Segment is
established.

SEGMENT TYPE -- Comprises all Standard Segments, Annual Lock Segments or Choice
Segments having the same Index, Segment Duration and Segment Buffer. Each
Segment Type has a corresponding Segment Type Holding Account.

SEGMENT TYPE HOLDING ACCOUNT -- An account that holds all contributions and
transfers allocated to a Segment Type pending investment in a Segment. There is
a Segment Type Holding Account for each Segment Type. The Segment Type Holding
Accounts are part of the EQ/Money Market variable investment option.

STANDARD SEGMENT -- Any Segment that is not an Annual Lock or Choice Segment.

STRUCTURED INVESTMENT OPTION -- An investment option that permits you to invest
in various Segments, each tied to the performance of an Index, and participate
in the performance of that Index.

                                      7

                           DEFINITIONS OF KEY TERMS





Structured Capital Strategies(R) at a glance -- key features

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                          
THREE CONTRACT SERIES        This Prospectus describes three contract series of
                             Structured Capital Strategies(R) -- Series B, Series C and
                             Series ADV. Series B contracts are subject to a withdrawal
                             charge schedule, while the Series C and Series ADV
                             contracts are not subject to a withdrawal charge schedule.
                             Series ADV contracts can only be purchased through an
                             account established under a fee-based program offered by a
                             registered investment adviser. The fees and expenses of
                             your fee-based program are separate from and in addition to
                             the fees and expenses of the contract and generally provide
                             for various advisory and other services. We do not create
                             or approve these fee-based programs, which are the sole
                             responsibility of the registered investment adviser that
                             maintains them.

                             Each series provides for the accumulation of retirement
                             savings and income, and provides for the payment of account
                             value to your beneficiary upon death, and offers various
                             payout options.

                             Each series has a different charge structure. For details,
                             please see the "Fee table" and "Charges and expenses"
                             sections later in this Prospectus.

                             Throughout the Prospectus, any differences in the series
                             are identified. Also see "Definition of key terms" earlier
                             in this Prospectus for a more detailed explanation of terms
                             associated with the Structured Investment Option.

                             You should work with your financial professional to decide
                             which series of the contract may be appropriate for you
                             based on a thorough analysis of your particular insurance
                             needs, financial objectives, investment goals, time
                             horizons and risk tolerance.

                             While Series C contracts do not have withdrawal charges,
                             you should be aware that you will pay a higher variable
                             investment option fee than if you purchase a Series B or
                             Series ADV contract. If you plan to hold your Series C
                             contract for an extended period of time or invest in
                             segment durations of 5 years, you may be better off in a
                             Series B or Series ADV contract. You should consider this
                             possibility before purchasing the contract.

                             Not all contract series may be available in your state.
                             Please see "Appendix II: State contract availability and/or
                             variations of certain features and benefits" later in this
                             prospectus.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VARIABLE INVESTMENT OPTIONS  Structured Capital Strategies(R) variable investment
                             options invest in portfolios sub-advised by professional
                             investment advisers. The contract currently offers three
                             variable investment options. Depending upon the performance
                             of the variable investment options, you could lose money by
                             investing in one or more variable investment options.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STRUCTURED INVESTMENT        See "Definition of key terms" on the prior page and
OPTION                       "Contract features and benefits" later in this Prospectus
                             for more detailed explanations of terms associated with the
                             Structured Investment Option.
                             ------------------------------------------------------------
                             .   We currently offer a total of 28 Segment Types, of
                                 which 28 are offered under Series B contracts and 20
                                 are offered under Series C and Series ADV contracts.
                             .   Investments in Segments are not investments in
                                 underlying mutual funds; Segments are not "index
                                 funds." Each Segment Type offers an opportunity to
                                 invest in a Segment that is tied to the performance of
                                 a Securities Index or exchange-trade fund. Throughout
                                 this Prospectus, we refer to these indices and
                                 exchange- traded funds using the term "Index" or,
                                 collectively, "Indices." You participate in the
                                 performance of that Index by investing in the Segment.
                                 You do not participate in the investment results of any
                                 assets we hold in relation to the Segments. We hold
                                 assets in a "non-unitized" separate account we have
                                 established under the New York Insurance Law to support
                                 our obligations under the Structured Investment Option.
                                 We calculate the results of an investment in a Segment
                                 pursuant to one or more formulas described later in
                                 this Prospectus. Depending upon the performance of the
                                 Indices, you could lose money by investing in one or
                                 more Segments.
                             .   The return on an investment in a Choice Segment is
                                 subject to application of the Choice cost.
                             .   An "Index" is used to determine the Segment Rate of
                                 Return for a Segment. We currently offer Segment Types
                                 based on the performance of (1) securities indices and
                                 (2) exchange-traded funds. Throughout this Prospectus,
                                 we refer to these indices and exchange-traded funds
                                 using the term "Index" or, collectively, "Indices." In
                                 the future, we may offer Segment Types based on other
                                 types of Indices. The Indices are as follows:
                                -- S&P 500 Price Return Index;
                                -- Russell 2000(R) Price Return Index;
                                -- MSCI EAFE Price Return Index;
                                -- NASDAQ-100 Price Return Index;
                                -- MSCI Emerging Markets Price Return Index;
                                -- Financial Select Sector SPDR(R) Fund;
                                -- iShares(R) Dow Jones U.S. Real Estate Index Fund;
                                -- Energy Select Sector SPDR(R) Fund; and
                                -- SPDR(R) Gold Shares.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      8

         STRUCTURED CAPITAL STRATEGIES(R) AT A GLANCE -- KEY FEATURES







                    
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STRUCTURED INVESTMENT  .   The Segment Return Amount will only be applied on the
OPTION (CONTINUED)         Segment Maturity Date.
                       .   The Segment Rate of Return could be positive, zero, or
                           negative. THERE IS A RISK OF A SUBSTANTIAL LOSS OF YOUR
                           PRINCIPAL BECAUSE YOU AGREE TO ABSORB ALL LOSSES TO THE
                           EXTENT THEY EXCEED THE APPLICABLE SEGMENT BUFFER.
                       .   We will declare a Performance Cap Rate for each Segment
                           on the Segment Start Date. The Performance Cap Rate for
                           the same Segment may be different for Owners who elect
                           that Segment during their first Contract Year than for
                           Owners who are in their second or later Contract Year.
                           The Performance Cap Rate is the maximum Segment Rate of
                           Return that can be credited on the Segment Maturity
                           Date or used to calculate the maximum Annual Lock
                           Yearly Rate of Return on an Annual Lock Anniversary for
                           that Segment. The Performance Cap Rate may limit your
                           participation in any increases in the underlying Index
                           associated with a Segment. Our minimum Performance Cap
                           Rates for 1, 3, and 5-year Standard Segments are 2%,
                           6%, and 10%, respectively. Our minimum Performance Cap
                           Rate for 5-year Choice Segments is 10%. Our minimum
                           Performance Cap Rate for Annual Lock Segments is 2%. WE
                           WILL NOT OPEN A SEGMENT WITH A PERFORMANCE CAP RATE
                           BELOW THE APPLICABLE MINIMUM PERFORMANCE CAP RATE. In
                           some cases, we may decide not to declare a Performance
                           Cap Rate for a Segment, in which case there is no
                           maximum Segment Rate of Return for that Segment.
                       .   On any date prior to segment maturity, we calculate the
                           Segment Interim Value for each Segment as described in
                           "Appendix III -- Segment Interim Value". This amount
                           may be less than the amount invested, may be less than
                           the Annual Lock Anniversary Ending Amount on each
                           Annual Lock Anniversary and may be less than the amount
                           you would receive had you held the investment until
                           segment maturity. For Choice Segments, the Segment
                           Interim Value will also reflect application of a
                           portion of the Choice cost. The Segment Interim Value
                           will generally be negatively affected by increases in
                           the expected volatility of index prices, interest rate
                           increases, and by poor market performance. All other
                           factors being equal, the Segment Interim Value would be
                           lower the earlier a withdrawal or surrender is made
                           during a Segment. Also, participation in upside
                           performance for early withdrawals is pro-rated based on
                           the period those amounts were invested in a Segment.
                           This means you participate to a lesser extent in upside
                           performance the earlier you take a withdrawal.
                       .   You can set a Performance Cap Threshold for any Segment
                           Type in which you plan to invest. By doing so, amounts
                           you allocate to a Segment Type Holding Account will
                           only be transferred into a new Segment if the
                           Performance Cap Rate we declare for that Segment is
                           equal to or exceeds your Performance Cap Threshold.
                          A Performance Cap Threshold will remain in effect
                          through the first scheduled Segment Start Date that is
                          at least two months after your Performance Cap Threshold
                          election (the "PCT Expiry Date"). For example, if a
                          Performance Cap Threshold becomes effective on Monday,
                          August 1st, it is effective through Thurs- day, October
                          6th. If a Performance Cap Threshold becomes effective on
                          December 29th, 30th, 31st, or July 31st, then the PCT
                          Expiry Date will be the day of the first scheduled
                          Segment Start Date in March or October, respectively.
                          This means that if the declared Performance Cap Rate for
                          a Segment has not matched or exceeded your Performance
                          Cap Threshold on any of the scheduled Segment Start
                          Dates on or before the PCT Expiry Date, any amounts in
                          the applicable Segment Type Holding Account (including
                          any funds transferred to that holding account after the
                          Performance Cap Threshold becomes effective) on the
                          business day immediately preceding the next scheduled
                          Segment Start Date after the PCT Expiry Date will
                          automatically be transferred into the Segment created on
                          that Segment Start Date, unless you specify a new
                          Performance Cap Threshold prior to that date.
                          If you do not specify a Performance Cap Threshold, or
                          your Performance Cap Threshold expires, you run the risk
                          that you will be automatically transferred into a
                          Segment with a Performance Cap Rate that is not
                          acceptable to you. Performance Cap Thresholds are not
                          available if you invest in the Dollar Cap Averaging
                          Program. For more information about the operation of
                          Performance Cap Thresholds, see "Segment Partic- ipation
                          Requirements" in "Contract features and benefits" later
                          in this Prospectus.


  
  .   The following chart provides a comparison of certain
      differences between Segment Types.



        ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      MINIMUM
          SEGMENT      SEGMENT         SEGMENT       PERFORMANCE
           TYPE       DURATIONS        BUFFERS       CAP RATES    FEE
        ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      
        Standard     1, 3, 5 year  -10%, -20%, -30%  2%, 6%, 10%  none
        ---------------------------------------------------------------
        Annual Lock     5 year           -10%            2%       none
        Choice          5 year     -10%, -15%, -25%      10%      yes
        ---------------------------------------------------------------


  
  .   BOTH THE PERFORMANCE CAP RATE AND THE SEGMENT BUFFER
      ARE RATES OF RETURN FROM THE SEGMENT START DATE TO THE
      SEGMENT MATURITY DATE OR FROM THE SEGMENT START DATE TO
      THE FIRST ANNUAL LOCK ANNIVERSARY (AND THEREAFTER FROM
      EACH ANNUAL LOCK ANNIVERSARY TO THE NEXT) FOR ANNUAL
      LOCK SEGMENTS, NOT ANNUAL RATES OF RETURN, EVEN IF THE
      SEGMENT DURATION IS LONGER THAN ONE YEAR. YOUR
      PERFORMANCE CAP THRESHOLD IS ALSO NOT AN ANNUAL RATE OF
      RETURN.
  .   THE HIGHEST LEVEL OF PROTECTION ON A SEGMENT MATURITY
      DATE IS THE -30% SEGMENT BUFFER AND LOWEST LEVEL OF
      PROTECTION IS THE -10% SEGMENT BUFFER.
  .   THIS PRODUCT GENERALLY OFFERS GREATER UPSIDE POTENTIAL,
      BUT LESS DOWNSIDE PROTECTION, ON A SEGMENT MATURITY
      DATE THAN FIXED INDEXED ANNUITIES, WHICH PROVIDE A
      GUARANTEED MINIMUM RETURN.
--------------------------------------------------------------


                                      9

         STRUCTURED CAPITAL STRATEGIES(R) AT A GLANCE -- KEY FEATURES







                                              
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TAX CONSIDERATIONS  .   On earnings inside the      No tax until you make withdrawals
                        contract                    from your contract or receive
                                                    annuity payments.
                    --------------------------------------------------------------------
                    .   On transfers inside the     No tax on transfers among
                        contract                    investment options, including on a
                                                    Segment Maturity Date.
                    --------------------------------------------------------------------
                    If you are purchasing an annuity contract as an Individual
                    Retirement Annuity (IRA) or to fund an employer retirement plan
                    (QP or Qualified Plan), you should be aware that such annuities
                    do not provide tax deferral benefits beyond those already
                    provided by the Internal Revenue Code for individual retirement
                    arrangements. Before purchasing this contract, you should
                    consider whether its features and benefits beyond tax deferral
                    meet your needs and goals. You may also want to consider the
                    relative features, benefits and costs of this contract with any
                    other investment that you may use in connection with your
                    individual retirement arrangement. You should also be aware that
                    income received under the contract is taxable as ordinary income
                    and not as capital gain. For more information, see "Tax
                    information" later in this Prospectus.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                        
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CONTRIBUTION AMOUNTS       .   NQ
                              $25,000 (initial) (minimum)
                              $500 (additional) (minimum)
                           .   Traditional or Roth IRA
                              $25,000 (initial) (minimum)
                              $50 (subsequent) (minimum)
                           .   QP (defined contribution or defined benefit)
                              $25,000 (initial) (minimum)
                              $500 (subsequent) (minimum)
                           .   Maximum contribution limitations apply to all contracts.
                           --------------------------------------------------------------
                           In general, contributions are limited to $1.5 million under
                           all Structured Capital Strategies(R) contracts with the
                           same owner or annuitant and $2.5 million under all AXA
                           Equitable annuity accumulation contracts with the same
                           owner or annuitant. Higher contributions may only be made
                           with our prior approval. If we permit a contract to be
                           funded with initial contribution of $25 million or higher,
                           we will waive withdrawal charges for that contract. Upon
                           advance notice to you, we may exercise certain rights we
                           have under the contract regarding contributions, including
                           our rights to (i) change minimum and maximum contribution
                           requirements and limitations, and (ii) discontinue
                           acceptance of contributions including contributions in
                           general, or to particular investment options. In addition,
                           we may, at any time, exercise our right to limit or
                           terminate transfers into any variable investment option.
                           For more information, see "How you can purchase and
                           contribute to your contract" in "Contract features and
                           benefits" later in this Prospectus. For contracts issued to
                           qualified plans, see "Appendix VI" later in this Prospectus.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY       .   Partial withdrawals
                           .   Contract surrender
                           .   You may be subject to tax on any income you receive
                               and, unless you are 59 1/2 or another exception
                               applies, an additional 10% federal income tax penalty.
                               For Series B, you may also incur a withdrawal charge
                               for certain withdrawals or if you surrender your
                               contract.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ADDITIONAL FEATURES        .   Dollar Cap Averaging Program
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FEES AND CHARGES           Please see "Fee table" later in this section for complete
                           details.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OWNER AND ANNUITANT ISSUE  0-85
AGES
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
YOUR RIGHT TO CANCEL       To exercise your cancellation right you must notify us,
                           with a signed letter of instruction electing this right, to
                           our processing office within 10 days after you receive your
                           contract. If state law requires, this "free look" period
                           may be longer. See "Your right to cancel within a certain
                           number of days" in "Contract features and benefits" later
                           in this Prospectus for more information.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


THE TABLE ABOVE SUMMARIZES ONLY CERTAIN CURRENT KEY FEATURES OF THE CONTRACT.
THE TABLE ALSO SUMMARIZES CERTAIN CURRENT LIMITATIONS, RESTRICTIONS AND
EXCEPTIONS TO THOSE FEATURES THAT WE HAVE THE RIGHT TO IMPOSE UNDER THE
CONTRACT AND THAT ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE IN THE FUTURE. IN SOME CASES, OTHER
LIMITATIONS, RESTRICTIONS AND EXCEPTIONS MAY APPLY. THE CONTRACT MAY NOT
CURRENTLY BE AVAILABLE IN ALL STATES. ALL SEGMENT TYPES MAY NOT BE AVAILABLE IN
ALL STATES. FOR A STATE-BY-STATE DESCRIPTION OF ALL MATERIAL VARIATIONS TO THIS
CONTRACT, SEE "APPENDIX II" LATER IN THIS PROSPECTUS.

For more detailed information, we urge you to read the contents of this
Prospectus, as well as your contract. This Prospectus is a disclosure document
and describes all of the contract's material features, benefits, rights and
obligations, as well as other information. The Prospectus should be read
carefully before investing. Please feel free to speak with your financial
professional, or call us, if you have any questions.

                                      10

         STRUCTURED CAPITAL STRATEGIES(R) AT A GLANCE -- KEY FEATURES







OTHER CONTRACTS

We offer a variety of fixed and variable annuity contracts. They may offer
features, including investment options, and have fees and charges, that are
different from those in the contracts offered by this Prospectus. Not every
contract we issue is offered through every selling broker-dealer. Some selling
broker-dealers may not offer and/or limit the offering of certain features or
options, as well as limit the availability of the contracts, based on issue age
or other criteria established by the selling broker-dealer. Upon request, your
financial professional can show you information regarding other AXA Equitable
annuity contracts that he or she distributes. You can also contact us to find
out more about the availability of any of the AXA Equitable annuity contracts.

You should work with your financial professional to decide whether this
contract is appropriate for you based on a thorough analysis of your particular
insurance needs, financial objectives, investment goals, time horizons and risk
tolerance.

                                      11

         STRUCTURED CAPITAL STRATEGIES(R) AT A GLANCE -- KEY FEATURES





Fee table

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay when
buying, owning, and surrendering the contract. Each of the charges and expenses
is more fully described in "Charges and expenses" later in this Prospectus.

The first table describes fees and expenses that you will pay at the time that
you surrender the contract, make certain withdrawals, purchase a Variable
Immediate Annuity payout option, request special services or make certain
transfers and exchanges. Charges designed to approximate certain taxes that may
be imposed on us, such as premium taxes in your state, may also apply./(1)/


                                                                 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 CHARGES WE DEDUCT FROM YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE AT THE TIME YOU
 REQUEST CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum withdrawal charge as a percentage of
contributions withdrawn (deducted if you
surrender your contract or make certain
withdrawals or apply your cash value to certain    SERIES B/(2)/ SERIES C SERIES ADV
payout options).                                       5.00%       N/A       N/A

Charge for each additional transfer in excess of          Maximum Charge: $35
12 transfers per contract year:/(3)/                      Current Charge: $0


                                                      

SPECIAL SERVICES CHARGES

..   Wire transfer charge       Current and Maximum Charge:  $90

..   Express mail charge        Current and Maximum Charge:  $35

..   Duplicate contract charge  Current and Maximum Charge:  $35

..   Check preparation          Maximum Charge               $85
    charge/(4)/                Current Charge               $0

..   Charge for third-party     Maximum Charge               $125
    transfer or exchange/(4)/  Current Charge               $65/(5)/
---------------------------------------------------------------------




The following tables describe the fees and expenses that
you will pay periodically during the time that you own the
contract, not including underlying Trust portfolio fees and
expenses.


                                                                      
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 CHARGES WE DEDUCT FROM YOUR VARIABLE INVESTMENT OPTIONS (INCLUDING THE SEGMENT TYPE
 HOLDING ACCOUNTS) EXPRESSED AS AN ANNUAL PERCENTAGE OF DAILY NET ASSETS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SEPARATE ACCOUNT ANNUAL EXPENSES:                            SERIES B SERIES C SERIES ADV
                                                             -------- -------- ----------
Variable Investment Option fee/(6)/                           1.25%    1.65%     0.65%
This fee does not apply to amounts held in a Segment.


                                                                                      
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 ADJUSTMENTS FOR EARLY SURRENDER OR WITHDRAWAL FROM A SEGMENT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 WHEN CALCULATION IS MADE                                   MAXIMUM AMOUNT THAT MAY BE LOST/(7)/
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          -10% BUFFER    -15% BUFFER    -20% BUFFER    -25% BUFFER    -30% BUFFER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Segment Interim Value is applied on      90% of Segment 85% of Segment 80% of Segment 75% of Segment 70% of Segment
surrender or withdrawal from a Segment   Investment     Investment     Investment     Investment     Investment
prior to its Segment Maturity Date
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Amounts invested in a Choice Segment are subject to deduction of the Choice
cost, as described in the following table:



---------------------------------------------------------------
 CHARGES WE DEDUCT FROM YOUR INVESTMENT IN A CHOICE
 SEGMENT
---------------------------------------------------------------


The Choice cost is applicable to Choice Segments only. The Choice cost is an
amount equal to 1% of the Segment Investment for each year of the Segment
Duration.



                                                   CHOICE COST
SEGMENT TYPE                                       -----------
                                                
Choice Segments with 5-year Segment Duration         5.00%




On the Segment Maturity Date, we deduct the Choice cost from the Index
Performance Rate of a Choice Segment, but only if the Index Perform-ance
Rate is positive for that Segment. Additionally, if the Index Performance
Rate is positive for a Choice Segment but less than the applicable Choice
cost, the Choice cost deducted will be the maximum amount that will not
cause the Segment Maturity Value to be less than the Segment
Investment/(8)/. The Segment Interim Value for a Choice Segment will
reflect the application of a portion of the Choice cost, as described in
more detail in Appendix III.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      12

                                   FEE TABLE







Please note that if, on a Segment Start Date, we determine that the Performance
Cap Rate for a Choice Segment will not exceed the Performance Cap Rate for a
comparable Standard Segment (i.e., with the same Index, Segment Duration,
Segment Buffer and Segment Start Date) by an amount that is at least equal to
the Choice cost, we will waive the Choice cost and declare a Performance Cap
Rate for the Choice Segment that is equal to the Performance Cap Rate for the
Standard Segment.

You also bear your proportionate share of all fees and expenses paid by a
"portfolio" that corresponds to any variable investment option you are using.
This table shows the lowest and highest total operating expenses charged by any
of the portfolios that you will pay periodically during the time that you own
the contract. These fees and expenses are reflected in the portfolio's net
asset value each day. Therefore, they reduce the investment return of the
portfolio and the related variable investment option. Actual fees and expenses
are likely to fluctuate from year to year. More detail concerning each
portfolio's fees and expenses is contained in the Trust Prospectus for the
portfolio.


                                                                                                
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 PORTFOLIO OPERATING EXPENSES EXPRESSED AS AN ANNUAL PERCENTAGE OF DAILY NET ASSETS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses for 2014 (expenses that are deducted from portfolio  Lowest Highest
assets including management fees, 12b-1 fees, service fees, and/or other expenses)/(9)/        0.62%  0.72%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


(1)The current tax charge that might be imposed varies by jurisdiction and
   currently ranges from 0% to 3.5%.

(2)Deducted upon a withdrawal of amounts in excess of the 10% free withdrawal
   amount. Important exceptions and limitations may eliminate or reduce this
   charge.

   The withdrawal charge percentage we use is determined by the contract year
   in which you make the withdrawal, surrender your contract to receive its
   cash value, or surrender your contract to apply your cash value to a
   non-life contingent annuity payment option. For each contribution, we
   consider the contract year in which we receive that contribution to be
   "contract year 1").



Contract Year
-------------
            
     1........ 5.00%
     2........ 5.00%
     3........ 5.00%
     4........ 4.00%
     5........ 3.00%
     6+....... 0.00%


   Withdrawal charges will not apply to contracts purchased with an initial
   contribution of $25 million or more.

(3)Currently, we do not charge for transfers among variable investment options
   under the contract. However, we reserve the right to charge for transfers in
   excess of 12 transfers per contract year. We will charge no more than $35
   for each variable transfer at the time each transfer is processed. See
   "Transfer charge" in "Charges and expenses" later in this Prospectus. We
   will not count transfers from Segment Type Holding Accounts into Segments on
   a Segment Start Date, or the allocation of Segment Maturity Value on a
   Segment Maturity Date in calculating the number of transfers subject to this
   charge.

(4)The charge will not exceed 2% of the amount disbursed or transferred.

(5)This charge is currently waived. This waiver may be discontinued at any
   time, with or without notice.

(6)On a non-guaranteed basis, we may waive any portion of the variable
   investment option fee as it applies to the EQ/Money Market variable
   investment option (including any amounts in the dollar cap averaging
   account) to the extent that the fee exceeds the income distributed by the
   underlying EQ/Money Market Portfolio. This waiver is limited to the variable
   investment option fee, and it is not a fee waiver or performance guarantee
   for the underlying EQ/Money Market Portfolio. See "Variable Investment
   Option fee" in "Charges and expenses" later in this Prospectus.

(7)The actual amount of the Segment Interim Value is determined by a formula
   that depends on, among other things, the Segment Buffer and how the Index
   has performed since the Segment Start Date, as discussed in "Appendix III"
   later in this Prospectus. The maximum loss would occur if there is a total
   distribution for a Segment with a -10%, -15%, -20%, -25% or -30% buffer at a
   time when the Index price has declined to zero. For Annual Lock Segments,
   this is the maximum amount you could lose during each Annual Lock Period.
   The maximum loss for an Annual Lock Segment could be greater than 90%. If
   you surrender or cancel your contract, die or make a withdrawal from a
   Segment before the Segment Maturity Date, the Segment Buffer will not
   necessarily apply to the extent it would on the Segment Maturity Date or
   Annual Lock Anniversary, any upside performance will be limited to a
   percentage lower than the Performance Cap Rate and, for Choice Segments
   only, the Segment Interim Value will reflect the application of a portion of
   the Choice cost.

(8)For example, if you invested $1,000 in a Choice Segment with a 5-year
   Segment Duration, your investment will be subject to a Choice cost of 5%.
   However, if on the Segment Maturity Date the Index Performance Rate is 2%,
   the Choice Cost deduction will be limited to 2% and your Segment Maturity
   Value will be equal to your $1,000 initial investment.

(9)The "Lowest" represents the total annual operating expenses of the EQ/Equity
   500 Index Portfolio. The "Highest" represents the total annual operating
   expenses of the EQ/Money Market Portfolio.

EXAMPLES

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the
contract with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These
costs include contract owner transaction expenses, separate account annual
expenses, and underlying Trust fees and expenses (including underlying
portfolio fees and expenses). These examples do not reflect charges for any
special service you may request. For a complete description of portfolio
charges and expenses, please see the prospectuses for the Trust.

The examples below show the expenses that a hypothetical contract owner would
pay in the situations illustrated under a Series B contract, a Series C
contract and under a Series ADV contract.

The Dollar Cap Averaging Program is not covered by the fee table and examples.
While there is no fee for using the Dollar Cap Averaging Program, any
applicable variable investment option fee amount and withdrawal charges do
apply to amounts residing in the dollar cap averaging account.

                                      13

                                   FEE TABLE






You can find examples illustrating the Structured Investment Option under
"Structured Investment Option" in "Contract Features and Benefits." Withdrawal
charges, if any, also apply to the Structured Investment Option.

These examples should not be considered a representation of past or future
expenses for any variable investment option. Actual expenses may be greater or
less than those shown. Similarly, the annual rate of return assumed in the
examples is not an estimate or guarantee of future investment performance.

The examples assume that you invest $10,000 in the contract for the time
periods indicated and that your investment has a 5% return each year. The
examples also assume (i) the total annual expenses of the portfolios set forth
in the previous tables; and (ii) there is no waiver of any withdrawal charge.
Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions,
your costs would be:



                                               SERIES B
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                           IF YOU DO NOT SURRENDER YOUR
                                    IF YOU SURRENDER YOUR CONTRACT AT THE CONTRACT AT THE END OF THE APPLICABLE
                                    END OF THE APPLICABLE TIME PERIOD               TIME PERIOD
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    1 YEAR   3 YEARS   5 YEARS  10 YEARS  1 YEAR   3 YEARS   5 YEARS  10 YEARS
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              
EQ/CoreBond Index                    $706    $1,136    $1,391    $2,353    $206     $636     $1,091    $2,353
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/Equity500 Index                   $696    $1,107    $1,343    $2,255    $196     $607     $1,043    $2,255
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/MoneyMarket                       $707    $1,139    $1,397    $2,364    $207     $639     $1,097    $2,364
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                               SERIES C
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                   IF YOU DO NOT
                                    IF YOU SURRENDER YOUR CONTRACT AT THE SURRENDER YOUR CONTRACT AT THE END OF
                                    END OF THE APPLICABLE TIME PERIOD       THE APPLICABLE TIME PERIOD
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    1 YEAR   3 YEARS   5 YEARS  10 YEARS  1 YEAR   3 YEARS   5 YEARS  10 YEARS
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              
EQ/CoreBond Index                    $248     $762     $1,303    $2,779    $248     $762     $1,303    $2,779
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/Equity500 Index                   $238     $734     $1,256    $2,685    $238     $734     $1,256    $2,685
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/MoneyMarket                       $249     $765     $1,308    $2,789    $249     $765     $1,308    $2,789
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                              SERIES ADV
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                   IF YOU DO NOT
                                    IF YOU SURRENDER YOUR CONTRACT AT THE SURRENDER YOUR CONTRACT AT THE END OF
                                    END OF THE APPLICABLE TIME PERIOD       THE APPLICABLE TIME PERIOD
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    1 YEAR   3 YEARS   5 YEARS  10 YEARS  1 YEAR   3 YEARS   5 YEARS  10 YEARS
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              
EQ/CoreBond Index                    $143     $444      $767     $1,681    $143     $444      $767     $1,681
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/Equity500 Index                   $133     $415      $717     $1,576    $133     $415      $717     $1,576
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/MoneyMarket                       $144     $447      $772     $1,692    $144     $447      $772     $1,692
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Please see Appendix I at the end of this Prospectus for the unit values and the
number of units outstanding as of the end of the periods shown for each of the
variable investment options available as of December 31, 2014.

                                      14

                                   FEE TABLE





1. Risk factors

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

This section discusses risks associated with some features of the contract. See
"Definition of key terms" earlier in this Prospectus and "Contract features and
benefits" later in this Prospectus for more detailed explanations of terms
associated with the Structured Investment Option.

..   There is a risk of a substantial loss of your principal because you agree
    to absorb all losses from the portion of any negative Index Performance
    Rate that exceeds the Segment Buffer on the Segment Maturity Date or Annual
    Lock Anniversary. The highest level of protection provided by a single
    Segment Investment Option is the -30% Segment Buffer (only available on
    certain Segments) and the lowest level of protection is the -10% Segment
    Buffer.

   FOR STANDARD SEGMENTS AND CHOICE SEGMENTS. For example, the -10% Segment
   Buffer protects your Segment Investment against the first 10% of loss. If
   the Index Performance Rate declines by more than the Segment Buffer, you
   will lose an amount equal to 1% of your Segment Investment for every 1% that
   the Index Performance Rate declines below the Segment Buffer. This means
   that you could lose up to 70% of your principal with a -30% Segment Buffer,
   up to 80% of your principal with a -20% Segment Buffer and up to 90% of your
   principal with a -10% Segment Buffer. Each time you roll over your Segment
   Maturity Value into a new Standard Segment or Choice Segment you are subject
   to the same risk of loss as described above.

   FOR ANNUAL LOCK SEGMENTS. The -10% Segment Buffer protects against the first
   10% of loss each Annual Lock Period. If the Index Performance Rate declines
   by more than the Segment Buffer during an Annual Lock Period, you will lose
   an amount equal to 1% of your Segment Investment (if the decline occurs
   during the first Annual Lock Period and of your Annual Lock Anniversary
   Starting Amount thereafter) for every 1% that the Index Performance Rate
   declines below the Segment Buffer. This means that during an Annual Lock
   Period you could lose up to 90% of your Segment Investment (if the decline
   occurs during the first Annual Lock Period and of your Annual Lock
   Anniversary Starting Amount thereafter) with the -10% Segment Buffer. The
   cumulative result means that you could lose more than 90% of your principal
   in an Annual Lock Segment. Each time you roll over your Segment Maturity
   Value into a new Annual Lock Segment you are subject to the same risk of
   loss as described above.

..   For Standard Segment and Choice Segments, your Segment Rate of Return for
    any Segment is limited by its Performance Cap Rate, which could cause your
    Segment Rate of Return to be lower than it would otherwise be if you
    invested in a mutual fund or exchange-traded fund designed to track the
    performance of the applicable Index. For Annual Lock Segments, your Annual
    Lock Yearly Rate of Return for any Segment is limited by its Performance
    Cap Rate, which could cause your Annual Lock Yearly Rate of Return and
    Segment Rate of Return to be lower than it would otherwise be if you
    invested in a mutual fund or exchange-traded fund designed to track the
    performance of the applicable Index.

..   We declare a Performance Cap Rate for each Segment, which is the maximum
    Segment Rate of Return that can be credited on the Segment Maturity Date or
    used to calculate the maximum Annual Lock Yearly Rate of Return on each
    Annual Lock Anniversary for that Segment. The Performance Cap Rate may
    limit your participation in any increases in the underlying Index
    associated with a Segment. Our minimum Performance Cap Rates for 1, 3, and
    5-year Standard Segments are 2%, 6%, and 10%, respectively. Our minimum
    Performance Cap Rate for 5-year Choice Segments is 10%. Our minimum
    Performance Cap Rate for Annual Lock Segments is 2%. WE WILL NOT OPEN A
    SEGMENT WITH A PERFORMANCE CAP RATE BELOW THE APPLICABLE MINIMUM
    PERFORMANCE CAP RATE. In some cases, we may decide not to declare a
    Performance Cap Rate for a Segment, in which case there is no maximum
    Segment Rate of Return for that Segment.

..   The Performance Cap Rate is determined on the Segment Start Date. The
    Performance Cap Rate for the same Segment may be higher for Owners who
    elect that Segment during their first Contract Year than for Owners who are
    in their second or later Contract Year. You will not know the rate in
    advance. Prior to the Segment Start Date, you may elect a Performance Cap
    Threshold. The threshold represents the minimum Performance Cap Rate you
    find acceptable for a particular Segment. If we declare a cap that is lower
    than the threshold you specify, you will not be invested in that Segment
    and your contribution will remain in that Segment Type Holding Account, for
    as long as the Performance Cap Threshold is in effect.

   A Performance Cap Threshold will be in effect until the PCT Expiry Date.
   This means that if the declared Performance Cap Rate for a Segment has not
   matched or exceeded your Performance Cap Threshold on any of the scheduled
   Segment Start Dates before the PCT Expiry Date, any amounts in the
   applicable Segment Type Holding Account (including any funds transferred to
   that holding account after your election) on the business day immediately
   preceding the next scheduled Segment Start Date after your PCT Expiry Date
   will be transferred into the Segment created on that Segment Start Date,
   unless you specify a new the Performance Cap Threshold prior to that date.
   YOU MUST SET A NEW PERFORMANCE CAP THRESHOLD PRIOR TO THE NEXT SCHEDULED
   SEGMENT START DATE AFTER YOUR PERFORMANCE CAP THRESHOLD EXPIRES TO AVOID
   HAVING AMOUNTS AUTOMATICALLY TRANSFERRED INTO THE ASSOCIATED SEGMENT, WHICH
   MAY HAVE A PERFORMANCE CAP RATE THAT DOES NOT MEET YOUR INVESTMENT
   OBJECTIVES. In addition, if your Performance Cap Threshold was satisfied on
   a scheduled Segment Start Date before the PCT Expiry Date and amounts in the
   applicable Segment Type Holding Account were transferred into a Segment, the
   Performance Cap Threshold will continue to apply to any amounts you
   subsequently transfer into that Segment Type Holding Account until the PCT
   Expiry Date. A "scheduled Segment Start Date" includes any date on which a

                                      15

                                 RISK FACTORS






   Segment was scheduled to start but was not offered as of that date. A
   suspension of the Segment Type will not extend the PCT Expiry Date.

   If you do not specify a threshold or your Performance Cap Threshold has
   expired, you risk the possibility that the Performance Cap Rate established
   will have a lower cap than you would find acceptable. Performance Cap
   Thresholds are not available if you invest in the Dollar Cap Averaging
   Program. The Performance Cap Rate is a rate of return from the Segment Start
   Date to the Segment Maturity Date or from the Segment Start Date to the
   first Annual Lock Anniversary (and thereafter from each Annual Lock
   Anniversary to the next), NOT an annual rate of return, even if the Segment
   Duration is longer than one year.

..   The method we use in calculating your Segment Interim Value may result in
    an amount lower than your Segment Investment, even if the corresponding
    Index has experienced positive investment performance since the Segment
    Start Date. Also, this amount may be less than the amount you would receive
    had you held the investment until the Segment Maturity Date.

   -- If you take a withdrawal, including required minimum distributions, and
      there is insufficient value in the variable investment options, the
      Segment Type Holding Accounts and the dollar cap averaging account, we
      will withdraw amounts from any active Segments in your contract. Amounts
      withdrawn from active Segments will be valued using the formula for
      calculating the Segment Interim Value and will reduce your Segment
      Investment.

   -- If you die or cancel or surrender your contract before the Segment
      Maturity Date, we will pay the Segment Interim Value.

   -- Any calculation of the Segment Interim Value will generally be affected
      by changes in both the volatility and level of the relevant Index, as
      well as interest rates. The calculation of the Segment Interim Value is
      linked to various factors, including the value of hypothetical fixed
      instruments and derivatives as described in "Appendix III" of this
      Prospectus. The Segment Interim Value will generally be negatively
      affected by increases in the expected volatility of index prices,
      interest rate increases, and by poor market performance. Prior to the
      Segment Maturity Date you will not receive the full potential of the
      Performance Cap since the participation in upside performance for early
      withdrawals is pro-rated based on the period those amounts were invested
      in a Segment or Annual Lock Period. Generally, you will not receive the
      full protection of the Segment Buffer prior to the Segment Maturity Date
      because the Segment Interim Value only reflects a portion of the downside
      protection expected to be provided on the Segment Maturity Date or Annual
      Lock Anniversary. As a Segment moves closer to the Segment Maturity Date
      or Annual Lock Anniversary, the Segment Interim Value would generally
      reflect higher realized gains of the Index performance or, in the case of
      negative performance, increased downside Segment Buffer protection. All
      other factors being equal, the Segment Interim Value would be lower the
      earlier a withdrawal or surrender is made during a Segment or Annual Lock
      Period. This means you participate to a lesser extent in upside
      performance and downside protection the earlier you take a withdrawal.

..   You cannot transfer out of a Segment prior to its maturity to another
    investment option. You can only make withdrawals out of a Segment or
    surrender your contract. The amount you would receive would be calculated
    using the formula for the Segment Interim Value.

..   We may not offer new Segments of any or all Segment Types, so a Segment may
    not be available for you to transfer your Segment Maturity Value into after
    the Segment Maturity Date.

..   We have the right to substitute an alternative index prior to Segment
    Maturity if the publication of one or more Indices is discontinued or at
    our sole discretion we determine that our use of such Indices should be
    discontinued or if the calculation of one or more of the Indices is
    substantially changed. If we substitute an index for an existing Segment,
    we would not change the Segment Buffer or Performance Cap Rate. We would
    attempt to choose a substitute index that has a similar investment
    objective and risk profile to the replaced index.

..   If a Segment cannot be matured until after the scheduled Segment Start
    Date, we may create new Segments of Segment Types that utilize unaffected
    Indices on the scheduled Segment Start Date. This may occur if the Segment
    Maturity Date for a Segment is delayed more than once because the value for
    the relevant underlying Index of the Segment is not published on the
    designated Segment Maturity Date. If your instructions include an
    allocation from a Segment whose Segment Maturity Date has been delayed to a
    new Segment whose underlying Index is unaffected, we will not be able to
    transfer that portion of your Segment Maturity Value from the affected
    Segment to the unaffected Segment. We will use reasonable efforts to
    allocate your Segment Maturity Value in accordance with your instructions,
    which may include holding amounts in Segment Type Holding Accounts until
    the next Segment Start Date.

..   The amounts held in a Segment Type Holding Account may earn a return that
    is less than the return you might have earned if those amounts were held in
    another variable investment option.

..   Standard Segment Types with greater protection tend to have lower
    Performance Cap Rates than other Standard Segment Types that use the same
    index and duration but provide less protection.

..   Choice Segment Types with greater protection tend to have lower Performance
    Cap Rates than other Choice Segment Types that use the same index and
    duration but provide less protection.

..   The value of your variable investment options will fluctuate and you could
    lose some or all of your account value.

..   The level of risk you bear and your potential investment performance will
    differ depending on the investments you choose.

..   If your account value falls below the applicable minimum account size as a
    result of a withdrawal, the contract will terminate.

..   For Series B contracts only, if you surrender your contract, any applicable
    withdrawal charge is calculated as a percentage of contributions, not
    account value. It is possible that the percentage of account value
    withdrawn could exceed the applicable withdrawal charge percentage. For
    example, assume you make

                                      16

                                 RISK FACTORS






   a onetime contribution of $1,000 at contract issue. If your account value is
   $800 in contract year 3 and you surrender your contract, a withdrawal charge
   percentage of 5% is applied. The withdrawal charge would be $50 (5% of the
   $1,000 contribution). This is a 6.25% reduction of your account value, which
   results in a cash value of $750 paid to you.

..   No company other than AXA Equitable has any legal responsibility to pay
    amounts that AXA Equitable owes under the contract. An owner should look to
    the financial strength of AXA Equitable for its claims-paying ability.

..   The Segments track the performance of an Index. By investing in the
    Structured Investment Option, you are not actually invested in an index, an
    exchange-traded fund that tracks an index, or any underlying securities or
    commodities.

..   Your Segment Maturity Value is subject to application of the Performance
    Cap Rate, the Segment Buffer and (for Choice Segments only) the Choice
    cost. For Standard and Choice Segments, your Segment Maturity Value is not
    affected by the price of the Index on any date between the Segment Start
    Date and the Segment Maturity Date. For Annual Lock Segments, your Annual
    Lock Anniversary Ending Amount is not affected by the price of the Index on
    any date between the Segment Start Date and the first Annual Lock
    Anniversary (and thereafter from each Annual Lock Anniversary to the next).

..   As an investor in the Segment, you will not have voting rights or rights to
    receive cash dividends or other distributions or other rights that holders
    of the shares of the funds or holders of securities comprising the indices
    would have.

..   Values of securities and commodities can fluctuate, and sometimes wildly
    fluctuate, in response to changes in the financial condition of a company
    as well as general market, economic or political conditions.

   -- Foreign securities involve risks not associated with U.S. securities.
      Foreign markets may be less liquid, more volatile and subject to less
      government supervision than domestic markets. Differences between U.S.
      and foreign legal, political and economic systems, regulatory regimes and
      market practices also may impact security values. There are greater risks
      involved with investments linked to emerging market countries and/or
      their securities markets. Investments in these countries and/or markets
      may present market, credit, currency, liquidity, legal, political,
      technical and other risks different from, or greater than, the risks of
      investing in developed countries.

   -- The price of commodities may be affected by a variety of factors,
      including the global supply and demand, activities of speculative
      communities, and investor's expectations. Developments affecting the
      value of commodities may have significant impact on the investments that
      are linked to the value of such commodities. Commodity markets may be
      subject to sharp price fluctuations, which may lead to significant price
      fluctuations in investments that are linked to the value of such
      commodities.

..   If you invest in a Segment that provides performance tied to the
    performance of the iShares(R) Dow Jones U.S. Real Estate Index Fund, you
    should consider the following:

   -- The performance of the iShares(R) Dow Jones U.S. Real Estate Index Fund
      may not replicate the performance of, and may underperform the iShares(R)
      Dow Jones U.S. Real Estate Index (the "underlying index"). The price of
      the iShares(R) Dow Jones U.S. Real Estate Index Fund will reflect
      expenses and fees that will reduce its relative performance. Moreover, it
      is also possible that the iShares(R) Dow Jones U.S. Real Estate Index
      Fund may not fully replicate or may, in certain circumstances, diverge
      significantly from the performance of the underlying index. Because the
      return on your Segment Investment (subject to the Performance Cap and
      downside Segment Buffer protection) is linked to the performance of the
      iShares(R) Dow Jones U.S. Real Estate Index Fund and not the underlying
      index, the return on your Segment Investment may be less than that of an
      alternative investment linked directly to the underlying index or the
      components of the underlying index.

   -- The investment objective and strategies of the ishares(R) Dow Jones U.S.
      Real Estate Index Fund are potentially subject to change.

   -- There are risks associated with the real estate industry. The iShares(R)
      Dow Jones U.S. Real Estate Index Fund invests in companies that invest in
      real estate, such as REITs or real estate holding companies. The value of
      real estate and, consequently, companies that invest in real estate may
      be affected by many complex factors that interrelate with each other in
      complex and unpredictable ways.

..   If you invest in a Segment that provides performance tied to the
    performance of the Financial Select Sector SPDR(R) Fund, you should
    consider the following:

   -- The performance of the Financial Select Sector SPDR(R) Fund may not
      replicate the performance of, and may underperform The Financial Select
      Sector Index (the "underlying index"). The price of the Financial Select
      Sector SPDR(R) Fund will reflect expenses and fees that will reduce its
      relative performance. Moreover, it is also possible that the Financial
      Select Sector SPDR(R) Fund may not fully replicate or may, in certain
      circumstances, diverge significantly from the performance of the
      underlying index. Because the return on your Segment Investment (subject
      to the Performance Cap and downside Segment Buffer protection) is linked
      to the performance of the Financial Select Sector SPDR(R) Fund and not
      the underlying index, the return on your Segment Investment may be less
      than that of an alternative investment linked directly to the underlying
      index or the components of the underlying index.

   -- The investment objective and strategies of the Financial Select Sector
      SPDR(R) Fund are potentially subject to change.

   -- There are risks associated with the financial services sector. The
      Financial Select Sector SPDR(R) Fund invests in companies that operate in
      the financial services sector. Developments affecting the financial and
      capital markets may negatively impact the companies operating in these
      markets.

                                      17

                                 RISK FACTORS







..   If you invest in a Segment that provides performance tied to the
    performance of the Energy Select Sector SPDR(R) Fund, you should consider
    the following:

   -- The performance of the Energy Select Sector SPDR(R) Fund may not
      replicate the performance of, and may underperform The Energy Select
      Sector Index (the "underlying index"). The price of the Energy Select
      Sector SPDR(R) Fund will reflect expenses and fees that will reduce its
      relative performance. Moreover, it is also possible that the Energy
      Select Sector SPDR(R) Fund may not fully replicate or may, in certain
      circumstances, diverge significantly from the performance of the
      underlying index. Because the return on your Segment Investment (subject
      to the Performance Cap and downside Segment Buffer protection) is linked
      to the performance of the Energy Select Sector SPDR(R) Fund and not the
      underlying index, the return on your Segment Investment may be less than
      that of an alternative investment linked directly to the underlying index
      or the components of the underlying index.

   -- The investment objective and strategies of the Energy Select Sector
      SPDR(R) Fund are potentially subject to change.

   -- There are risks associated with the energy sector. The Energy Select
      Sector SPDR(R) Fund invests in companies that operate in the energy
      sector. Developments affecting the supply and demand for energy products,
      the price of oil and gas, exploration and production spending, government
      regulation, world events, exchange rates and economic conditions may
      negatively impact the companies operating in energy sector.

..   If you invest in a Segment that provides performance tied to the
    performance of the SPDR(R) Gold Shares, you should consider the following:

   -- The performance of the SPDR(R) Gold Shares relates directly to the price
      of gold bullion, less the expenses of the SPDR(R) Gold Trust operations.
      The price of the SPDR(R) Gold Shares relates directly to the value of the
      gold held by the Trust and fluctuations in the price of gold could
      materially adversely affect an investment in the SPDR(R) Gold Shares.
      Moreover, it is also possible that the SPDR(R) Gold Shares may not fully
      replicate or may, in certain circumstances, diverge significantly from
      the performance of the price of gold. Because the return on your Segment
      Investment (subject to the Performance Cap and downside Segment Buffer
      protection) is linked to the performance of the SPDR(R) Gold Shares and
      not directly the price of gold, the return on your Segment Investment may
      be less than that of an alternative investment linked directly to the
      price of gold.

   -- There are risks associated with the investing in gold. The price of gold,
      which is a commodity, has fluctuated widely over the past several years.
      Several factors may affect the price of gold, including: global gold
      supply and demand; global or regional political, economic or financial
      events and situations; investors' expectations with respect to the rate
      of inflation; currency exchange rates; and interest rates.

   -- The amount of gold represented by the SPDR(R) Gold Shares will continue
      to be reduced during the life of the trust due to the sales of gold
      necessary to pay the trust's expenses irrespective of whether the trading
      price of the SPDR(R) Gold Shares rises or falls in response to changes in
      the price of gold. Assuming a constant gold price, the trading price of
      the SPDR(R) Gold Shares is expected to gradually decline relative to the
      price of gold as the amount of gold represented by the SPDR(R) Gold
      Shares gradually declines.

..   Investments in Choice Segments are subject to application of the Choice
    cost. As a result:

   -- The Segment Rate of Return for a Choice Segment will always be less than
      (a) the Performance Cap Rate and (b) the Index Performance Rate, if
      positive, for that Segment.

   -- The Segment Rate of Return for a Choice Segment may be less than the
      Segment Rate of Return for a Standard Segment based on the same Index,
      Segment Buffer and Segment Duration. This will occur if the applicable
      Index Performance Rate is positive but less than the sum of (a) the
      Performance Cap Rate for the Standard Segment and (b) the Choice cost.

   -- The Segment Interim Value for a Choice Segment may be less than the
      Segment Interim Value for a Standard Segment based on the same Index,
      Segment Buffer and Segment Duration. This could occur if the performance
      of the applicable Index through the date of calculation of the Segment
      Interim Value is less than the sum of (a) the prorated Performance Cap
      Rate for the Standard Segment and (b) the applicable Choice cost amount.
      See Appendix II for more information about how the Choice cost is built
      in to the Segment Interim Value calculation for Choice Segments.

..   Past performance of an index is not an indication of its future performance.

CYBERSECURITY

Our variable product business is highly dependent upon the effective operation
of our computer systems and those of our business partners, so our business is
potentially susceptible to operational and information security risks resulting
from a cyber-attack. These risks include, among other things, the theft,
misuse, corruption and destruction of data maintained online or digitally,
denial of service attacks on websites and other operational disruption and
unauthorized release of confidential customer information. Cyber-attacks
affecting us, any third party administrator, the underlying funds,
intermediaries and other affiliated or third-party service providers may
adversely affect us and your Contract Value. For instance, cyber-attacks may
interfere with our processing of contract transactions, including the
processing of orders from our website or with the underlying funds, impact our
ability to calculate AUVs, cause the release and possible destruction of
confidential customer or business information, impede order processing, subject
us and/or our service providers and intermediaries to regulatory fines and
financial losses and/or cause reputational damage. Cyber security risks may
also impact the issuers of securities in which the underlying funds invest,
which may cause the funds underlying your Contract to lose value. There can be
no assurance that we or the underlying funds or our service providers will
avoid losses affecting your Contract due to cyber-attacks or information
security breaches in the future.

                                      18

                                 RISK FACTORS





2. How to reach us

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Please communicate with us at the mailing addresses listed below for the
purposes described. Certain methods of contacting us, such as by telephone or
electronically, may be unavailable or delayed. For example, our facsimile
service may not be available at all times and/or we may be unavailable due to
emergency closing. In addition, the level and type of service available may be
restricted based on criteria established by us. In order to avoid delays in
processing, please send your correspondence and check to the appropriate
location, as follows:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 FOR CORRESPONDENCE WITH CHECKS:

FOR CONTRIBUTIONS SENT BY REGULAR MAIL:

  Retirement Service Solutions
  P.O. Box 1577
  Secaucus, NJ 07096-1577

FOR CONTRIBUTIONS SENT BY EXPRESS DELIVERY:

  Retirement Service Solutions
  500 Plaza Drive, 6th Floor
  Secaucus, NJ 07094
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 FOR CORRESPONDENCE WITHOUT CHECKS:

FOR ALL OTHER COMMUNICATIONS (E.G., REQUESTS FOR TRANSFERS, WITHDRAWALS, OR
REQUIRED NOTICES) SENT BY REGULAR MAIL:

  Retirement Service Solutions
  P.O. Box 1547
  Secaucus, NJ 07096-1547

FOR ALL OTHER COMMUNICATIONS (E.G., REQUESTS FOR TRANSFERS, WITHDRAWALS, OR
REQUIRED NOTICES) SENT BY EXPRESS DELIVERY:

  Retirement Service Solutions
  500 Plaza Drive, 6th Floor
  Secaucus, NJ 07094

Your correspondence will be picked up at the mailing address noted above and
delivered to our processing office. Your correspondence, however, is not
considered received by us until it is received at our processing office. Where
this Prospectus refers to the day when we receive a contribution, request,
election, notice, transfer or any other transaction request from you, we mean
the day on which that item (or the last thing necessary for us to process that
item) arrives in complete and proper form at our processing office or via the
appropriate telephone or fax number if the item is a type we accept by those
means. There are two main exceptions: if the item arrives (1) on a day that is
not a business day or (2) after the close of a business day, then, in each
case, we are deemed to have received that item on the next business day. Our
processing office is: 500 Plaza Drive, 6th Floor, Secaucus, New Jersey 07094.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 REPORTS WE PROVIDE:

..   written confirmation of financial transactions and certain non-financial
    transactions, including when money is transferred into a Segment from a
    Segment Type Holding Account; when money is not transferred from a Segment
    Type Holding Account into a Segment on a Segment Start Date for any reason;
    when a Segment matures; when you change a Performance Cap Threshold; or
    when you change your current instructions; and

..   at the close of each calendar quarter and statement of your contract values
    at the close of each calendar year.

See "Definition of key terms" earlier in this Prospectus for a more detailed
explanation of terms associated with the Structured Investment Option.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 ONLINE ACCOUNT ACCESS SYSTEMS:

Online Account Access is designed to provide you with up-to-date information
through the Internet. You can obtain information on:

..   your current account value;

..   your current allocation percentages;

..   your Performance Cap Threshold;

..   your instructions on file for allocating the Segment Maturity Value on the
    Segment Maturity Date;

..   the number of units you have in the variable investment options and the
    Segment Type Holding Accounts;

..   the daily unit values for the variable investment options and the Segment
    Type Holding Accounts; and

..   performance information regarding the variable investment options.

You can also:

..   change your allocation percentages and/or transfer among the variable
    investment options (not available for transfers to Segment Type Holding
    Accounts);

..   change your Online Account Access password;

..   elect to receive certain contract statements electronically;

..   change your address;

..   elect or change your Performance Cap Threshold; and

..   access "Frequently Asked Questions" and certain service forms.

Online Account Access is normally available seven days a week, 24 hours a day.
You may use Online Account Access by visiting our website at www.axa.com and
clicking on Online Account Access. Of course, for reasons beyond our control,
these services may sometimes be unavailable.

We have established procedures to reasonably confirm that the instructions
communicated through the Internet are genuine. For example, we will require
certain personal identification information before we will act on Internet
instructions and we will provide written confirmation of your transfers. If we
do not employ reasonable

                                      19

                                HOW TO REACH US






procedures to confirm the genuineness of Internet instructions, we may be
liable for any losses arising out of any act or omission that constitutes
negligence, lack of good faith, or willful misconduct. In light of our
procedures, we will not be liable for following Internet instructions we
reasonably believe to be genuine.

We reserve the right to limit access to this service if we determine that you
engaged in a disruptive transfer activity such as "market timing" (see
"Disruptive transfer activity" in "Transferring your money among investment
options" later in this Prospectus).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 CUSTOMER SERVICE REPRESENTATIVE:

You may also use our toll-free number (1-877-899-3743) to speak with one of our
customer service representatives. Our customer service representatives are
available on the following business days.

..   Monday through Thursday from 8:30 a.m. until 7:00 p.m., Eastern time.

..   Friday from 8:30 a.m. until 5:30 p.m., Eastern time.

WE REQUIRE THAT THE FOLLOWING TYPES OF COMMUNICATIONS BE ON SPECIFIC FORMS WE
PROVIDE FOR THAT PURPOSE:

(1)authorization for transfers, including transfers of your Segment Maturity
   Value on a Segment Maturity Date, by your financial professional;

(2)conversion of a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA contract;

(3)tax withholding elections (see withdrawal request form);

(4)election of the beneficiary continuation option;

(5)election of a predetermined form of death benefit payout;

(6)IRA contribution recharacterizations;

(7)Section 1035 exchanges;

(8)direct transfers and specified direct rollovers;

(9)death claims;

(10)change in ownership (NQ only, if available under your contract);

(11)purchase by, or change of ownership to, a non-natural owner;

(12)requests to transfer, re-allocate, make subsequent contributions and change
    your future allocations (except that certain transactions may be permitted
    through the Online Account Access systems);

(13)establishing and changing a Performance Cap Threshold;

(14)providing instructions for allocating the Segment Maturity Value on the
    Segment Maturity Date;

(15)requests for withdrawals, including withdrawals of the Segment Maturity
    Value on the Segment Maturity Date; and

(16)requests for contract surrender.

TO CANCEL OR CHANGE ANY OF THE FOLLOWING, WE REQUIRE WRITTEN NOTIFICATION
GENERALLY AT LEAST SEVEN CALENDAR DAYS BEFORE THE NEXT SCHEDULED TRANSACTION:

(1)instructions on file for allocating the Segment Maturity Value on the
   Segment Maturity Date; and

(2)instructions to withdraw your Segment Maturity Value on the Segment Maturity
   Date.

WE ALSO HAVE SPECIFIC FORMS THAT WE RECOMMEND YOU USE FOR THE FOLLOWING TYPES
OF REQUESTS:

(1)beneficiary changes; and

(2)dollar cap averaging.

TO CANCEL OR CHANGE ANY OF THE FOLLOWING, WE REQUIRE WRITTEN NOTIFICATION
GENERALLY AT LEAST SEVEN CALENDAR DAYS BEFORE THE NEXT SCHEDULED TRANSACTION:

(1)the date annuity payments are to begin; and

(2)dollar cap averaging.

                              -------------------

You must sign and date all these requests. Any written request that is not on
one of our forms must include your name and your contract number along with
adequate details about the notice you wish to give or the action you wish us to
take.

SIGNATURES:

The proper person to sign forms, notices and requests would normally be the
owner. If there are joint owners, both must sign.

                                      20

                                HOW TO REACH US





3. Contract features and benefits

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

HOW YOU CAN PURCHASE AND CONTRIBUTE TO YOUR CONTRACT

You may purchase a contract by making payments to us that we call
"contributions." We can refuse to accept any contribution from you at any time,
including after you purchase the contract. We require a minimum contribution
amount for each type of contract purchased. Maximum contribution limitations
also apply. The following table summarizes our current rules regarding
contributions to your contract, which rules are subject to change. For a
traditional IRA contract, your initial contribution must be a direct transfer
from another traditional IRA or a rollover from an eligible retirement plan
(including another traditional IRA). For a Roth IRA contract, your initial
contribution must be a direct transfer from another Roth IRA or a rollover from
an eligible retirement plan including traditional IRA or another Roth IRA. For
a QP contract, your initial contribution and any subsequent contributions must
be a direct transfer from other investments within an existing qualified plan
trust. Both the owner and annuitant named in the contract must meet the issue
age requirements shown in the table, and contributions are based on the age of
the older of the original owner and annuitant. Subsequent contributions may not
be permitted in your state. Please see Appendix II later in this Prospectus for
any applicable state variations.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE OUR CURRENT LIMITATIONS ON YOUR CONTRIBUTIONS
AND TO DISCONTINUE ACCEPTANCE OF CONTRIBUTIONS.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

We currently do not accept any contribution if (i) the aggregate contributions
under one or more Structured Capital Strategies(R) contracts with the same
owner or annuitant would then total more than $1,500,000; or (ii) the aggregate
contributions under all AXA Equitable annuity accumulation contracts with the
same owner or annuitant would then total more than $2,500,000. We may waive
these and other contribution limitations based on certain criteria we
determine, including issue age, aggregate contributions, variable investment
option allocations and selling broker-dealer compensation. These and other
contribution limitations may not be applicable in your state. Please see
Appendix II later in this Prospectus for more information on state variations.

Upon advance notice to you, we may exercise certain rights we have under the
contract regarding contributions, including our rights to:

..   Change our contribution requirements and limitations and our transfer
    rules, including to:

   -- increase or decrease our minimum contribution requirements and increase
      or decrease our maximum contribution limitations;

   -- discontinue the acceptance of subsequent contributions to the contract;

   -- discontinue the acceptance of subsequent contributions and/or transfers
      into one or more of the variable investment options; and

   -- discontinue the acceptance of subsequent contributions and/or transfers
      into one or more of the Segment Type Holding Accounts or the Segments.

..   Further limit the number of Segment Type Holding Accounts and Segments you
    may invest in at any one time.

..   Limit or terminate new contributions or transfers to any variable
    investment option, Segment Type Holding Account or Segment ("investment
    options").

WE RESERVE THE RIGHT IN OUR SOLE DISCRETION TO DISCONTINUE THE ACCEPTANCE OF,
AND/OR PLACE ADDITIONAL LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS AND TRANSFERS INTO CERTAIN
INVESTMENT OPTIONS, INCLUDING ANY OR ALL OF THE SEGMENT TYPES. IF WE EXERCISE
THIS RIGHT, YOUR ABILITY TO INVEST IN YOUR CONTRACT, INCREASE YOUR CONTRACT
VALUE AND, CONSEQUENTLY, INCREASE YOUR DEATH BENEFIT WILL BE LIMITED.

                                      21

                        CONTRACT FEATURES AND BENEFITS








                                    SERIES B, SERIES C & SERIES ADV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                    ADDITIONAL
                 AVAILABLE FOR OWNER AND  MINIMUM              SOURCE OF            LIMITATIONS ON
 CONTRACT TYPE   ANNUITANT ISSUE AGES     CONTRIBUTIONS        CONTRIBUTIONS        CONTRIBUTIONS TO YOUR CONTRACT/(1)/
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        
NQ                    0 through 85        .   $25,000          .   After-tax money.         .   You may make
                                              (initial)        .   Paid to us by                subsequent
                                          .   $500                 check or                     contributions
                                              (subsequent)         transfer of                  to the contract
                                                                   contract value               until the later
                                                                   in a tax                     of attained age
                                                                   deferred                     86 or, if
                                                                   exchange under               later, the
                                                                   Section 1035 of              first contract
                                                                   the Internal                 date
                                                                   Revenue Code.                anniversary.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Traditional IRA       0 through 85        .   $25,000          .   Eligible                 .   You may make
                                              (initial)            rollover                     rollover or
                                          .   $50 (subsequent)     distributions                direct transfer
                                                                   from 403(b)                  contributions
                                                                   plans,                       until the later
                                                                   qualified plans              of attained age
                                                                   and                          86 or the first
                                                                   governmental                 contract date
                                                                   employer 457(b)              anniversary.
                                                                   plans.                   .   Contributions
                                                               .   Rollovers from               made after age
                                                                   another                      70 1/2 must be
                                                                   traditional                  net of required
                                                                   individual                   minimum
                                                                   retirement                   distributions.
                                                                   arrangement.             .   Although we
                                                               .   Direct                       accept regular
                                                                   custodian-to-                IRA
                                                                   custodian                    contributions
                                                                   transfers from               (limited to
                                                                   another                      $5,500 per
                                                                   traditional                  calendar year)
                                                                   individual                   under
                                                                   retirement                   traditional IRA
                                                                   arrangement.                 contracts, we
                                                               .   Regular IRA                  intend that the
                                                                   contributions.               contract be
                                                               .   Additional                   used primarily
                                                                   catch-up                     for rollover
                                                                   contributions.               and direct
                                                                                                transfer
                                                                                                contributions.
                                                                                            .   Subsequent
                                                                                                catch-up
                                                                                                contributions
                                                                                                of up to $1,000
                                                                                                per calendar
                                                                                                year where the
                                                                                                owner is at
                                                                                                least age 50
                                                                                                but under age
                                                                                                70 1/2 at any
                                                                                                time during the
                                                                                                calendar year
                                                                                                for which the
                                                                                                contribution is
                                                                                                made.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)Subsequent contributions may not be permitted under certain conditions in
   your state. Please see Appendix II later in this Prospectus for more
   information on contribution limitations in your state. In addition to the
   limitations described here, we also reserve the right to refuse to accept
   any contribution under the contract at any time or change our contribution
   limits and requirements. We further reserve the right to discontinue the
   acceptance of, or place additional limitations on, contributions to the
   contract or contributions and/or transfers into any investment option at any
   time.

                                      22

                        CONTRACT FEATURES AND BENEFITS







                  SERIES B, SERIES C & SERIES ADV (CONTINUED)



-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                    ADDITIONAL
                 AVAILABLE FOR OWNER AND  MINIMUM              SOURCE OF            LIMITATIONS ON
 CONTRACT TYPE   ANNUITANT ISSUE AGES     CONTRIBUTIONS        CONTRIBUTIONS        CONTRIBUTIONS TO YOUR CONTRACT/(1)/
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        
Roth IRA         0 through 85             .   $25,000          .   Rollovers from   .   You may make
                                              (initial)            another Roth         rollover or
                                          .   $50 (subsequent)     IRA.                 direct transfer
                                                               .   Rollovers from       contributions
                                                                   a designated         until the later
                                                                   Roth                 of attained age
                                                                   contribution         86 or the first
                                                                   account under        contract date
                                                                   specified            anniversary.
                                                                   retirement       .   Conversion
                                                                   plans.               rollovers after
                                                               .   Conversion           age 70 1/2 must
                                                                   rollovers from       be net of
                                                                   a traditional        required
                                                                   IRA or other         minimum
                                                                   eligible             distributions
                                                                   retirement plan.     for the
                                                               .   Direct               traditional IRA
                                                                   custodian-to-        or other
                                                                   custodian            eligible
                                                                   transfers from       retirement plan
                                                                   another Roth         that is the
                                                                   individual           source of the
                                                                   retirement           conversion
                                                                   arrangement.         rollover.
                                                               .   Regular Roth     .   Although we
                                                                   IRA                  accept Roth IRA
                                                                   contributions.       contributions
                                                               .   Additional           (limited to
                                                                   catch-up             $5,500 per
                                                                   contributions.       calendar year)
                                                                                        under Roth IRA
                                                                                        contracts, we
                                                                                        intend that the
                                                                                        contract be
                                                                                        used primarily
                                                                                        for rollover
                                                                                        and direct
                                                                                        transfer
                                                                                        contributions.
                                                                                    .   Subsequent
                                                                                        catch-up
                                                                                        contributions
                                                                                        of up to $1,000
                                                                                        per calendar
                                                                                        year where the
                                                                                        owner is at
                                                                                        least 50 at any
                                                                                        time during the
                                                                                        calendar year
                                                                                        for which the
                                                                                        contribution is
                                                                                        made.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
QP (defined      20-75                    .   $25,000          .   Only transfer    .   For 401(k)
benefit and                                   (initial)            contributions        plans,
defined                                   .   $500                 from other           transferred
contribution)                                 (subsequent)         investments          contributions
                                                                   within an            may not include
                                                                   existing             any after-tax
                                                                   qualified plan       contributions,
                                                                   trust.               including
                                                               .   The plan must        designated Roth
                                                                   be qualified         contributions.
                                                                   under Section    .   We do not
                                                                   401(a) of the        accept
                                                                   Internal             contributions
                                                                   Revenue Code.        directly from
                                                                                        the employer.
                                                                                    .   We reserve the
                                                                                        right to limit
                                                                                        aggregate
                                                                                        contributions
                                                                                        made each
                                                                                        contract year
                                                                                        after the first
                                                                                        contract year
                                                                                        to 100% of the
                                                                                        first contract
                                                                                        year
                                                                                        contributions.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)Subsequent contributions may not be permitted under certain conditions in
   your state. Please see Appendix II later in this Prospectus for more
   information on contribution limitations in your state. In addition to the
   limitations described here, we also reserve the right to refuse to accept
   any contribution under the contract at any time or change our contribution
   limits and requirements. We further reserve the right to discontinue the
   acceptance of, or place additional limitations on, contributions to the
   contract or contributions and/or transfers into any investment option at any
   time.

                                      23

                        CONTRACT FEATURES AND BENEFITS






OWNER AND ANNUITANT REQUIREMENTS

Under NQ contracts, the annuitant can be different from the owner. Only natural
persons can be joint owners. This means that an entity such as a corporation
cannot be a joint owner. We reserve the right to prohibit availability of this
contract to any non-natural owner.

Owners which are not individuals may be required to complete the appropriate
Form W-8 describing the entity type to avoid 30% FATCA withholding from
U.S.-source income.

For NQ contracts (with a single owner, joint owners, or a non-natural owner) we
permit the naming of joint annuitants only when the contract is purchased
through an exchange that is intended not to be taxable under Section 1035 of
the Internal Revenue Code and only where the joint annuitants are spouses.

Under all IRA contracts, the owner and annuitant must be the same person. In
some cases, an IRA contract may be held in a custodial individual retirement
account for the benefit of the individual annuitant.

For the Spousal continuation feature to apply, the spouses must either be joint
owners, or, for single owner contracts, the surviving spouse must be the sole
primary beneficiary. The determination of spousal status is made under
applicable state law. However, in the event of a conflict between federal and
state law, we follow federal rules. Certain same-sex civil union and domestic
partners may not be eligible for tax benefits under federal law and may be
required to take post-death distributions.

In general, we will not permit a contract to be owned by a minor unless it is
pursuant to the Uniform Gift to Minors Act or the Uniform Transfers to Minors
Act in your state.

Under QP contracts, the owner must be the qualified plan trust and the
annuitant must be the plan participant/employee. See Appendix VI later in this
Prospectus for more information on QP contracts.

In certain states, where QP contracts are not available, we permit defined
benefit and defined contribution plan trusts to use pooled plan assets to
purchase NQ contracts. See "Appendix VI: Purchase considerations for defined
benefit and defined contribution plans" later in this Prospectus.

In this Prospectus, when we use the terms OWNER and JOINT OWNER, we intend
these to be references to ANNUITANT and JOINT ANNUITANT, respectively, if the
contract has a non-natural owner. Unless otherwise stated, if the contract is
jointly owned or is issued to a non-natural owner, benefits are based on the
age of the older joint owner or older joint annuitant, as applicable.

PURCHASE CONSIDERATIONS FOR A CHARITABLE REMAINDER TRUST

If you are purchasing the contract to fund a charitable remainder trust and
allocate any account value to the Structured Investment Option, you should
strongly consider "split-funding": that is the trust holds investments in
addition to this Structured Capital Strategies(R) contract. Charitable
remainder trusts are required to make specific distributions. The charitable
remainder trust annual distribution requirement may be equal to a percentage of
the donated amount or a percentage of the current value of the donated amount.
If your Structured Capital Strategies(R) contract is the only source for such
distributions, you may need to take withdrawals from Segments before their
Segment Maturity Dates. See the discussion of the Structured Investment Option
later in this section.

HOW YOU CAN MAKE YOUR CONTRIBUTIONS

Except as noted below, contributions must be by check drawn on a U.S. bank, in
U.S. dollars, and made payable to AXA Equitable. We may also apply
contributions made for NQ contracts, pursuant to an intended Section 1035
tax-free exchange or for IRA contracts, pursuant to a direct transfer. For a
traditional IRA contract, your initial contribution must be a direct transfer
from another traditional IRA or a rollover from an eligible retirement plan
(including a traditional IRA). For a Roth IRA contract, your initial
contribution must be a direct transfer from another Roth IRA or a rollover from
an eligible retirement plan including a traditional IRA or another Roth IRA.
For QP contracts, all contributions must be transfers from another investment
within an existing qualified plan trust. We do not accept starter checks or
travelers' checks. All checks are subject to our ability to collect the funds.
We reserve the right to reject a payment if it is received in an unacceptable
form or not in accordance with our administrative procedures.

For your convenience, we will accept initial and subsequent contributions by
wire transmittal from certain broker-dealers who have agreements with us for
this purpose, including circumstances under which such contributions are
considered received by us when your order is taken by such broker-dealers.
These methods of payment are discussed in detail in "More information" later in
this Prospectus.

If your contract is sold by a financial professional of AXA Advisors, AXA
Advisors will direct us to hold your initial contribution, whether received via
check or wire, in a non-interest bearing "Special Bank Account for the
Exclusive Benefit of Customers" while AXA Advisors ensures your application is
complete and that suitability standards are met. AXA Advisors will either
complete this process or instruct us to return your contribution to you within
the time requirements set by applicable rules of the Financial Industry
Regulatory Authority ("FINRA"). Upon timely and successful completion of this
review, AXA Advisors will instruct us to transfer your contribution into our
non-interest bearing suspense account and transmit your application to us, so
that we can consider your application for processing. If the period for
obtaining this information extends through a Segment Start Date, your initial
investment will not be allocated to new Segments until the next Segment Start
Date.

If your application is in good order when we receive it from AXA Advisors for
application processing purposes, your contribution will be applied within two
business days. If any information we require to issue your contract is missing
or unclear, we will hold your contribution while we try to obtain this
information. If we are unable to obtain all of the information we require
within five business days after we receive an incomplete application or form,
we will inform the financial professional submitting the application on your
behalf. We will then return the contribution to you, unless you or your
financial professional acting on your behalf, specifically direct us to keep
your contribution until we receive the required information. The contribution
will be applied as of the date we receive the missing information. If the
period for obtaining this information extends through a Segment Start Date,
your initial investment will not be allocated to new Segments until the next
Segment Start Date.

If your financial professional is with a selling broker-dealer other than AXA
Advisors, your initial contribution must generally be accompanied by a
completed application and any other form we need to process the payments. If
any information is missing or unclear, we will hold the contribution, whether
received via check or wire, in a non-interest bearing suspense account while we
try to obtain this information. If we are

                                      24

                        CONTRACT FEATURES AND BENEFITS






unable to obtain all of the information we require within five business days
after we receive an incomplete application or form, we will inform the
financial professional submitting the application on your behalf. We will then
return the contribution to you unless you or your financial professional on
your behalf, specifically direct us to keep your contribution until we receive
the required information. The contribution will be applied as of the date we
receive the missing information. If the period for obtaining this information
extends through a Segment Start Date, your initial investment will not be
allocated to new Segments until the next Segment Start Date.

ALLOCATING YOUR CONTRIBUTIONS

Your allocation instructions determine how your contributions are allocated,
which may be among one or more of the investment options. The total number of
Segments that may be active in your contract at any time is 138. If a transfer
from a Segment Type Holding Account into a Segment will cause a contract to
exceed this limit, such transfers will be defaulted to the EQ/Money Market
variable investment option. If there are multiple Segments scheduled to be
established on a Segment Start Date, new Segments will be established in the
order of those that would have the largest initial Segment Investment first
until the limit is reached. Any remaining amount that is not transferred into a
Segment will then be defaulted to the EQ/Money Market variable investment
option. Allocations must be in whole percentages and you may change your
allocation percentages at any time. However, the total of your allocations must
equal 100%. Once your contributions are allocated to the investment options
they become part of your account value. Subsequent contributions are allocated
according to instructions on file unless you provide new instructions. We
discuss account value in "Determining your contract's value" later in this
Prospectus.

The contract is between you and AXA Equitable. The contract is not an
investment advisory account, and AXA Equitable is not providing any investment
advice or managing the allocations under your contract. In the absence of a
specific written arrangement to the contrary, you, as the owner of the
contract, have the sole authority to make investment allocations and other
decisions under the contract. Your AXA Advisors financial professional is
acting as a broker-dealer registered representative, and is not authorized to
act as an investment advisor or to manage the allocations under your contract.
If your financial professional is a registered representative with a
broker-dealer other than AXA Advisors, you should speak with him/her regarding
any different arrangements that may apply, particularly with regard to any
fee-based arrangement you may have in connection with your Series ADV contract.

WHAT ARE YOUR INVESTMENT OPTIONS UNDER THE CONTRACT?

Your investment options are the variable investment options, the Segments
comprising the Structured Investment Option and the Dollar Cap Averaging
Program. The term variable investment options includes the Segment Type Holding
Accounts unless otherwise noted. The Segment Type Holding Accounts are part of
the EQ/Money Market variable investment option. The Structured Investment
Option and the Segment Type Holding Accounts are discussed later in this
section under "Structured Investment Option." The Dollar Cap Averaging Program
invests in the dollar cap averaging account, which is part of the EQ/Money
Market variable investment option. See "Dollar Cap Averaging Program" later in
this section for more information.

VARIABLE INVESTMENT OPTIONS

Your investment results in any one of the variable investment options will
depend on the investment performance of the underlying portfolios. Because the
variable investment options are not Segments, they are not subject to any
Segment Buffer. You can lose all of your principal when investing in the
variable investment options. In periods of poor market performance, the net
return, after charges and expenses, may result in negative yields, including
for the EQ/Money Market variable investment option. Listed below are the
currently available portfolios, their investment objectives, and their
sub-advisers. We may, at any time, exercise our rights to limit or terminate
your contributions, allocations and transfers into any of the variable
investment options and to limit the number of variable investment options you
may elect.

                                      25

                        CONTRACT FEATURES AND BENEFITS






PORTFOLIOS OF THE TRUST

We offer an affiliated Trust, which in turn offers one or more Portfolios. AXA
Equitable Funds Management Group, LLC, ("AXA FMG") a wholly owned subsidiary of
AXA Equitable, serves as the investment manager of the Portfolios of EQ
Advisors Trust. For some Portfolios, AXA FMG has entered into sub-advisory
agreements with investment advisers (the "sub-advisers") to carry out the
day-to-day investment decisions for the Portfolios. As such, among other
responsibilities, AXA FMG oversees the activities of the sub-advisers with
respect to the Trust and is responsible for retaining or discontinuing the
services of those sub-advisers. The chart below indicates the sub-adviser(s)
for each Portfolio, if any. The chart below also shows the currently available
Portfolios and their investment objectives.

You should be aware that AXA Advisors, LLC and AXA Distributors, LLC (together,
the "Distributors") directly or indirectly receive 12b-1 fees from Portfolios
for providing certain distribution and/or shareholder support services. These
fees will not exceed 0.25% of the Portfolios' average daily net assets. The
Portfolios' sub-advisers and/or their affiliates may also contribute to the
cost of expenses for sales meetings or seminar sponsorships that may relate to
the contracts and/or the sub-advisers' respective Portfolios. In addition, AXA
FMG receives management fees and administrative fees in connection with the
services it provides to the Portfolios.

As a contract owner, you may bear the costs of some or all of these fees and
payments through your indirect investment in the Portfolios. (See the
Portfolios' prospectuses for more information.) These fees and payments, as
well as the Portfolios' investment management fees and administrative expenses,
will reduce the underlying Portfolios' investment returns. AXA Equitable may
profit from these fees and payments. AXA Equitable considers the availability
of these fees and payment arrangements during the selection process for the
underlying Portfolios. These fees and payment arrangements may create an
incentive for us to select Portfolios (and classes of shares of Portfolios)
that pay us higher amounts.

AXA Equitable considers the availability of these fees and payment arrangements
during the selection process for the underlying Portfolios. These fees and
payment arrangements may create an incentive for us to select Portfolios (and
classes of shares of Portfolios) that pay us higher amounts.

Portfolio allocations in certain AXA variable annuity contracts with guaranteed
benefits are subject to our Asset Transfer Program (ATP) feature. The ATP helps
us manage our financial exposure in connection with providing certain
guaranteed benefits, by using predetermined mathematical formulas to move
account value between the AXA Ultra Conservative Strategy Portfolio (an
investment option utilized solely by the ATP) and the other Portfolios offered
under those contracts. You should be aware that operation of the predetermined
mathematical formulas underpinning the ATP has the potential to adversely
impact the Portfolios, including their performance, risk profile and expenses.
This means that Portfolio investments in contracts with no ATP feature, such as
yours, could still be adversely impacted. Particularly during times of high
market volatility, if the ATP triggers substantial asset flows into and out of
a Portfolio, it could have the following effects on all contract owners
invested in that Portfolio:

(a)By requiring a Portfolio sub-adviser to buy and sell large amounts of
   securities at inopportune times, a Portfolio's investment performance and
   the ability of the sub-adviser to fully implement the Portfolio's investment
   strategy could be negatively affected; and

(b)By generating higher turnover in its securities or other assets than it
   would have experienced without being impacted by the ATP, a Portfolio could
   incur higher operating expense ratios and transaction costs than comparable
   funds. In addition, even Portfolios structured as funds-of-funds that are
   not available for investment by contract owners who are subject to the ATP
   could also be impacted by the ATP if those Portfolios invest in underlying
   funds that are themselves subject to significant asset turnover caused by
   the ATP. Because the ATP formulas generate unique results for each contract,
   not all contract owners who are subject to the ATP will be affected by
   operation of the ATP in the same way. On any particular day on which the ATP
   is activated, some contract owners may have a portion of their account value
   transferred to the AXA Ultra Conservative Strategy investment option and
   others may not. If the ATP causes significant transfers of total account
   value out of one or more Portfolios, any resulting negative effect on the
   performance of those Portfolios will be experienced to a greater extent by a
   contract owner (with or without the ATP) invested in those Portfolios whose
   account value was not subject to the transfers.



----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 EQ ADVISORS TRUST
 (CLASS IB SHARES)
 PORTFOLIO NAME      OBJECTIVE                                        SUB-ADVISER
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                
EQ/CORE BOND INDEX   Seeks to achieve a total return before           .   SSgA Funds Management,
                     expenses that approximates the total return          Inc.
                     performance of the Barclays Intermediate
                     U.S. Government/Credit Index, including
                     reinvestment of dividends, at a risk level
                     consistent with that of the Barclays
                     Intermediate U.S. Government/Credit Index.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/EQUITY 500 INDEX  Seeks to achieve a total return before           .   AllianceBernstein L.P.
                     expenses that approximates the total return
                     performance of the Standard & Poor's 500
                     Composite Stock Price Index, including
                     reinvestment of dividends, at a risk level
                     consistent with that of the Standard &
                     Poor's 500 Composite Stock Price Index.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/MONEY MARKET      Seeks to obtain a high level of current income,  .   The Dreyfus Corporation
                     preserve its assets and maintain liquidity.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


YOU SHOULD CONSIDER THE INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES, RISKS AND CHARGES AND EXPENSES
OF THE PORTFOLIOS CAREFULLY BEFORE INVESTING. THE PROSPECTUSES FOR THE TRUST
CONTAIN THIS AND OTHER IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THE PORTFOLIOS. THE
PROSPECTUSES SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE INVESTING. IN ORDER TO OBTAIN
COPIES OF THE TRUST PROSPECTUSES THAT DO NOT ACCOMPANY THIS PROSPECTUS, YOU MAY
CALL ONE OF OUR CUSTOMER SERVICE REPRESENTATIVES AT 1-877-899-3743.

                                      26

                        CONTRACT FEATURES AND BENEFITS






STRUCTURED INVESTMENT OPTION

The Structured Investment Option consists of a number of Segment Types, each of
which provides a rate of return tied to the performance of a specified
Securities Index or exchange-traded fund. You generally have the opportunity to
invest in any of the Segment Types described below, subject to the
requirements, limitations and procedures disclosed in this section. You
participate in the performance of an Index by investing in the corresponding
Segment. Investments in Segments are not investments in underlying mutual
funds; Segments are not "index funds."

SEGMENT TYPES

You can invest in Standard Segment Types, Annual Lock Segment Types and Choice
Segment Types. We currently offer a total of 28 Segment Types, of which 28 are
offered under Series B contracts and 20 are offered under Series C and Series
ADV contracts. Not all Segment Types (or Segments) are available for each
Series. We are not obligated to offer any one particular Segment Type. Also, we
are not obligated to offer any Segment Types. Each investment in a Segment Type
that starts on a particular Segment Start Date is referred to as a Segment.

A Segment Type refers to all Standard Segments, Annual Lock Segments or Choice
Segments that have the same Index, Segment Duration, and Segment Buffer. Each
Segment Type has a corresponding Segment Type Holding Account. Please refer to
the "Definitions of key terms" section earlier in this Prospectus for a
discussion of these terms.

Annual Lock Segments have a 5-year Segment Duration.

Choice Segments provide you access to higher Performance Cap Rates and
potentially greater Segment Rates of Return than comparable Standard Segments.
Each Choice Segment Type has an associated Choice cost. Choice Segments have a
5-year Segment Duration.

The following chart lists the current Standard Segment Types:



------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            INDEX                    SEGMENT DURATION                     SEGMENT BUFFER
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        
S&P 500 Price Return Index                1 year                               -10%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Russell 2000(R) Price Return              1 year                               -10%
Index
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NASDAQ-100 Price Return Index             1 year                               -10%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MSCI EAFE Price Return Index              1 year                               -10%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MSCI Emerging Markets Price               1 year                               -10%
Return Index
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Financial Select Sector                   1 year                               -10%
SPDR(R) Fund
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
iShares(R) Dow Jones U.S.                 1 year                               -10%
Real Estate Index Fund
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Energy Select Sector SPDR(R)              1 year                               -10%
Fund
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPDR(R) Gold Shares                       1 year                               -10%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
S&P 500 Price Return Index                3 year                            -10%; -20%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            INDEX                    SEGMENT DURATION                     SEGMENT BUFFER
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        
Russell 2000(R) Price Return              3 year                            -10%; -20%
Index
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MSCI EAFE Price                           3 year                               -10%
Return Index
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
S&P 500 Price Return Index                5 year                         -10%; -20%; -30%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Russell 2000(R) Price Return              5 year                         -10%; -20%; -30%
Index
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MSCI EAFE Price                           5 year                               -10%
Return Index
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


The following chart lists the current Annual Lock Segment Types:



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            INDEX                    SEGMENT DURATION                 ANNUAL BUFFER
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        
S&P 500 Price Return Index                5 year                          -10%
Annual Lock
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


The following chart lists the current Choice Segment Types:



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 INDEX                              SEGMENT DURATION                          SEGMENT BUFFER
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            
Choice S&P 500 Price Return Index                        5 year                              -10%; -15%; -25%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Choice Russell 2000 Price Return Index                   5 year                              -10%; -15%; -25%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ON A SEGMENT MATURITY DATE, THE HIGHEST LEVEL OF PROTECTION IS THE -30% SEGMENT
BUFFER (FOR CHOICE SEGMENTS, THE -25% SEGMENT BUFFER) AND LOWEST LEVEL OF
PROTECTION IS THE -10% SEGMENT BUFFER.

The Indices are described in more detail below, under the heading "Indices."

Each Segment has a Performance Cap Rate that we set on the Segment Start Date.
See "Performance Cap Rate" below. The Performance Cap Rate for the same Segment
may be higher for Owners who elect that Segment during their first Contract
Year than for Owners who are in their second or later Contract Year.

STANDARD SEGMENT EXAMPLE: For the S&P 500 Price Return Index/5 year/-20%
Segment Type, a Segment could be established as S&P 500 Price Return Index/5
year/-20% with a 30% Performance Cap Rate declared on the Segment Start Date.
This means that you will participate in the performance of the S&P 500 Price
Return Index for five years starting from the Segment Start Date. If the Index
performs positively during this period, your Segment Rate of Return could be as
much as 30% for that Segment Duration. If the Index performs negatively during
this period, at maturity you will be protected from the first 20% of the
Index's decline. If the Index performance is between -20% and 0%, your Segment
Maturity Value on the Segment Maturity Date will be equal to your Segment
Investment.

ANNUAL LOCK SEGMENT EXAMPLE: For the S&P 500 Price Return Index Annual Lock/5
year annual lock/-10% Segment Type, a Segment could be established as S&P 500
Price Return Index Annual Lock/5 year annual lock/-10% with a 9% Performance
Cap Rate declared on the Segment Start Date. This means that you will
participate in the performance of the S&P 500 Price Return Index for 5 one-year
periods starting from the Segment Start Date. If the Index performs positively
during an Annual Lock Period, your Rate of Return could be as much as 9% for
that Annual Lock Period. If the Index performs negatively during an Annual Lock

                                      27

                        CONTRACT FEATURES AND BENEFITS






Period, at that Annual Lock Anniversary you will be protected from the first
10% of the Index's decline. If the Index performance is between -10% and 0% for
that Annual Lock Period, your Annual Lock Anniversary Ending Amount on that
Annual Lock Anniversary will be equal to the Annual Lock Anniversary Starting
Amount (or Segment Investment for the first Annual Lock Period).

CHOICE SEGMENT EXAMPLE: For the Choice S&P 500 Price Return Index/5 year/-10%
Segment Type, a Segment could be established as Choice S&P 500 Price Return
Index/5 year/-10% with a 65% Performance Cap Rate declared on the Segment Start
Date. This means that you will participate in the performance of the S&P 500
Price Return Index for five years starting from the Segment Start Date. If the
Index performs positively during this period, your Segment Rate of Return could
be as much as 60% for that Segment Duration (65% less the 5% Choice cost). If
the Index performs negatively during this period, at maturity you will be
protected from the first 10% of the Index's decline. If the Index performance
is between -10% and 0%, your Segment Maturity Value on the Segment Maturity
Date will be equal to your Segment Investment. Similarly, if the Index
performance is between 0% and 5%, then, after deduction of the Choice cost,
your Segment Maturity Value on the Segment Maturity Date will be equal to your
Segment Investment.

PLEASE NOTE THE FOLLOWING:

..   STANDARD SEGMENT TYPES WITH GREATER PROTECTION TEND TO HAVE LOWER
    PERFORMANCE CAP RATES THAN OTHER STANDARD SEGMENT TYPES THAT USE THE SAME
    INDEX AND DURATION BUT PROVIDE LESS PROTECTION.

..   CHOICE SEGMENT TYPES WITH GREATER PROTECTION TEND TO HAVE LOWER PERFORMANCE
    CAP RATES THAN OTHER CHOICE SEGMENT TYPES THAT USE THE SAME INDEX AND
    DURATION BUT PROVIDE LESS PROTECTION.

..   CHOICE SEGMENTS ARE SUBJECT TO DEDUCTION OF THE CHOICE COST. AS A RESULT,
    THE SEGMENT RATE OF RETURN FOR A CHOICE SEGMENT WILL ALWAYS BE LESS THAN
    (A) THE PERFORMANCE CAP RATE AND (B) THE INDEX PERFORMANCE RATE, IF
    POSITIVE, FOR THAT SEGMENT.

..   DEPENDING ON MARKET PERFORMANCE, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT THE SEGMENT RATE OF
    RETURN FOR A STANDARD SEGMENT MAY BE HIGHER THAN THAT FOR A CHOICE SEGMENT
    THAT USES THE SAME INDEX, DURATION AND SEGMENT BUFFER. THIS WILL OCCUR IF
    THE INDEX PERFORMANCE RATE APPLICABLE TO THESE SEGMENTS DOES NOT EXCEED THE
    PERFORMANCE CAP RATE SET FOR THE STANDARD SEGMENT BY MORE THAN THE CHOICE
    COST.

..   DEDUCTION OF THE CHOICE COST ON THE SEGMENT MATURITY DATE FOR A CHOICE
    SEGMENT WILL NEVER CAUSE YOU TO LOSE PRINCIPAL. IF THE INDEX PERFORMANCE
    RATE FOR A CHOICE SEGMENT IS POSITIVE BUT LESS THAN THE APPLICABLE CHOICE
    COST, THE AMOUNT OF THE CHOICE COST DEDUCTED WILL NOT CAUSE YOUR SEGMENT
    MATURITY VALUE TO BE LESS THAN YOUR SEGMENT INVESTMENT.

..   IF, ON A SEGMENT START DATE, WE DETERMINE THAT THE PERFORMANCE CAP RATE FOR
    A CHOICE SEGMENT WILL NOT EXCEED THE PERFORMANCE CAP RATE FOR A COMPARABLE
    STANDARD SEGMENT (I.E., WITH THE SAME INDEX, SEGMENT DURATION, SEGMENT
    BUFFER AND SEGMENT START DATE) BY AN AMOUNT THAT IS AT LEAST EQUAL TO THE
    CHOICE COST, WE WILL WAIVE THE CHOICE COST AND DECLARE A PERFORMANCE CAP
    RATE FOR THE CHOICE SEGMENT THAT IS EQUAL TO THE PERFORMANCE CAP RATE FOR
    THE STANDARD SEGMENT.

BOTH THE PERFORMANCE CAP RATE AND THE SEGMENT RATE OF RETURN ARE RATES OF
RETURN FROM THE SEGMENT START DATE TO THE SEGMENT MATURITY DATE (OR FROM THE
SEGMENT START DATE TO THE FIRST ANNUAL LOCK ANNIVERSARY AND THEREAFTER FROM
EACH ANNUAL LOCK ANNIVERSARY TO THE NEXT FOR ANNUAL LOCK SEGMENTS), NOT ANNUAL
RATES OF RETURN, EVEN IF THE SEGMENT DURATION IS LONGER THAN ONE YEAR.
THEREFORE THE INDEX PERFORMANCE RATE AND THE PERFORMANCE CAP THRESHOLD ARE ALSO
NOT ANNUAL RATES. The performance of the Index, the Performance Cap Rate and
the Segment Buffer are all measured from the Segment Start Date to the Segment
Maturity Date (or from the Segment Start Date to the first Annual Lock
Anniversary and thereafter from each Annual Lock Anniversary to the next for
Annual Lock Segments), and the Performance Cap Rate and Segment Buffer apply if
you hold the Segment until the Segment Maturity Date (or from the Segment Start
Date to the first Annual Lock Anniversary and thereafter from each Annual Lock
Anniversary to the next for Annual Lock Segments). If you surrender or cancel
your contract, die or make a withdrawal from a Segment before the Segment
Maturity Date, the Segment Buffer will not necessarily apply to the extent it
would on the Segment Maturity Date (or Annual Lock Anniversary for Annual Lock
Segments), and any upside performance will be limited to a percentage lower
than the Performance Cap Rate. Please see "Your contract's value in the
Structured Investment Option" in "Determining your contract's value" later in
this Prospectus. A partial withdrawal from a Segment does not affect the
Performance Cap Rate and Segment Buffer that apply to any remaining amounts
that are held in the Segment through the Segment Maturity Date (or from the
Segment Start Date to the first Annual Lock Anniversary and thereafter from
each Annual Lock Anniversary to the next for Annual Lock Segments).

We reserve the right to offer any or all Segment Types more or less frequently
or to stop offering any or all of them or to suspend offering any or all of
them temporarily for some or all contracts or Series. Please see "Suspension,
termination and changes to Segment Types" later in this section. All Segment
Types may not be available in all states. We may also add Segment Types in the
future.

The total number of Segments that may be active on a contract at any time is
138.

INDICES

Each Segment Type references an Index that determines the performance of its
associated Segments. We currently offer Segment Types based on the performance
of (1) securities indices or (2) exchange-traded funds. Throughout this
Prospectus, we refer to these indices and exchange-traded funds using the term
"Index" or, collectively, "Indices." Not all Indices may be available under
your contract. Please see "Appendix II: State contract availability and/or
variations of certain features and benefits" later in this Prospectus.

SECURITIES INDICES. The following Securities Indices are currently available:

S&P 500 PRICE RETURN INDEX. The S&P 500 Price Return Index was established by
Standard & Poor's. The S&P 500 Price Return Index

                                      28

                        CONTRACT FEATURES AND BENEFITS






includes 500 leading companies in leading industries of the U.S. economy,
capturing 75% coverage of U.S. equities. The S&P 500 Price Return Index does
not include dividends declared by any of the companies included in this Index.

RUSSELL 2000(R) PRICE RETURN INDEX. The Russell 2000(R) Price Return Index was
established by Russell Investments. The Russell 2000(R) Price Return Index
measures the performance of the small-cap segment of the U.S. equity universe.
The Russell 2000(R) Price Return Index is a subset of the Russell 3000(R) Index
representing approximately 10% of the total market capitalization of that
index. It includes approximately 2,000 of the smallest securities based on a
combination of their market cap and current index membership. The Russell
2000(R) Price Return Index does not include dividends declared by any of the
companies included in this Index.

MSCI EAFE PRICE RETURN INDEX. The MSCI EAFE Price Return Index was established
by MSCI. The MSCI EAFE Price Return Index is a free float-adjusted market
capitalization index that is designed to measure the equity market performance
of developed markets, excluding the US and Canada. As of the date of this
Prospectus the MSCI EAFE Price Return Index consisted of the following 22
developed market country indices: Australia, Austria, Belgium, Denmark,
Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hong Kong, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Japan, the
Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Singapore, Spain, Sweden,
Switzerland, and the United Kingdom. The MSCI EAFE Price Return Index does not
include dividends declared by any of the companies included in this Index.

MSCI EMERGING MARKETS PRICE RETURN INDEX. The MSCI Emerging Markets Price
Return Index was established by MSCI. The MSCI Emerging Markets Price Return
Index is a free float-adjusted market capitalization index that is designed to
measure equity market performance of emerging markets. As of the date of this
prospectus, the MSCI Emerging Markets Price Return Index consists of the
following 21 emerging market country indices: Brazil, Chile, China, Colombia,
Czech Republic, Egypt, Hungary, India, Indonesia, Korea, Malaysia, Mexico,
Morocco, Peru, Philippines, Poland, Russia, South Africa, Taiwan, Thailand, and
Turkey. The MSCI Emerging Markets Price Return Index does not include dividends
declared by any of the companies included in this Index.

NASDAQ-100 PRICE RETURN INDEX. The NASDAQ-100 Price Return Index (the
"NASDAQ-100 Index") includes securities of 100 of the largest domestic and
international non-financial securities listed on The NASDAQ Stock Market based
on market capitalization. The Index reflects companies across major industry
groups including computer hardware and software, telecommunications,
retail/wholesale trade and biotechnology. It does not contain securities of
financial companies including investment companies. The NASDAQ-100 Price Return
Index does not include dividends declared by any of the companies included in
this Index.

EXCHANGE-TRADED FUNDS. The following exchange-traded funds (and products) are
currently available:

ISHARES(R) DOW JONES U.S. REAL ESTATE INDEX FUND. The iShares(R) Dow Jones U.S.
Real Estate Index Fund seeks investment results that correspond generally to
the performance of the Dow Jones U.S. Real Estate Index, which is the
underlying index. The underlying index measures the performance of the Real
Estate industry of the U.S. equity market, including real estate holding and
developing and real estate investment trusts (REITS) subsectors. The iShares(R)
Dow Jones U.S. Real Estate Index Fund is an exchange-traded fund. The
performance of the iShares(R) Dow Jones U.S. Real Estate Index Fund may not
replicate the performance of, and may underperform the underlying index. The
price of the iShares(R) Dow Jones U.S. Real Estate Index Fund will reflect
expenses and fees that will reduce its relative performance. Moreover, it is
also possible that the iShares(R) Dow Jones U.S. Real Estate Index Fund may not
fully replicate or may, in certain circumstances, diverge significantly from
the performance of the underlying index. Because the return on your Segment
Investment (subject to the Performance Cap and downside Segment Buffer
protection) is linked to the performance of the iShares(R) Dow Jones U.S. Real
Estate Index Fund and not the underlying index, the return on your Segment
Investment may be less than that of an alternative investment linked directly
to the underlying index or the components of the underlying index. The
investment performance of the iShares(R) Dow Jones U.S. Real Estate Index
Segment is only based on the closing share price of the Index Fund. The
iShares(R) Dow Jones U.S. Real Estate Index Segment does not include dividends
and other distributions declared by the Index Fund.

FINANCIAL SELECT SECTOR SPDR(R) FUND.  The Financial Select Sector SPDR(R) Fund
seeks to closely match the returns and characteristics of the Financial Select
Sector Index, which is the underlying index. The underlying index seeks to
provide an effective representation of the financial sector of the S&P 500
Index, and includes companies from the following industries: commercial banks,
capital markets, diversified financial services, insurance and real estate.
Because the return on your Segment Investment (subject to the Performance Cap
and downside Segment Buffer protection) is linked to the performance of the
Financial Select Sector SPDR(R) Fund and not the underlying index, the return
on your Segment Investment may be less than that of an alternative investment
linked directly to the underlying index or the components of the underlying
index. The investment performance of the Financial Select Sector SPDR(R) Fund
Segment is only based on the closing share price of the Fund. The Financial
Select Sector SPDR(R) Fund Segment does not include dividends and other
distributions declared by the Fund.

ENERGY SELECT SECTOR SPDR(R) FUND. The Energy Select Sector SPDR(R) Fund seeks
to provide investment results that, before expenses, correspond generally to
the price and yield performance of publicly traded equity securities of
companies in the Energy Select Sector Index, which is the underlying index. The
Energy Select Sector Index includes companies from the following industries:
oil, gas and consumable fuels and energy equipment and services. The price of
the Energy Select Sector SPDR(R) Fund will reflect expenses and fees that will
reduce its relative performance. Because the return on your Segment Investment
(subject to the Performance Cap and downside Segment Buffer protection) is
linked to the performance of the Energy Select Sector SPDR(R) Fund and not the
underlying index, the return on your Segment Investment may be less than that
of an alternative investment linked directly to the underlying index or the
components of the underlying index. The investment performance of the Energy
Select Sector SPDR(R) Fund Segment is only based on the closing share price of
the Fund. The Energy Select Sector SPDR(R) Fund Segment does not include
dividends and other distributions declared by the Fund.

SPDR(R) GOLD SHARES. The SPDR(R) Gold Shares seek to reflect the performance of
the price of gold bullion, less the expenses of the trust's operations. The
value of the gold held by the trust will be determined

                                      29

                        CONTRACT FEATURES AND BENEFITS






based on the London Bullion Market Association (LBMA) Gold Price PM USD. The
price of the SPDR(R) Gold Shares will reflect expenses and fees that will
reduce its relative performance. The amount of gold represented by the SPDR(R)
Gold Shares will continue to be reduced during the life of the trust due to the
sales of gold necessary to pay the trust's expenses irrespective of whether the
trading price of the SPDR(R) Gold Shares rises or falls in response to changes
in the price of gold. Assuming a constant gold price, the trading price of the
SPDR(R) Gold Shares is expected to gradually decline relative to the price of
gold as the amount of gold represented by the SPDR(R) Gold Shares gradually
declines. Because the return on your Segment Investment (subject to the
Performance Cap and downside Segment Buffer protection) is linked to the
performance of the SPDR(R) Gold Shares and not the performance of the price of
gold, the return on your Segment Investment may be less than that of an
alternative investment linked directly to the performance of the price of gold.
The investment and trading activities of hedge funds and commodity funds may
affect the price of gold. The investment performance of the SPDR(R) Gold Shares
Segment is only based on the closing share price of the Shares. The SPDR(R)
Gold Shares Segment does not include dividends and other distributions declared
by the Shares.

Please see Appendix IV later in this Prospectus for important information
regarding the publishers of the Indices.

SEGMENT TYPE HOLDING ACCOUNTS

Any contribution or transfer designated for a Segment Type will be allocated to
the corresponding Segment Type Holding Account until the Segment Start Date.
The Segment Type Holding Accounts are part of the EQ/Money Market variable
investment option. The Segment Type Holding Accounts have the same rate of
return as the EQ/Money Market variable investment option. You must transfer or
contribute to the Segment Type Holding Account for the corresponding Segment
Type if you want to invest in a Segment; you cannot transfer or contribute
directly to a Segment.

You can transfer amounts from a Segment Type Holding Account into any of the
variable investment options, or another Segment Type Holding Account at any
time up to the close of business on the last business day before the Segment
Start Date.

SEGMENT START DATE

Each Segment will have a Segment Start Date. Segments generally start on the
first or third Thursday of each month. However, the Segment Start Date may
sometimes be a different day under certain circumstances. Please see "Setting
the Segment Maturity Date and Segment Start Date" below. Also, we may offer
Segments more or less frequently and on different days for some or all
contracts or Series.

PERFORMANCE CAP RATE

The Performance Cap Rate determines the maximum Segment Rate of Return that
each Segment will be credited with on the Segment Maturity Date or the maximum
Annual Lock Yearly Rate of Return on each Annual Lock Anniversary. We will
declare a Performance Cap Rate for each Segment on the Segment Start Date. The
Performance Cap Rate for each Segment, including each Annual Lock Segments,
will not change throughout the Segment Duration. The Performance Cap Rate for
the same Segment may be higher or lower for Owners who elect that Segment
during their first Contract Year than for Owners who are in their second or
later Contract Year.

Because we declare the Performance Cap Rate for a Segment on its Segment Start
Date, you will not know the Performance Cap Rate for a new Segment until after
your account value has been transferred from the corresponding Segment Type
Holding Account into the Segment. You may not transfer out of a Segment before
the Segment Maturity Date. Please see "Transfers" below. For more information
regarding transfer restrictions, please see "Transferring your account value"
later in this Prospectus.

The Performance Cap Rate may limit your participation in any increases in the
underlying Index associated with a Segment. Our minimum Performance Cap Rates
for 1, 3, and 5-year Standard Segments are 2%, 6%, and 10% respectively. Our
minimum Performance Cap Rate for 5-year Choice Segments is 10%. Our minimum
Performance Cap Rate for Annual Lock Segments is 2%. We guarantee that for the
life of your contract we will not open a Segment with a Performance Cap Rate
below the applicable minimum Performance Cap Rate. In some cases, we may decide
not to declare a Performance Cap Rate for a Segment, in which case there is no
maximum Segment Rate of Return for that Segment and you will receive the Index
Performance Rate for that Segment subject to the Segment Buffer.

PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PERFORMANCE CAP RATE AND SEGMENT RATE OF RETURN ARE
CUMULATIVE RATES OF RETURN FROM THE SEGMENT START DATE TO THE SEGMENT MATURITY
DATE OR FROM THE SEGMENT START DATE TO THE FIRST ANNUAL LOCK ANNIVERSARY AND
THEREAFTER FROM EACH ANNUAL LOCK ANNIVERSARY TO THE NEXT FOR ANNUAL LOCK
SEGMENTS, NOT ANNUAL RATES, EVEN IF THE SEGMENT DURATION IS LONGER THAN ONE
YEAR. THE PERFORMANCE CAP RATE IS SET AT OUR SOLE DISCRETION.

SEGMENT PARTICIPATION REQUIREMENTS

Provided that all participation requirements are met, all amounts allocated to
a Segment Type that are in the associated Segment Type Holding Account as of
the close of business on the business day preceding the Segment Start Date,
plus any earnings on those amounts, will be transferred into the new Segment on
the Segment Start Date. However, amounts transferred into the Segment Type
Holding Account on the Segment Start Date itself will not be included in any
new Segment created that day. These amounts will remain in the Segment Type
Holding Account until they are transferred out or the next Segment Start Date
on which the participation requirements are met for the amounts to be
transferred into a new Segment.

The participation requirements are as follows: (1) Segment is available;
(2) Segment Maturity Date Requirement is met; and (3) Performance Cap Threshold
is met. If these requirements are met, your account value in the Segment Type
Holding Account will be transferred into a new Segment. This amount is your
initial Segment Investment. Once your account value has been swept from a
Segment Type Holding Account into a Segment, transfers into or out of that
Segment before its Segment Maturity Date are not permitted.

(1) SEGMENT IS AVAILABLE. The Segment must actually be created on the Segment
Start Date as scheduled. We may suspend or terminate any Segment Type, at our
sole discretion, at any time. If we terminate a Segment Type, no new Segments
of that Segment Type will be created, and the amount that would have been
transferred to the Segment will be transferred to the EQ/Money Market variable
investment option instead. If we suspend a Segment Type, no new

                                      30

                        CONTRACT FEATURES AND BENEFITS






Segments of that Segment Type will be created until the suspension ends, and
the amount that would have been transferred to the Segment will remain in the
Segment Type Holding Account.

(2) SEGMENT MATURITY DATE REQUIREMENT IS MET. The Segment Maturity Date must
occur on or before the contract maturity date. If the Segment Maturity Date is
after the contract maturity date, your account value in the Segment Type
Holding Account will be transferred to the EQ/Money Market variable investment
option.

(3) PERFORMANCE CAP THRESHOLD IS MET. When you allocate a contribution or
transfer account value to a Segment Type, you may also specify a Performance
Cap Threshold. The Performance Cap Threshold represents the minimum Performance
Cap Rate you find acceptable for a particular Segment. As long as it remains in
effect, the Performance Cap Threshold will prevent your value in the Segment
Type Holding Account from being transferred into the corresponding Segment
unless the Performance Cap Threshold is equal to or exceeded by the Performance
Cap Rate we declare on the Segment Start Date, assuming the other participation
requirements are met. Performance Cap Thresholds are expressed as whole
percentage rates.

For example, for a given Segment Type, you may specify a Performance Cap
Threshold of 10%. If we set a Performance Cap Rate of 10% or higher for the
next available Segment of that Segment Type, then we will transfer your account
value in the applicable Segment Type Holding Account to the new Segment on the
Segment Start Date, provided all other participation requirements are met.
However, if we set the Performance Cap Rate at 9.9% for that Segment, your
account value will not be transferred to the new Segment.

A Performance Cap Threshold applies to a single Segment Type only. If you have
allocated amounts to multiple Segment Types, you may specify a different
Performance Cap Threshold for each Segment Type. Performance Cap Thresholds
will not apply to uncapped Segments. This means that if you allocate amounts to
a Segment Type Holding Account and we subsequently open an associated Segment
without specifying a Performance Cap Rate, those amounts will automatically be
transferred to that Segment on the Segment Start Date.

The Performance Cap Threshold operates in the same manner for Standard
Segments, Annual Lock Segments and Choice Segments. When determining whether
the Performance Cap Threshold for a Choice Segment has been satisfied, we do
not take into account the Choice cost associated with that Segment. For
example, assume you allocate account value to a 5-year Choice Segment with a 5%
Choice cost, and you set a Performance Cap Threshold of 48%. If we set a
Performance Cap Rate of 50% for that Segment, your Performance Cap Threshold
will be satisfied and your account value will be transferred into the Segment,
even though the maximum Segment Rate of Return you can earn will be 45%.

Performance Cap Thresholds help you manage the risk that your money will not be
invested in a Segment with a Performance Cap Rate that is lower than you find
acceptable.

If you do not specify a Performance Cap Threshold or your Performance Cap
Threshold has expired, we will transfer your account value from the Segment
Type Holding Account into a Segment if the other participation requirements are
met, regardless of the Performance Cap Rate that we set.

In order for a new Performance Cap Threshold to be effective for a forthcoming
Segment, you must set it at least one day prior to the Segment Start Date.
Similarly, while you can change an existing Performance Cap Threshold at any
time, the revised Performance Cap Threshold will only apply to a Segment if you
make the change at least one day prior to the Segment Start Date. This means
that if you set a new or change an existing Performance Cap Threshold on a
Segment Start Date, that new or revised Performance Cap Threshold will not
affect the participation requirements for any Segment created that day. For
example if you have a Performance Cap Threshold on file of 12%, but change it
to 15% on a Segment Start Date, any amounts in that Segment Type Holding
Account will be transferred into a new Segment of that Segment Type that we
create that day with a Participation Cap Rate of 13%, if the other
participation requirements are met.

PERFORMANCE CAP THRESHOLD DURATION

A Performance Cap Threshold will remain in effect until the PCT Expiry Date.
This means that if the declared Performance Cap Rate for a Segment has not
matched or exceeded your Performance Cap Threshold on any of the scheduled
Segment Start Dates before the PCT Expiry Date, any amounts in the applicable
Segment Type Holding Account (including any funds transferred to that holding
account after your election) on the business day immediately preceding the next
scheduled Segment Start Date after the PCT Expiry Date will automatically be
transferred into the Segment created on that Segment Start Date, unless you
specify a new Performance Cap Threshold prior to that date. You must set a new
Performance Cap Threshold prior to the next scheduled Segment Start Date after
your Performance Cap Threshold expires to avoid having amounts automatically
transferred into the associated Segment, which may have a Performance Cap Rate
that does not meet your investment objectives.

In addition, if your Performance Cap Threshold was satisfied on a scheduled
Segment Start Date before the PCT Expiry Date and amounts in the applicable
Segment Type Holding Account were transferred into a Segment, the Performance
Cap Threshold will continue to apply to any amounts you subsequently transfer
into that Segment Type Holding Account until the PCT Expiry Date. A "scheduled
Segment Start Date" includes any date on which a Segment was scheduled to start
but was not offered as of that date. A suspension of the Segment Type will not
extend the PCT Expiry Date.

EXAMPLE 1: Assume you purchase your contract and set a Performance Cap
Threshold of 30% for the S&P 500 Price Return Index/5 year/-20% Standard
Segment Type on March 1 and allocate $25,000 to the holding account for that
Segment Type. If on each of the Segment Start Dates before the PCT Expiry Date
we declare Performance Cap Rates of less than 30%, your $25,000 allocation will
not be transferred to any of those Segments. Your Performance Cap Threshold
will then expire on May 4th and your $25,000 allocation will be transferred to
that Segment on the next Segment Start Date regardless of whether the
Performance Cap Rate we declare is higher, equal to or lower than 30%.

EXAMPLE 2: Assume you purchase your contract and set a Performance Cap
Threshold of 30% for the S&P 500 Price Return Index/5 year/-20% Standard
Segment Type on March 1 and allocate $25,000 to the holding account for that
Segment Type. If on the next Segment Start Date we declare a Performance Cap
Rate of 35% for the Segment, your $25,000 allocation will be transferred to
that Segment.

                                      31

                        CONTRACT FEATURES AND BENEFITS






Assume you then allocate another $10,000 to the holding account for that
Segment Type on March 20. Your existing Performance Cap Threshold of 30%
remains in effect and will not expire until May 4th. If on the next Segment
Start Date after March 20th we declare a Performance Cap Rate of 28% for the
Segment, your $10,000 allocation will not be transferred to that Segment.

In all cases, if you complete a new Performance Cap Threshold election, it will
override any existing Performance Cap Threshold then in effect. Transferring
funds from a Segment Holding Account to one of the variable investment options
will not terminate a Performance Cap Threshold you may have set for the Segment
Type associated with that Segment Holding Account.

You can renew a Performance Cap Threshold by completing the appropriate form or
using Online Account Access. If you do not renew a Performance Cap Threshold
for a Segment, your account value in the associated Segment Type Holding
Account will be transferred into a Segment on the next Segment Start Date after
the PCT Expiry Date if the other participation requirements are met, even if
the Performance Cap Rate that we set does not meet your investment objectives.

You will receive confirmation of any Performance Cap Threshold you set that
indicates the date on which the Performance Cap Threshold expires. You can also
monitor your Performance Cap Thresholds, including their expiry dates, using
Online Account Access. We do not provide you with specific advance notice of
the expiry of a Performance Cap Threshold.

If you elect to invest in the Dollar Cap Averaging Program, you may not specify
a Performance Cap Threshold and any Performance Cap Threshold previously
established will no longer be valid. By making this election, you agree that
your investment will be transferred into your selected Segments at any declared
Performance Cap Rate, which could include Segments with Performance Cap Rates
that are not acceptable to you.

SEGMENT MATURITY DATE

Your Segment Maturity Date is the Segment Business Day on which a Segment ends.
You will receive advance notice of maturing Segments in which you are currently
invested in your quarterly statement. You will generally also receive a second
advance notice of maturing Segments in which you are currently invested. The
additional notice is available by mail or electronically and is generally
provided at least 30 days before a Segment Maturity Date. You can instruct us
to stop delivering this second notice to you at any time. We reserve the right
to discontinue this second notice at any time.

SEGMENT MATURITY INSTRUCTIONS. You may specify maturity instructions that tell
us how to allocate the Segment Maturity Value among the investment options and
you can change these instructions at any time. You may tell us either to follow
your instructions on file for new contributions, to withdraw all or part of
your Segment Maturity Value, or to transfer your Segment Maturity Value to the
next available Segment of the same Segment Type, provided the participation
requirements are met. While you may specify or change your maturity
instructions for maturing Segments at any time until the close of business on
the Segment Maturity Date, we recommend submitting new or revised instructions
at least five business days prior to the Segment Maturity Date.

As stated above, you may elect to have maturing Segments invested according to
your instructions on file, and those instructions may include allocations to
different Segment Types, or you may elect to transfer your Segment Maturity
Value to the next available Segment of the same Segment Type in which you are
currently invested. If you take either of these steps, then the designated
portion of your Segment Maturity Value will be transferred to the corresponding
Segment Type Holding Account, as of the close of business on the Segment
Maturity Date. Assuming that all participation requirements are met, the
designated amounts will be treated like any other amounts in a Segment Type
Holding Account. On the next Segment Start Date, the designated amounts in the
Segment Type Holding Account will be transferred into the corresponding
Segment. Typically, this means the designated amounts would be held in a
Segment Type Holding Account for at least one business day.

If you have not provided us with maturity instructions for a maturing Segment,
then by default the Segment Maturity Value will be transferred to the Segment
Type Holding Account for the same Segment Type as the maturing Segment. Your
Segment Maturity Value would then be transferred from that Segment Type Holding
Account into the next Segment of that Segment Type on the Segment Start Date
except that:

..   if the next Segment to be created in the Segment Type would not meet the
    Segment Maturity Date Requirement or that Segment Type has been terminated,
    we will instead transfer your Segment Maturity Value to the EQ/Money Market
    variable investment option; and

..   if you designate a Performance Cap Threshold that is not met on the next
    Segment Start Date or if the Segment Type has been suspended, your Segment
    Maturity Value will remain in the Segment Type Holding Account.

   If you are impacted by these delays, you may transfer your Segment Maturity
   Value into another Segment Type Holding Account or any other variable
   investment option at any time before the next Segment Start Date.

SEGMENT MATURITY VALUE

We calculate your Segment Maturity Value on the Segment Maturity Date. For
Standard and Choice Segments we use your Segment Investment and the Segment
Rate of Return. For Annual Lock Segments we use your Segment Investment and the
Annual Lock Yearly Rate of Return for the first Annual Lock Period and
thereafter the Annual Lock Anniversary Starting Amount and the applicable
Annual Lock Yearly Rate of Return.

For Standard Segments, the Segment Rate of Return is equal to the Index
Performance Rate (the percentage change in the value of the related Index from
the Segment Start Date to the Segment Maturity Date), subject to the
Performance Cap Rate and Segment Buffer, as follows:



-------------------------------------------------------------
                               YOUR SEGMENT RATE OF
IF THE INDEX PERFORMANCE RATE: RETURN WILL BE:
-------------------------------------------------------------
                            
exceeds the                    positive, equal to the
Performance Cap Rate           Performance Cap Rate
-------------------------------------------------------------
is positive but less than the  positive, equal to the Index
Performance Cap Rate           Performance Rate
-------------------------------------------------------------
is flat or negative by a       equal to 0%
percentage equal to or less
than the Segment Buffer
-------------------------------------------------------------
is negative by a percentage    negative, to the extent of
greater than the Segment       the percentage exceeding the
Buffer                         Segment Buffer
-------------------------------------------------------------


                                      32

                        CONTRACT FEATURES AND BENEFITS







For Annual Lock Segments, the Segment Rate of Return is equal to the cumulative
result of each successive Annual Lock Yearly Rate of Return. The Annual Lock
Yearly Rate of Return is equal to the Index Performance Rate (the percentage
change in the value of the related Index from the Segment Start Date to the
first Annual Lock Anniversary and thereafter from one Annual Lock Anniversary
to the next), subject to the Performance Cap Rate and Segment Buffer, as
follows:



-------------------------------------------------------------
                               YOUR ANNUAL LOCK YEARLY RATE
IF THE INDEX PERFORMANCE RATE  OF RETURN FOR THAT ANNUAL
 FOR THE ANNUAL LOCK PERIOD:   LOCK PERIOD WILL BE:
-------------------------------------------------------------
                            
exceeds the                    positive, equal to the
Performance Cap Rate           Performance Cap Rate
-------------------------------------------------------------
is positive but less than the  positive, equal to the Index
Performance Cap Rate           Performance Rate
-------------------------------------------------------------
is flat or negative by a       equal to 0%
percentage equal to or less
than the Segment Buffer
-------------------------------------------------------------
is negative by a percentage    negative, to the extent of
greater than the Segment       the percentage exceeding the
Buffer                         Segment Buffer
-------------------------------------------------------------


For Choice Segments, the Segment Rate of Return is equal to the Index
Performance Rate (the percentage change in the value of the related Index from
the Segment Start Date to the Segment Maturity Date), subject to the
Performance Cap Rate, Segment Buffer and application of the Choice cost, as
follows:



-------------------------------------------------------------
                               YOUR SEGMENT RATE OF
IF THE INDEX PERFORMANCE RATE: RETURN WILL BE:
-------------------------------------------------------------
                            
exceeds the Performance Cap    positive, equal to the
Rate                           Performance Cap Rate less the
                               Choice cost
-------------------------------------------------------------
is positive and exceeds the    positive, equal to the Index
Choice cost but is less than   Performance Rate less the
the Performance Cap Rate       Choice cost
-------------------------------------------------------------
is positive but does not       equal to 0%
exceed the Choice cost
-------------------------------------------------------------
is flat or negative by a       equal to 0%
percentage equal to or less
than the Segment Buffer
-------------------------------------------------------------
Is negative by a percentage    negative, to the extent of
greater than the Segment       the percentage exceeding the
Buffer                         Segment Buffer
-------------------------------------------------------------


Your Segment Maturity Value is calculated as follows:

For Standard Segments and Choice Segments: We multiply your Segment Investment
by your Segment Rate of Return to get your Segment Return Amount. Your Segment
Maturity Value is equal to your Segment Investment plus or minus your Segment
Return Amount. Your Segment Return Amount may be negative, in which case your
Segment Maturity Value will be less than your Segment Investment. All of these
values are based on the value of the relevant Index on the Segment Start Date
and the Segment Maturity Date. Any fluctuations in the value of the Index
between those dates is ignored in calculating the Segment Maturity Value.

For Annual Lock Segments: We multiply your Segment Investment by your Annual
Lock Yearly Rate of Return for the first year (first Annual Lock Period) to get
your Annual Lock Yearly Return Amount for that year (Annual Lock Period). Your
Annual Lock Anniversary Ending Amount for the first Annual Lock Period is equal
to your Segment Investment plus or minus your Annual Lock Yearly Return Amount
for that Annual Lock Period. Your Annual Lock Yearly Return Amount for that
period may be negative, in which case your Annual Lock Anniversary Ending
Amount for that period will be less than your Segment Investment. The Annual
Lock Anniversary Ending Amount on the first Annual Lock Anniversary is the
Annual Lock Anniversary Starting Amount for the second year (second Annual Lock
Period) that we multiply by the Annual Lock Yearly Rate of Return for that
Annual Lock Period and so on for the remaining Annual Lock Periods until the
Segment Maturity Date (fifth Annual Lock Anniversary). All of these amounts are
based on the change in the value of the relevant Index during the relevant
Annual Lock Period. Any fluctuation in the value of the Index between a Segment
Start Date and the first Annual Lock Anniversary (and between each successive
Annual Lock Anniversary thereafter) is ignored when calculating the Annual Lock
Anniversary Ending Amount.

Please note: (i) the Annual Lock Anniversary Starting Amount is adjusted for
any withdrawals from the Segment; (ii) the Annual Lock Anniversary Starting and
Ending Amounts are used solely to calculate the Segment Maturity Value for
Annual Lock Segments, and are not credited to the contract, are not the Segment
Interim Value, and cannot be received upon surrender or withdrawal; and (iii)
the Annual Lock Anniversary Ending Amount on the fifth Annual Lock Anniversary
is also the Segment Maturity Value.

STANDARD SEGMENT EXAMPLES

Assume that you invest $1,000 in an S&P 500 Price Return Index, 5-year Segment
with a -20% Segment Buffer, we set the Performance Cap Rate for that Segment at
30%, and you make no withdrawal from the Segment.

If the S&P 500 Price Return Index is 35% higher on the Segment Maturity Date
than on the Segment Start Date, you will receive a 30% Segment Rate of Return,
and your Segment Maturity Value would be $1,300. We reach that amount as
follows:

..   The Index Performance Rate (35%) is greater than the Performance Cap Rate
    (30%), so the Segment Rate of Return (30%) is equal to the Performance Cap
    Rate.

..   The Segment Return Amount ($300) is equal to the Segment Investment
    ($1,000) multiplied by the Segment Rate of Return (30%).

..   The Segment Maturity Value ($1,300) is equal to the Segment Investment
    ($1,000) plus the Segment Return Amount ($300).

If the S&P Price Return Index is only 26% higher on the Segment Maturity Date
than on the Segment Start Date, then you will receive a 26% Segment Rate of
Return, and your Segment Maturity Value would be $1,260. We reach that amount
as follows:

..   The Index Performance Rate (26%) is less than the Performance Cap Rate
    (30%), so the Segment Rate of Return (26%) is equal to the Index
    Performance Rate.

..   The Segment Return Amount ($260) is equal to the Segment Investment
    ($1,000) multiplied by the Segment Rate of Return (26%).

..   The Segment Maturity Value ($1,260) is equal to the Segment Investment
    ($1,000) plus the Segment Return Amount ($260).

                                      33

                        CONTRACT FEATURES AND BENEFITS







If the S&P Price Return Index is 10% lower on the Segment Maturity Date than on
the Segment Start Date, then you will receive a 0% Segment Rate of Return, and
your Segment Maturity Value would be $1,000. We reach that amount as follows:

..   The Index Performance Rate is -10% and the Segment Buffer absorbs the first
    20% of negative performance, so the Segment Rate of Return is 0%.

..   The Segment Return Amount ($0) is equal to the Segment Investment ($1,000)
    multiplied by the Segment Rate of Return (0%).

..   The Segment Maturity Value ($1,000) is equal to the Segment Investment
    ($1,000) plus the Segment Return Amount ($0).

If the S&P Price Return Index is 30% lower on the Segment Maturity Date than on
the Segment Start Date, then you will receive a -10% Segment Rate of Return,
and your Segment Maturity Value would be $900. We reach that amount as follows:

..   The Index Performance Rate is -30% and the Segment Buffer absorbs the first
    20% of negative performance, so the Segment Rate of Return is -10%.

..   The Segment Return Amount (-$100) is equal to the Segment Investment
    ($1,000) multiplied by the Segment Rate of Return (-10%).

..   The Segment Maturity Value ($900) is equal to the Segment Investment
    ($1,000) plus the Segment Return Amount (-$100).

ANNUAL LOCK SEGMENT EXAMPLE

Assume that you invest $1,000 in an S&P 500 Price Return Index, 5-year Annual
Lock Segment with a -10% Segment Buffer, we set the Performance Cap Rate for
that Segment at 12%, and you make no withdrawal from the Segment.

Below is a table summarizing the various Index Performance Rates, Annual Lock
Yearly Rates of Return, Annual Lock Yearly Return Amounts and Annual Lock
Anniversary Starting and Ending Amounts for the Annual Lock example that is
described in greater detail immediately following the table.



---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               ANNUAL                  ANNUAL
                                   ANNUAL       LOCK       ANNUAL       LOCK
                        INDEX    LOCK YEARLY ANNIVERSARY LOCK YEARLY ANNIVERSARY
                     PERFORMANCE   RATE OF    STARTING     RETURN      ENDING
       YEAR             RATE       RETURN      AMOUNT      AMOUNT      AMOUNT
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      
         1              13%          12%      $1,000.00*   $120.00    $1,120.00
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         2              -5%           0%      $1,120.00    $  0.00    $1,120.00
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         3              10%          10%      $1,120.00    $112.00    $1,232.00
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         4              -12%         -2%      $1,232.00   -$ 24.64    $1,207.36
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         5              15%          12%      $1,207.36    $144.88    $1,352.24**
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

* This is also the Segment Investment.
**This is also the Segment Maturity Value.

If the S&P 500 Price Return Index is 13% higher on the first Annual Lock
Anniversary than on the Segment Start Date, you will receive a 12% Annual Lock
Yearly Rate of Return for that Annual Lock Period, and your Annual Lock
Anniversary Ending Amount would be $1,120. We reach that amount as follows:

..   The Index Performance Rate (13%) for the first Annual Lock Period is
    greater than the Performance Cap Rate (12%), so the Annual Lock Yearly Rate
    of Return (12%) for the first Annual Lock Period is equal to the
    Performance Cap Rate.

..   The Annual Lock Yearly Return Amount ($120) for the first Annual Lock
    Period is equal to the Segment Investment ($1,000), which is also the first
    Annual Lock Anniversery Starting Amount, multiplied by the Annual Lock
    Yearly Rate of Return (12%) for the first Annual Lock Period.

..   The Annual Lock Anniversary Ending Amount ($1,120) on the first Annual Lock
    Anniversary is equal to the Segment Investment ($1,000) plus the Annual
    Lock Yearly Return Amount ($120) for that Annual Lock Period.

..   The first Annual Lock Anniversary Ending Amount is also the second Annual
    Lock Anniversary Starting Amount ($1,120).

If the S&P Price Return Index is 5% lower during the second Annual Lock Period,
then you will receive a 0% Annual Lock Yearly Rate of Return for that Annual
Lock Period, and your Annual Lock Anniversary Ending Amount on the second
Annual Lock Anniversary would be $1,120. We reach that amount as follows:

..   The Index Performance Rate (-5%) for the second Annual Lock Period is less
    than the Segment Buffer which absorbs the first 10% of negative
    performance, so the Annual Lock Yearly Rate of Return for that Annual Lock
    Period is 0%.

..   The Annual Lock Yearly Return Amount for the Annual Lock Period ($0) is
    equal to the second Annual Lock Anniversary Starting Amount ($1,120)
    multiplied by the Annual Lock Yearly Rate of Return for that Annual Lock
    Period (0%).

..   The Annual Lock Anniversary Ending Amount on the second Annual Lock
    Anniversary ($1,120) is equal to the second Annual Lock Anniversary
    Starting Amount ($1,120) plus the Annual Lock Yearly Return Amount for the
    second Annual Lock Period ($0).

If the S&P Price Return Index is 10% higher during the third Annual Lock
Period, then you will receive a 10% Annual Lock Yearly Rate of Return for that
Annual Lock Period, and your Annual Lock Anniversary Ending Amount on the third
Annual Lock Anniversary would be $1,232. We reach that amount as follows:

..   The Index Performance Rate (10%) for the third Annual Lock Period is less
    than the Performance Cap Rate (12%), so the Annual Lock Yearly Rate of
    Return (10%) for that Annual Lock Period is equal to the Index Performance
    Rate.

..   The Annual Lock Yearly Return Amount for that Annual Lock Period ($112) is
    equal to the third Annual Lock Anniversary Starting Amount ($1,120)
    multiplied by the Annual Lock Yearly Rate of Return for that Annual Lock
    Period (10%).

..   The Annual Lock Anniversary Ending Amount on the third Annual Lock
    Anniversary ($1,232) is equal to the third Annual Lock Anniversary Starting
    Amount ($1,120) plus the Annual Lock Yearly Return Amount for the third
    Annual Lock Period ($112).

If the S&P Price Return Index is 12% lower during the fourth Annual Lock
Period, then you will receive a -2% Annual Lock Yearly Rate of Return for that
Annual Lock Period, and your Annual Lock Anniversary Ending Amount on the
fourth Annual Lock Anniversary would be $1207.36. We reach that amount as
follows:

..   The Index Performance Rate (-12%) for the fourth Annual Lock Period is
    greater than the Segment Buffer which absorbs the first

                                      34

                        CONTRACT FEATURES AND BENEFITS






   10% of negative performance, so the Annual Lock Yearly Rate of Return for
   that Annual Lock Period is -2%.

..   The Annual Lock Yearly Return Amount for that Annual Lock Period (-$24.64)
    is equal to the fourth Annual Lock Anniversary Starting Amount ($1,232)
    multiplied by the Annual Lock Yearly Rate of Return for that Annual Lock
    Period (-2%).

..   The Annual Lock Anniversary Ending Amount on the fourth Annual Lock
    Anniversary ($1,207.36) is equal to the fourth Annual Lock Anniversary
    Starting Amount ($1,232) plus the Annual Lock Yearly Return Amount for the
    fourth Annual Lock Period (-$24.64).

If the S&P Price Return Index is 15% higher during the fifth Annual Lock
Period, then you will receive a 12% Annual Lock Yearly Rate of Return for that
Annual Lock Period, and your Annual Lock Anniversary Ending Amount on the fifth
Annual Lock Anniversary (which is also the Segment Maturity Date) would be
$1,352.24. We reach that amount as follows:

..   The Index Performance Rate (15%) for the fifth Annual Lock Period is
    greater than the Performance Cap Rate (12%), so the Annual Lock Yearly Rate
    of Return for that Annual Lock Period is 12%.

..   The Annual Lock Yearly Return Amount for that Annual Lock Period ($144.88)
    is equal to the fifth Annual Lock Anniversary Starting Amount ($1,207.36)
    multiplied by the Annual Lock Yearly Rate of Return for that Annual Lock
    Period (-12%).

..   The Annual Lock Anniversary Ending Amount on the fifth Annual Lock
    Anniversary ($1,352.24) is equal to the fifth Annual Lock Anniversary
    Starting Amount ($1,207.36) plus the Annual Lock Yearly Return Amount for
    the fifth Annual Lock Period (-$144.88).

..   The Annual Lock Anniversary Ending Amount on the fifth Annual Lock
    Anniversary is also the Segment Maturity Value ($1,352.24).

..   The Segment Rate of Return for the above example is 35.2%.

Below is a table summarizing the various Index Performance Rates, Annual Lock
Yearly Rates of Return, Annual Lock Yearly Return Amounts and Annual Lock
Anniversary Starting and Ending Amounts for an Annual Lock example using
different Index Performance Rate assumptions.



--------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 ANNUAL    ANNUAL     ANNUAL    ANNUAL
                                  LOCK      LOCK       LOCK      LOCK
                        INDEX    YEARLY  ANNIVERSARY  YEARLY  ANNIVERSARY
                     PERFORMANCE RATE OF  STARTING    RETURN    ENDING
       YEAR             RATE     RETURN    AMOUNT     AMOUNT    AMOUNT
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               
         1              13%       12%     $1,000.00*  $120.00  $1,120.00
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
         2              -5%         0%    $1,120.00   $  0.00  $1,120.00
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
         3               8%         8%    $1,120.00   $ 89.60  $1,209.60
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
         4              -20%      -10%    $1,209.60  -$120.96  $1,088.64
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
         5              -20%      -10%    $1,088.64  -$108.86  $  979.78**
--------------------------------------------------------------------------

* This is also the Segment Investment.
**This is also the Segment Maturity Value.

CHOICE SEGMENT EXAMPLES

Assume that you invest $1,000 in a Choice S&P 500 Price Return Index, 5-year
Segment with a -10% Segment Buffer and 5% Choice cost, we set the Performance
Cap Rate for that Segment at 65%, and you make no withdrawal from the Segment.

If the S&P 500 Price Return Index is 70% higher on the Segment Maturity Date
than on the Segment Start Date, you will receive a 60% Segment Rate of Return,
and your Segment Maturity Value would be $1,600. We reach that amount as
follows:

..   The Index Performance Rate (70%) is greater than the Performance Cap Rate
    (65%), so the Segment Rate of Return (60%) is equal to the Performance Cap
    Rate less the Choice cost (5%).

..   The Segment Return Amount ($600) is equal to the Segment Investment
    ($1,000) multiplied by the Segment Rate of Return (60%).

..   The Segment Maturity Value ($1,600) is equal to the Segment Investment
    ($1,000) plus the Segment Return Amount ($600).

If the S&P Price Return Index is only 50% higher on the Segment Maturity Date
than on the Segment Start Date, then you will receive a 45% Segment Rate of
Return, and your Segment Maturity Value would be $1,450. We reach that amount
as follows:

..   The Index Performance Rate (50%) is less than the Performance Cap Rate
    (65%), so the Segment Rate of Return (45%) is equal to the Index
    Performance Rate less the Choice cost (5%).

..   The Segment Return Amount ($450) is equal to the Segment Investment
    ($1,000) multiplied by the Segment Rate of Return (45%).

..   The Segment Maturity Value ($1,450) is equal to the Segment Investment
    ($1,000) plus the Segment Return Amount ($450).

If the S&P Price Return Index is only 2% higher on the Segment Maturity Date
than on the Segment Start Date, then you will receive a 0% Segment Rate of
Return, and your Segment Maturity Value would be equal to your initial Segment
Investment of $1,000. We reach that amount as follows:

..   The Index Performance Rate (2%) is less than both the Performance Cap Rate
    (65%) and the Choice cost (5%), so the Segment Rate of Return (0%) is equal
    to the Index Performance Rate less the Choice cost (amount deducted is
    reduced to 2%).

..   The Segment Return Amount ($0) is equal to the Segment Investment ($1,000)
    multiplied by the Segment Rate of Return (0%).

..   The Segment Maturity Value ($1,000) is equal to the Segment Investment
    ($1,000) plus the Segment Return Amount ($0).

If the S&P Price Return Index is 5% lower on the Segment Maturity Date than on
the Segment Start Date, then you will receive a 0% Segment Rate of Return, and
your Segment Maturity Value would be $1,000. We reach that amount as follows:

..   The Index Performance Rate is -5% and the Segment Buffer absorbs the first
    10% of negative performance, so the Segment Rate of Return is 0% (there is
    no Choice cost deduction).

..   The Segment Return Amount ($0) is equal to the Segment Investment ($1,000)
    multiplied by the Segment Rate of Return (0%).

..   The Segment Maturity Value ($1,000) is equal to the Segment Investment
    ($1,000) plus the Segment Return Amount ($0).

If the S&P Price Return Index is 30% lower on the Segment Maturity Date than on
the Segment Start Date, then you will receive a -20% Segment Rate of Return,
and your Segment Maturity Value would be $800. We reach that amount as follows:

..   The Index Performance Rate is -30% and the Segment Buffer absorbs the first
    10% of negative performance, so the Segment Rate of Return is -20% (there
    is no Choice cost deduction).

                                      35

                        CONTRACT FEATURES AND BENEFITS






..   The Segment Return Amount (-$200) is equal to the Segment Investment
    ($1,000) multiplied by the Segment Rate of Return (-20%).

..   The Segment Maturity Value ($800) is equal to the Segment Investment
    ($1,000) plus the Segment Return Amount (-$200).

SETTING THE SEGMENT MATURITY DATE AND SEGMENT START DATE

There will generally be two or more Segment Maturity Dates and Segment Start
Dates each month that the contract is outstanding. The Segment Maturity Date
for Segments maturing and the Segment Start Date for new corresponding Segments
will generally be scheduled to occur on consecutive Business Days that are also
Segment Business Days.

If a Segment Maturity Date falls on a holiday, the Segment Maturity Date will
generally be the preceding Segment Business Day. If a Segment Start Date falls
on a holiday, the Segment Start Date will generally be the preceding Segment
Business Day unless that preceding Segment Business Day is not in the same
month. In these instances, no Segment will begin until the next scheduled
Segment Start Date. Please see Appendix V later in this prospectus for a
demonstration of the effects that scheduled holidays can have on the Segment
Maturity Date and the Segment Start Date.

EFFECT OF AN EMERGENCY CLOSE. Segments are scheduled to mature and start on
Segment Business Days. The Segment Maturity Date for Segments maturing and the
Segment Start Date for new corresponding Segments starting will generally occur
on consecutive Business Days that are also Segment Business Days. It is
possible that an Index could be affected by an emergency close on a Segment
Business Day, thereby affecting the Index's ability to publish a price and our
ability to mature or start Segments based on the affected Index. Emergency
closes can have two consequences.

1. If the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") experiences an emergency close and
   cannot publish any prices, we will delay the maturity or start of all
   Segments for all Indices.

2. If any Index other than the NYSE experiences an emergency close, we will
   delay the maturity and start of the Segments using the affected Index and
   mature or start Segments for all unaffected Indices.

The emergency closure of an INDEX OTHER THAN THE NYSE can have a different
effect if it occurs on a Segment Maturity Date rather than a Segment Start
Date. We do not currently offer any such Index, but may in the future.

..   IF AN EMERGENCY CLOSE OCCURS ON A SCHEDULED SEGMENT MATURITY DATE, then the
    Segment Maturity Date for that Segment will be delayed until the next
    Segment Business Day. The next Segment Business Day would be the Segment
    Start Date. If the emergency close only lasted that one day, the Segment
    Start Date and the Segment Maturity Date for the affected Segment would
    occur on the same day.

..   IF AN EMERGENCY CLOSE OCCURS ON AN INDEX OTHER THAN THE NYSE ON A SCHEDULED
    SEGMENT START DATE, then we would not create Segments that utilize the
    affected Index. However, on that day we would create Segments that utilize
    unaffected Indices. Consequently, Segment Maturity Values designated for
    Segment Types that utilize an affected Index would not be allocated to
    Segments and would remain in the corresponding Segment Type Holding Account.

If the conditions that cause an emergency close persist, we will use reasonable
efforts to calculate the Segment Maturity Value of any affected Segments. If
the affected Index cannot be priced within eight days, we will contact a
calculating agency, normally a bank we have a contractual relationship with,
which will determine a price to reflect a reasonable estimate of the Index
level.

SUSPENSION, TERMINATION AND CHANGES TO SEGMENT TYPES AND INDICES

We may decide at any time until the close of business on each Segment Start
Date whether to offer any or all of the Segment Types described in this
Prospectus on a Segment Start Date for a particular Segment. We may suspend a
Segment Type for a week, month or a period of several months, or we may
terminate a Segment Type entirely.

If a Segment Type is suspended, your account value will remain in the Segment
Type Holding Account until a Segment of that Segment Type is offered or you
transfer out of the Segment Type Holding Account. We will provide you with
written confirmation when money is not transferred from a Segment Type Holding
Account into a segment due to the suspension of a Segment Type.

If a Segment Type is terminated, your account value in the corresponding
Segment Type Holding Account will be defaulted into the EQ/Money Market
variable investment option on the date that would have been the Segment Start
Date.

We have the right to substitute an alternative index prior to Segment Maturity
if the publication of one or more Indices is discontinued or at our sole
discretion we determine that our use of such Indices should be discontinued or
if the calculation of one or more of the Indices is substantially changed. In
addition, we reserve the right to use any or all reasonable methods to end any
outstanding Segments that use such Indices. We also have the right to add
additional Indices under the contract at any time. We would provide notice
about the use of additional or alternative Indices, as soon as practicable, in
a supplement to this Prospectus. If an alternative index is used, its
performance could impact the Index Performance Rate, Segment Rate of Return,
Segment Maturity Value, Annual Lock Yearly Rate of Return, Annual Lock
Anniversary Starting and Ending Amounts and Segment Interim Value. An
alternative index would not change the Segment Buffer or Performance Cap Rate
for an existing Segment. If a similar index cannot be found, we will end the
affected Segments prematurely by applying the Performance Cap Rate and Segment
Buffer that were established on the applicable Segment Start Date to the actual
gains or losses on the original Index as of the date of termination. We would
attempt to choose a substitute index that has a similar investment objective
and risk profile to the replaced index. For example, if the Russell 2000(R)
Index were not available, we might use the NASDAQ or the S&P 400 Price Return
Index.

We reserve the right to offer any or all Segment Types more or less frequently
than we have been or to stop offering any or all of them or to suspend offering
any or all of them temporarily for some or all contracts or Series. If we stop
offering or suspend certain Segment Types, each existing Segment of those
Segment Types will remain invested until its respective Segment Maturity Date.

                                      36

                        CONTRACT FEATURES AND BENEFITS







DOLLAR CAP AVERAGING PROGRAM

Our Dollar Cap Averaging Program ("Program") is an administrative service
designed to systematically invest in any of the available Segments over a
period of either three or six months. The Program invests in the dollar cap
averaging account, which is part of the EQ/Money Market variable investment
option. The dollar cap averaging account has the same rate of return as the
EQ/Money market variable investment option. The Program allows you to gradually
allocate amounts to available Segment Type Holding Accounts by periodically
transferring approximately the same dollar amount to your selected Segment Type
Holding Accounts. Regular allocations to the Segment Type Holding Accounts will
allow you to invest in the Segments at different Performance Cap Rates. This
plan of investing, however, does not guarantee that you will earn a profit or
be protected against losses. We may, at any time, exercise our right to
terminate transfers to any of the Segment Type Holding Accounts, limit the
number of Segments which you may elect or discontinue offering the Program.

Under the Dollar Cap Averaging Program, the following applies:

..   The minimum initial contribution required to establish a Program is $25,000.

..   There is no minimum contribution requirement for subsequent contributions
    to an existing Program. Subsequent contributions do not extend the time
    period of the Program. Subsequent contributions will increase the amount of
    each periodic transfer into the designated Segment Type Holding Account(s)
    for the remainder of the Program.

..   The Program can be funded from both new contributions to your contract and
    transfers from the investment options, including the EQ/Money Market
    variable investment option.

..   If you elect to invest in the Program at contract issue, 100% of your
    initial contribution must be allocated to the Program. In other words, your
    initial contribution cannot be split between your Program and any other
    investment option available under the contract.

..   Your allocation instructions for the Program must match your instructions
    on file on the day the Program is established. If you change your
    allocation instructions on file, the instructions for your Program will
    change to match your new allocation instructions.

..   You may not specify a Performance Cap Threshold if you elect to invest in
    the Program. This means you will invest in the Segment(s) based on the
    Performance Cap Rate declared on the Segment Start Date, which could
    include Segments with Performance Cap Rates that are not acceptable to you.

..   We offer time periods of 3 and 6 months. We may also offer other time
    periods. You may only have one time period in effect at any time and once
    you select a time period, you may not change it.

..   Currently, your account value will be transferred from the Program into
    your designated Segment Type Holding Accounts on a monthly basis (using the
    first transfer into a Segment as the starting point for the monthly
    transfers). For example, if the first Segment Start Date is the first
    Thursday in June, each subsequent Dollar Cap Averaging transfer will
    generally occur on the first Thursday of the month until the requested
    duration is met. We may offer the Program in the future with transfers on a
    different basis. You can learn more about the Program by contacting your
    financial professional or our processing office.

..   Transfers from the dollar cap averaging account into the designated Segment
    Type Holding Account(s) will occur the business day preceding the next
    Segment Start Date. For example, if a contract is issued on January 10th
    and the next Segment Start Date is January 16th and January 15th is a
    Business Day, the first transfer from the dollar cap averaging account into
    the designated Segment Type Holding Account(s) will generally occur on
    January 15th.

..   Any transfers or withdrawals from the dollar cap averaging account will
    terminate the Program. Upon termination, all funds will be transferred to
    the investment options according to your allocation instructions. However,
    any forced withdrawals from the dollar cap averaging account as a result of
    an RMD will not terminate the Program.

..   If a Segment Type is suspended, any amount in the dollar cap averaging
    account destined for that Segment will be transferred to the Segment Type
    Holding Account. It will remain there until the next Segment Start Date on
    which the Segment is not suspended. If one of the Segment Types is
    terminated or discontinued, the value in the terminated Segment Type
    Holding Account will be moved to the EQ/Money Market variable investment
    option and the Program will continue.

   If there are multiple Segments being transferred into as part of the Dollar
   Cap Averaging Program and on the first Segment Start Date one of the Segment
   Types is suspended, the Suspended Segment Type will transfer on the next
   Segment Start Date and all subsequent transfers will generally occur on the
   same Thursday of the month established by the non-suspended transfers.

..   You may cancel your participation in the Program at any time by notifying
    us in writing. If you terminate your Program, we will transfer any amount
    remaining in the dollar cap averaging account to the investment options
    according to your allocation instructions.

YOUR RIGHT TO CANCEL WITHIN A CERTAIN NUMBER OF DAYS

If for any reason you are not satisfied with your contract, you may exercise
your cancellation right under the contract to receive a refund. To exercise
this cancellation right, you must notify us with a signed letter of instruction
electing this right, to our processing office within 10 days after you receive
your contract. If state law requires, this "free look" period may be longer.
Other state variations may apply. Please contact your financial professional
and/or see Appendix II to find out what applies in your state.

Generally, your refund will equal your account value under the contract on the
day we receive written notification of your decision to cancel the contract and
will reflect any investment gain or loss in the investment options (less the
daily charges we deduct) through the date we receive your contract. This
includes the Segment Interim Value for amounts allocated to existing Segments.
Some states,

                                      37

                        CONTRACT FEATURES AND BENEFITS






however, require that we refund the full amount of your contribution (not
reflecting investment gain or loss). In addition, in some states, the amount of
your refund (either your account value or the full amount of your
contributions), and the length of your "free look" period, depend on whether
you purchased the contract as a replacement. Please refer to your contract or
supplemental materials or contact us for more information. For any IRA contract
returned to us within seven days after you receive it, we are required to
refund the full amount of your contribution. When required by applicable law to
return the full amount of your contribution, we will return the greater of your
contribution or your contract's cash value.

We may require that you wait six months before you may apply for a contract
with us again if:

..   you cancel your contract during the free look period; or

..   you change your mind before you receive your contract whether we have
    received your contribution or not.

Please see "Tax information" later in this Prospectus for possible consequences
of cancelling your contract.

If you fully convert an existing traditional IRA contract to a Roth IRA
contract, you may cancel your Roth IRA contract and return to a traditional IRA
contract. Our processing office, or your financial professional, can provide
you with the cancellation instructions.

In addition to the cancellation right described above, you have the right to
surrender your contract, rather than cancel it. Please see "Surrendering your
contract to receive its cash value" in "Accessing your money" later in this
Prospectus. Surrendering your contract may yield results different than
canceling your contract, including a greater potential for taxable income. In
some cases, your cash value upon surrender may be greater than your
contributions to the contract. Please see "Tax information," later in this
Prospectus.

                                      38

                        CONTRACT FEATURES AND BENEFITS





4. Determining your contract's value

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE AND CASH VALUE

Your "account value" is the total of: (i) the values you have in the variable
investment options, (ii) the values you have in the Segment Type Holding
Accounts, (iii) the values you have in the Dollar Cap Averaging Program and
(iv) your Segment Interim Values.

Your contract also has a "cash value." If you have a Series B contract, at any
time before annuity payments begin, your contract's cash value is equal to the
account value less any applicable withdrawal charges. Please see "Surrender of
your contract to receive its cash value" in "Accessing your money" later in
this Prospectus.

For Series C and Series ADV contracts, at any time before annuity payments
begin, your contract's cash value is equal to its account value.

If you have a Series C or Series ADV contract, disregard any references to
"withdrawal charges" or "free withdrawal amount" in this section; these terms
only apply to Series B contracts, not Series C or Series ADV contracts.

YOUR CONTRACT'S VALUE IN THE VARIABLE INVESTMENT OPTIONS, SEGMENT TYPE HOLDING
ACCOUNTS AND THE DOLLAR CAP AVERAGING ACCOUNT

Each variable investment option (including Segment Type Holding Accounts and
the dollar cap averaging account) invests in shares of a corresponding
portfolio. Your value in each variable investment option is measured by
"units." The value of your units will increase or decrease as though you had
invested it in the corresponding portfolio's shares directly. Your value,
however, will be reduced by the amount of the fees and charges that we deduct
under the contract.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UNITS MEASURE YOUR VALUE IN EACH VARIABLE INVESTMENT OPTION.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The unit value for each variable investment option depends on the investment
performance of that option minus daily charges for the variable investment
option fee. Each Segment Type Holding Account and the dollar cap averaging
account are part of the EQ/Money Market variable investment option. On any day,
your value in any variable investment option equals the number of units
credited to that option, adjusted for any units purchased for or deducted from
your contract under that option, multiplied by that day's value for one unit.
The number of your contract units in any variable investment option does not
change unless it is:

(i)increased to reflect additional contributions;

(ii)decreased to reflect a withdrawal (including applicable withdrawal
    charges); or

(iii)increased to reflect a transfer into, or decreased to reflect a transfer
     out of, a variable investment option.

A description of how unit values are calculated is found in the SAI.

YOUR CONTRACT'S VALUE IN THE STRUCTURED INVESTMENT OPTION

Your value in each Segment on the Segment Maturity Date is calculated as
described under "Segment Rate of Return" in "Contract Features and Benefits"
earlier in this Prospectus.

In setting the Performance Cap Rate that we use in calculating the Segment
Maturity Value or Annual Lock Anniversary Starting and Ending Amounts for
Annual Lock Segments, we assume that you are going to hold a Segment until the
Segment Maturity Date. However, you have the right under the contract to access
amounts in the Segments before the Segment Maturity Date under certain
circumstances. Therefore, we calculate a Segment Interim Value on each business
day, which is also a Segment Business Day, between the Segment Start Date and
the Segment Maturity Date. Please note that all Annual Lock Segments and Choice
Segments have a 5-year Segment Duration. The method we use to calculate the
Segment Interim Value is different than the method we use to calculate the
value of the Segment on the Segment Maturity Date. Prior to the Segment
Maturity Date, we use the Segment Interim Value to calculate (1) your account
value; (2) the amount your beneficiary would receive as a death benefit; (3),
the amount you would receive if you make a withdrawal from a Segment; (4) the
amount you would receive if you surrender your contract; or (5) the amount you
would receive if you cancel your contract and return it to us for a refund
within your state's "free look" period (unless your state requires that we
refund the full amount of your contribution upon cancellation).

The Segment Interim Value is calculated based on a formula that provides a
treatment for an early distribution that is designed to be consistent with how
distributions at the end of a Segment are treated. Appendix III later in this
Prospectus sets forth the calculation formula as well as numerous hypothetical
examples. The formula is calculated by adding the fair value of three
components. These components provide us with a market value estimate of the
risk of loss and the possibility of gain at the end of a Segment. These
components are used to calculate the Segment Interim Value. The three
components are:

(1)Fair value of hypothetical fixed instruments; plus

(2)Fair value of hypothetical derivatives; plus

(3)Cap calculation factor.

We then compare the sum of the three components above with a limitation based
on the Performance Cap Rate. In particular, the Segment Interim Value is never
greater than the Segment Investment (or most recent Annual Lock Anniversary
Starting Amount, if applicable) multiplied by the portion of the Performance
Cap Rate corresponding to the portion of the Segment Duration (or Annual Lock
Period for Annual Lock Segments) that has elapsed. This limitation is imposed
to discourage owners from withdrawing from a Segment before the Segment
Maturity Date where there may have been significant increases in the relevant
Index early in the Segment Duration. For more information, please see Appendix
III.

                                      39

                       DETERMINING YOUR CONTRACT'S VALUE







EVEN IF THE CORRESPONDING INDEX HAS EXPERIENCED POSITIVE INVESTMENT PERFORMANCE
SINCE THE SEGMENT START DATE, BECAUSE OF THE FACTORS WE TAKE INTO ACCOUNT IN
THE CALCULATION ABOVE, YOUR SEGMENT INTERIM VALUE MAY BE LOWER THAN YOUR
SEGMENT INVESTMENT.

                                      40

                       DETERMINING YOUR CONTRACT'S VALUE





5. Transferring your money among investment options

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRANSFERRING YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE

At any time before the date annuity payments are to begin, you can transfer
some or all of your account value among the investment options, subject to the
following current limitations:

..   you may not transfer out of a Segment before its Segment Maturity Date
    (which is 5 years for all Annual Lock Segments and Choice Segments).

..   you may not transfer out of a Segment Type Holding Account on a Segment
    Start Date.

..   a contribution or transfer into a Segment Type Holding Account on a Segment
    Start Date will not be transferred into the Segment that is created on that
    Segment Start Date. Your money will be transferred into a Segment on the
    next Segment Start Date, provided you meet the participation requirements.

..   you may not contribute or transfer money into a Segment Type Holding
    Account and designate a Segment Start Date. The account value in the
    Segment Type Holding Account will be transferred on the first Segment Start
    date on which you meet the participation requirements.

..   you may not contribute or transfer into a Segment Type Holding Account if
    the Segment Maturity Date of the Segment that will be created on the
    Segment Start Date would be after the maturity date of your contract.

..   you may not transfer to a Segment if the total number of Segments that
    would be active in your contract after such transfer would be greater than
    138. If a transfer from a Segment Type Holding Account into a Segment will
    cause a contract to exceed this limit, such transfers will be defaulted to
    the EQ/Money Market variable investment option. If there are multiple
    Segments scheduled to be established on a Segment Start Date, new Segments
    will be established in the order of those that would have the largest
    initial Segment Investment first until the limit is reached. Any remaining
    amount that is not transferred into a Segment will then be defaulted to the
    EQ/Money Market variable investment option.

..   transfers from a Segment Type Holding Account to a Segment will not occur
    if you do not meet the participation requirements. See "Segment
    Participation Requirements" in "Contract features and benefits" earlier in
    this Prospectus.

Upon advance notice to you, via a client communication mailing, we may change
or establish additional restrictions on transfers among the investment options,
including limitations on the number, frequency, or dollar amount of transfers.
In addition, we may, at any time, exercise our right to limit or terminate
transfers into any of the variable investment options and to limit the number
of variable investment options which you may elect. We currently do not impose
any transfer restrictions among the variable investment options. A transfer
request does not change your allocation instructions on file. Our current
transfer restrictions are set forth in the "Disruptive transfer activity"
section below.

You may request a transfer in writing using the specified form or on line using
Online Account Access. You must send in all signed written requests directly to
our processing office. Transfer requests should specify:

(1)the contract number,

(2)the dollar amounts or percentage to be transferred, and

(3)the investment options to and from which you are transferring.

We will confirm all transfers in writing.

Please see "Allocating your contributions" in "Contract features and benefits"
for more information about your role in managing your allocations.

We may charge a transfer charge for any transfers among the variable investment
options in excess of 12 transfers in a contract year. We do not deduct a
transfer charge for any transfer made in connection with our Dollar Cap
Averaging Program. For more information, see "Transfer charge" in "Charges and
expenses" later in this Prospectus.

DISRUPTIVE TRANSFER ACTIVITY

You should note that the contract is not designed for professional "market
timing" organizations, or other organizations or individuals engaging in a
market timing strategy. The contract is not designed to accommodate programmed
transfers, frequent transfers or transfers that are large in relation to the
total assets of the underlying portfolio.

Frequent transfers, including market timing and other program trading or
short-term trading strategies, may be disruptive to the underlying portfolios
in which the variable investment options invest. Disruptive transfer activity
may adversely affect performance and the interests of long-term investors by
requiring a portfolio to maintain larger amounts of cash or to liquidate
portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time or price. For example, when market
timing occurs, a portfolio may have to sell its holdings to have the cash
necessary to redeem the market timer's investment. This can happen when it is
not advantageous to sell any securities, so the portfolio's performance may be
hurt. When large dollar amounts are involved, market timing can also make it
difficult to use long-term investment strategies because a portfolio cannot
predict how much cash it will have to invest. In addition, disruptive transfers
or purchases and redemptions of portfolio investments may impede efficient
portfolio management and impose increased transaction costs, such as brokerage
costs, by requiring the portfolio manager to effect more frequent purchases and
sales of portfolio securities. Similarly, a portfolio may bear increased
administrative costs as a result of the asset level and investment volatility
that accompanies patterns of excessive or short-term trading. Portfolios that
invest a significant portion of their assets in

                                      41

               TRANSFERRING YOUR MONEY AMONG INVESTMENT OPTIONS






foreign securities or the securities of small- and mid-capitalization companies
tend to be subject to the risks associated with market timing and short-term
trading strategies to a greater extent than portfolios that do not. Securities
trading in overseas markets present time zone arbitrage opportunities when
events affecting portfolio securities values occur after the close of the
overseas market but prior to the close of the U.S. markets. Securities of
small- and mid-capitalization companies present arbitrage opportunities because
the market for such securities may be less liquid than the market for
securities of larger companies, which could result in pricing inefficiencies.
Please see the prospectuses for the underlying portfolios for more information
on how portfolio shares are priced.

We currently use the procedures described below to discourage disruptive
transfer activity. You should understand, however, that these procedures are
subject to the following limitations: (1) they primarily rely on the policies
and procedures implemented by the underlying portfolios; (2) they do not
eliminate the possibility that disruptive transfer activity, including market
timing, will occur or that portfolio performance will be affected by such
activity; and (3) the design of market timing procedures involves inherently
subjective judgments, which we seek to make in a fair and reasonable manner
consistent with the interests of all contract owners.

We offer investment options with underlying portfolios that are part of the EQ
Advisors Trust (the "trust"). The trust has adopted policies and procedures
regarding disruptive transfer activity. The trust discourages frequent
purchases and redemptions of portfolio shares and will not make special
arrangements to accommodate such transactions. The trust aggregates inflows and
outflows for each portfolio on a daily basis. On any day when a portfolio's net
inflows or outflows exceed an established monitoring threshold, the trust
obtains from us contract owner trading activity. The trust currently considers
transfers into and out of (or vice versa) the same variable investment option
within a five business day period as potentially disruptive transfer activity.
In most cases, the trust reserves the right to reject a transfer that it
believes, in its sole discretion, is disruptive (or potentially disruptive) to
the management of one of its portfolios. Please see the prospectuses for the
trust for more information.

When a contract owner is identified in connection with potentially disruptive
transfer activity for the first time, a letter is sent to the contract owner
explaining that there is a policy against disruptive transfer activity and that
if such activity continues certain transfer privileges may be eliminated. If
and when the contract owner is identified a second time as engaged in
potentially disruptive transfer activity under the contract, we currently
prohibit the use of voice, fax and automated transaction services. We currently
apply such action for the remaining life of each affected contract. We or a
trust may change the definition of potentially disruptive transfer activity,
the monitoring procedures and thresholds, any notification procedures, and the
procedures to restrict this activity. Any new or revised policies and
procedures will apply to all contract owners uniformly. We do not permit
exceptions to our policies restricting disruptive transfer activity.

It is possible that a trust may impose a redemption fee designed to discourage
frequent or disruptive trading by contract owners. As of the date of this
prospectus, the trusts had not implemented such a fee. If a redemption fee is
implemented by a trust, that fee, like any other trust fee, will be borne by
the contract owner.

Contract owners should note that it is not always possible for us and the
underlying trusts to identify and prevent disruptive transfer activity. In
addition, because we do not monitor for all frequent trading at the separate
account level, contract owners may engage in frequent trading which may not be
detected, for example, due to low net inflows or outflows on the particular
day(s). Therefore, no assurance can be given that we or the trusts will
successfully impose restrictions on all potentially disruptive transfers.
Because there is no guarantee that disruptive trading will be stopped, some
contract owners may be treated differently than others, resulting in the risk
that some contract owners may be able to engage in frequent transfer activity
while others will bear the effect of that frequent transfer activity. The
potential effects of frequent transfer activity are discussed above.

                                      42

               TRANSFERRING YOUR MONEY AMONG INVESTMENT OPTIONS





6. Accessing your money

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

WITHDRAWING YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE

You have two ways to withdraw your account value before annuity payments begin.
The table below shows the methods available under each type of contract. More
information follows the table. For the tax consequences of taking withdrawals,
see "Tax information" later in this Prospectus.

If you have a Series C or Series ADV contract, disregard any references to
"withdrawal charges" or "free withdrawal amount" in this section; these terms
only apply to Series B contracts, not Series C or Series ADV contracts.

METHOD OF WITHDRAWAL



---------------------------------------------------
                                         LIFETIME
                                         REQUIRED
                                         MINIMUM
 CONTRACT                      PARTIAL DISTRIBUTION
---------------------------------------------------
                                 
NQ                               Yes       No
---------------------------------------------------
Traditional IRA                  Yes       Yes
---------------------------------------------------
Roth IRA                         Yes       No
---------------------------------------------------
QP/(1)/                          Yes       No
---------------------------------------------------

/(1)/All payments are made to the plan trust, as the owner of the contract. See
     "Appendix VI: Purchase considerations for defined benefit and defined
     contribution plans" later in this Prospectus.

We impose no withdrawal charge for withdrawals from Series C or Series ADV
contracts. However, withdrawals, including withdrawals made to pay all or part
of any fee that may be associated with a fee-based program, may be subject to
income tax and, unless the taxpayer is over age 59 1/2 or another exception
applies, an additional 10% federal income tax penalty, as described in "Tax
information" later in this Prospectus. In addition, the fee-based program
sponsor may apply a charge if you decide to no longer participate in the
program. You should consult with your program sponsor for more details about
your particular fee-based arrangement.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ALL REQUESTS FOR WITHDRAWALS MUST BE MADE ON A SPECIFIC FORM THAT WE PROVIDE.
PLEASE SEE "HOW TO REACH US" UNDER "WHO IS AXA EQUITABLE?" EARLIER IN THIS
PROSPECTUS FOR MORE INFORMATION.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS
(ALL CONTRACTS)

You may take partial withdrawals from your account value at any time before
annuity payments begin. The minimum amount you may withdraw at any time is
$300. If you request a withdrawal that leaves you with an account value of less
than $500, we reserve the right to terminate the contract and pay you the cash
value. See "Surrender of your contract to receive its cash value" below.

For Series B contracts, partial withdrawals in excess of the 10% free
withdrawal amount may be subject to a withdrawal charge (see "10% free
withdrawal amount" in "Charges and expenses" later in this Prospectus).

Partial withdrawals out of Segments are permitted, subject to certain
restrictions. See "How withdrawals are taken from your account value" later in
this section. A partial withdrawal from a Segment will reduce your Segment
Investment in that Segment and, therefore, your Segment Maturity Value for that
Segment. For Annual Lock Segments, a partial withdrawal will also reduce each
Annual Lock Anniversary Starting and Ending Amounts. The reduction in the
Segment Investment and each Annual Lock Anniversary Starting and Ending Amount
may be greater than the dollar amount of your withdrawal. For more information,
see Appendix III.

LIFETIME REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION WITHDRAWALS
(TRADITIONAL IRA CONTRACTS ONLY -- SEE "TAX INFORMATION" LATER IN THIS
PROSPECTUS.)

We offer our "automatic required minimum distribution (RMD) service" to help
you meet lifetime required minimum distributions under federal income tax
rules. This is not the exclusive way for you to meet these rules. After
consultation with your tax adviser, you may decide to compute required minimum
distributions (we refer to them as "RMDs") yourself and request partial
withdrawals. In such a case, a withdrawal charge could apply. Before electing
this account-based withdrawal option, you should consider whether annuitization
might be better in your situation. Please refer to "Required minimum
distributions" under "Individual Retirement Arrangements ("IRAs")" in "Tax
information" later in this Prospectus.

This service is not available to qualified plan trust owned contracts.

You may elect this service in the calendar year in which you reach age 70 1/2
or in any later year (other than the first calendar year that your contract is
in force). The minimum amount we will pay out is $250. Currently, RMD payments
will be made annually each December.

We do not impose a withdrawal charge on the RMD payment taken through our
automatic RMD service even if, when added to a partial withdrawal previously
taken in the same contract year, the RMD payments exceed the free withdrawal
amount.

This service does not generate an automatic RMD payment during the first
contract year. Therefore, if you are making a rollover or transfer contribution
to the contract after age 70 1/2, you must take an RMD before the rollover or
transfer. If you do not, any withdrawals that you take during the first
contract year to satisfy your RMD amount may be subject to withdrawal charges,
if applicable, if they exceed the free withdrawal amount.

The RMD amount is based on your entire interest in your traditional IRA
contract whether your investments are allocated to one or more variable
investment options and/or one or more Segments. We will withdraw your RMD
amount from the variable investment options first on a pro rata basis. If there
is insufficient account value in the variable investment options, then we will
withdraw the balance of the RMD amount from the Segment Type Holding Accounts
on a pro rata basis. If there is insufficient value in the variable investment
options and the Segment Type Holding Accounts, we will withdraw amounts from
the Segments on a pro rata basis.

                                      43

                             ACCESSING YOUR MONEY







As you approach age 70 1/2 you should consider the effect of allocations to any
Segment. You should consider whether you have a sufficient amount allocated to
the variable investment options under this contract and/or sufficient liquidity
under other traditional IRAs that you maintain in order to satisfy your RMD for
this contract without affecting amounts allocated to a Segment under this
contract.

We will send to traditional IRA owners a form outlining the minimum
distribution options available in the year you reach age 70 1/2 (if you have
not begun your annuity payments before that time).

HOW WITHDRAWALS ARE TAKEN FROM YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE

WITHDRAWALS

Unless you specify otherwise, we will subtract your withdrawals on a pro rata
basis from your value in the variable investment options (excluding the Segment
Type Holding Accounts and dollar cap averaging account). If there is
insufficient value or no value in the variable investment options (excluding
the Segment Type Holding Accounts and dollar cap averaging account), any
additional amount of the withdrawal required or the total amount of the
withdrawal will be taken on a pro rata basis from the Segment Type Holding
Accounts. If there are insufficient funds in the Segment Type Holding Accounts,
any additional amount of the withdrawal required will be taken from the dollar
cap averaging account. If there is insufficient value in the dollar cap
averaging account, we will deduct all or a portion of the withdrawal from the
Segments on a pro rata basis. A partial withdrawal from the Dollar Cap
Averaging Program will terminate the program.

If you specify the investment options from which you want us to deduct your
withdrawal, the following restrictions apply: If the amount of your withdrawal
is equal to or less than your account value in the variable investment options
and Segment Type Holding Accounts, the entire withdrawal must come from the
account value in the variable investment options and Segment Type Holding
Accounts, and the withdrawal cannot be pro rata; you must specify the dollar
amount or percentage withdrawal for the variable investment options and Segment
Type Holding Accounts from which to take the withdrawal. In other words, you
cannot take a withdrawal from the Segments if there is any value remaining in
the variable investment options and Segment Type Holding Accounts.

After 100% of the value has been taken from the variable investment options and
Segment Type Holding Accounts, you can specify the dollar amount or percentage
of the withdrawal to be taken from any Segment.

If you have amounts in a Segment Type Holding Account and you make a withdrawal
on a Segment Start Date, that amount will not be transferred into the Segment
created on that date.

Withdrawals prior to your Segment Maturity Date reduce the Segment Investment
on a pro rata basis by the same proportion that the Segment Interim Value is
reduced on the date of the withdrawal. For Annual Lock Segments, each Annual
Lock Anniversary Ending Amount and Annual Lock Anniversary Starting Amount is
also recalculated. Below is a table summarizing the impact of a withdrawal
during the second Annual Lock Period of an Annual Lock Segment on the Annual
Lock Anniversary Starting Amount (which is equal to the Segment Investment) and
Annual Lock Anniversary Ending Amount that is described in greater detail
immediately following the table.



-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              BEFORE WITHDRAWAL              AFTER WITHDRAWAL
                           ---------------------------    -------------------------
                   ANNUAL
                   LOCK                    ANNUAL                        ANNUAL
                   YEARLY                   LOCK                          LOCK
        INDEX      RATE                  ANNIVERSARY                   ANNIVERSARY
      PERFORMANCE   OF       SEGMENT       ENDING          SEGMENT       ENDING
YEAR     RATE      RETURN   INVESTMENT*    AMOUNT         INVESTMENT*    AMOUNT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     
 1       13%        12%     $1,000.00    $1,120.00         $900.00     $1,008.00
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.5           $110.00 withdrawal** (Segment Interim Value at time of
                             withdrawal is $1,100.00)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

*  The first Annual Lock Anniversary Starting Amount is equal to the Segment
   Investment.
** $110 is the total amount withdrawn.

Assume $1,000.00 is invested in an Annual Lock Segment. The Index Performance
Rate for the first Annual Lock Period is 13% which is greater than the
Performance Cap Rate of 12%. Therefore, the first Annual Lock Anniversary
Ending Amount is $1,120.00 ($1,000.00 + ($1,000.00 * 12%)). If a withdrawal of
$110.00 is taken during the second Annual Lock Period and the Segment Interim
Value on the date of the withdrawal is $1,100.00) then the recalculated first
Annual Lock Anniversary Starting Amount (which is equal to the Segment
Investment) is $900.00 ($1,000.00 - ($1,000.00 * ($110.00/$1,100.00))). The
recalculated Annual Lock Anniversary Ending Amount is $1,008.00 ($900.00 +
($900.00 * 12%)).

You can request, in advance of your Segment Maturity Date, a withdrawal of your
Segment Maturity Value on the Segment Maturity Date, which is not subject to
the restrictions described above regarding the need to withdraw amounts in
variable investment options and Segment Type Holding Accounts before
withdrawing amounts from Segments. We will only accept a request to withdraw
your Segment Maturity Value if you submit the request within 12 months of the
Segment Maturity Date.

A withdrawal from a Series ADV NQ contract, including a withdrawal to pay the
fees of the fee-based program, may be a taxable event. For the tax consequences
of withdrawals, see "Tax information" later in this Prospectus.

SURRENDERING YOUR CONTRACT TO RECEIVE ITS CASH VALUE

You may surrender your contract to receive its cash value at any time while an
owner is living (or for contracts with non-natural owners, while the annuitant
is living) and before you begin to receive annuity payments. For a surrender to
be effective, we must receive your written request and your contract at our
processing office. We will determine your cash value on the date we receive the
required information.

You may receive your cash value in a single sum payment or apply it to one or
more of the annuity payout options. See "Your annuity payout options" below.
For the tax consequences of surrenders, see "Tax information" later in this
Prospectus.

When a contract is surrendered in certain states, the free withdrawal amount is
not taken into account when calculating the amount of the withdrawal. See "10%
free withdrawal amount" under "Charges under the contract" in "Charges and
expenses" later in this Prospectus.

WITHDRAWALS TREATED AS SURRENDERS

If you withdraw more than 90% of a contract's current cash value, we will treat
it as a request to surrender the contract for its cash value. In addition, we
have the right to pay the cash value and terminate the

                                      44

                             ACCESSING YOUR MONEY






contract if no contributions are made during the last three completed contract
years, and the account value is less than $500, or if you make a withdrawal
that would result in a cash value of less than $500. For the tax consequences
of withdrawals, see "Tax information" later in this Prospectus.

WHEN TO EXPECT PAYMENTS

Generally, we will fulfill requests for payments out of the investment options
within seven calendar days after the date of the transaction to which the
request relates. These transactions may include applying proceeds to a variable
annuity payout option, payment of a death benefit, payment of any amount you
withdraw (less any withdrawal charge) and, upon surrender or termination,
payment of the cash value. We may postpone such payments or applying proceeds
for any period during which:

(1)the New York Stock Exchange is closed or restricts trading,

(2)the SEC determines that an emergency exists as a result of which sales of
   securities or determination of fair value of an investment option's assets
   is not reasonably practicable, or

(3)the SEC, by order, permits us to defer payment to protect people remaining
   in the variable investment options.

All payments are made by check and are mailed to you (or the payee named in a
tax-free exchange) by U.S. mail, unless you request that we use an express
delivery or wire transfer service at your expense.

YOUR ANNUITY PAYOUT OPTIONS

The following description assumes annuitization of your entire contract. For
partial annuitization, see "Partial annuitization" below.

Deferred annuity contracts such as Structured Capital Strategies(R) provide for
conversion to payout status at or before the contract's "maturity date." This
is called annuitization. When your contract is annuitized, your Structured
Capital Strategies(R) contract and all its benefits will terminate and will be
converted to a supplemental payout annuity contract ("payout option") that
provides for periodic payments for life or for a specified period of time. In
general, the periodic payment amount is determined by the account value or cash
value of your Structured Capital Strategies(R) contract at the time of
annuitization, the annuity payout option that you select, and the annuity
purchase factor to which that value is applied, as described below. We have the
right to require you to provide any information we deem necessary to provide an
annuity payout option. If an annuity payout is later found to be based on
incorrect information, it will be adjusted on the basis of the correct
information.

Your Structured Capital Strategies(R) contract guarantees that upon
annuitization, your account value will be applied to a guaranteed annuity
purchase factor for a life annuity payout option. We reserve the right, with
advance notice to you, to change your annuity purchase factor any time after
your fifth contract date anniversary and at not less than five year intervals
after the first change. Any change to the annuity purchase factor will only
apply to contributions made after the date of the change. (Please see your
contract and SAI for more information). In addition, you may apply your account
value or cash value, whichever is applicable, to any other annuity payout
option that we may offer at the time of annuitization. We may offer other
payout options not outlined here. Your financial professional can provide
details.

Structured Capital Strategies(R) currently offers you several choices of
annuity payout options.

You can choose from among the annuity payout options listed below. Restrictions
may apply, depending on the type of contract you own and the annuitant's age at
contract issue. We reserve the right to add, remove or change these annuity
payout options at any time.

ANNUITY PAYOUT OPTIONS


                                      
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fixed annuity payout options             .   Life annuity
                                         .   Life annuity with period certain
                                         .   Life annuity with refund certain
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------


..   LIFE ANNUITY: An annuity that guarantees payments for the rest of the
    annuitant's life. Payments end with the last monthly payment before the
    annuitant's death. Because there is no continuation of benefits following
    the annuitant's death with this payout option, it provides the highest
    monthly payment of any of the life annuity options, so long as the
    annuitant is living.

..   LIFE ANNUITY WITH PERIOD CERTAIN: An annuity that guarantees payments for
    the rest of the annuitant's life. If the annuitant dies before the end of a
    selected period of time ("period certain"), payments continue to the
    beneficiary for the balance of the period certain. The period certain
    cannot extend beyond the annuitant's life expectancy or the joint life
    expectancy of the annuitant and the joint annuitant. A life annuity with
    period certain is the form of annuity under the contracts that you will
    receive if you do not elect a different payout option. In this case the
    period certain will be based on the annuitant's age and will not exceed 10
    years or the annuitant's life expectancy.

..   LIFE ANNUITY WITH REFUND CERTAIN: An annuity that guarantees payments for
    the rest of the annuitant's life. If the annuitant dies before the amount
    applied to purchase the annuity option has been recovered, payments to the
    beneficiary will continue until that amount has been recovered.

The life annuity, life annuity with period certain, and life annuity with
refund certain payout options are available on a single life or joint and
survivor life basis. The joint and survivor life annuity guarantees payments
for the rest of the annuitant's life and, after the annuitant's death, payments
continue to the survivor.

With fixed annuities, we guarantee fixed annuity payments that will be based
either on the tables of guaranteed annuity purchase factors in your contract or
on our then current annuity purchase factors, whichever is more favorable for
you.

THE AMOUNT APPLIED TO PURCHASE AN ANNUITY PAYOUT OPTION

The amount applied to purchase an annuity payout option varies depending on the
payout option that you choose and the timing of your purchase as it relates to
any withdrawal charges that apply under your contract.

There is no withdrawal charge imposed if you select a life annuity, life
annuity with period certain or life annuity with refund certain. If we are
offering non-life contingent forms of annuities, the withdrawal charge will be
imposed.

                                      45

                             ACCESSING YOUR MONEY







PARTIAL ANNUITIZATION. Partial annuitization of nonqualified deferred annuity
contracts is permitted under certain circumstances. You may choose from the
life-contingent annuity payout options described here. We no longer offer a
period certain option for partial annuitization. We require you to elect
partial annuitization on the form we specify. For purposes of this contract we
will effect any partial annuitization as a withdrawal applied to a payout
annuity. See "How withdrawals are taken from your account value" earlier in
this section and also the discussion of "Partial annuitization" in "Tax
information" for more information.

SELECTING AN ANNUITY PAYOUT OPTION

When you select a payout option, we will issue you a separate written agreement
confirming your right to receive annuity payments. We require you to return
your contract before annuity payments begin. Unless you choose a different
payout option, we will pay annuity payments under a life annuity with a maximum
period certain of 10 years. The contract owner and annuitant must meet the
issue age and payment requirements.

You can choose the date annuity payments are to begin, but generally it may not
be earlier than thirteen months from the Structured Capital Strategies(R)
contract date. You can change the date your annuity payments are to begin any
time. The date may not be later than your contract's maturity date. Your
contract's maturity date is the date by which you must either take a lump sum
withdrawal or select an annuity payout option. The maturity date is generally
the contract date anniversary that follows the annuitant's 95th birthday.

We will send you a notice with your contract statement one year prior to your
maturity date. Once you have selected an annuity payout option and payments
have begun, no change can be made. If you do not respond to the notice within
30 days following your maturity date, your contract will be annuitized
automatically.

We currently offer different payment frequencies on certain annuity payout
options. In general, the total annual payout will be lower for more frequent
payouts (such as monthly) because of the increased administrative expenses
associated with more frequent payouts. Also, in general, the longer the period
over which we expect to make payments, the lower will be your payment each year.

The amount of the annuity payments will depend on:

(1)the amount applied to purchase the annuity;

(2)the type of annuity chosen;

(3)in the case of a life annuity, the annuitant's age (or the annuitant's and
   joint annuitant's ages); and

(4)in certain instances, the sex of the annuitant(s).

The amount applied to provide the annuity payments will be (1) the account
value for any life annuity form, or (2) the cash value for any annuity certain
(an annuity form that does not guarantee payments for a person's lifetime)
except that if the period certain is more than five years, the amount applied
will be no less than 95% of the account value.

If, at the time you elect a payout option, the amount to be applied is less
than $2,000 or the initial payment under the form elected is less than $20
monthly, we reserve the right to pay the account value in a single sum rather
than as payments under the payout option chosen.

Please see Appendix II later in this Prospectus for state variations.

ANNUITY MATURITY DATE

Your contract has a maturity date. The maturity date is based on the age of the
original annuitant at contract issue and cannot be changed other than in
conformance with applicable law, even if you name a new annuitant. The maturity
date is generally the contract date anniversary that follows the annuitant's
95th birthday (or older joint annuitant's, if your contract has joint
annuitants). The maturity date may not be less than thirteen months from your
contract date, unless otherwise stated in your contract. We will send a notice
with the contract statement one year prior to the maturity date. The notice
will include the date of maturity, describe the available annuity payout
options, state the availability of a lump sum payment option, and identify the
default payout option if you do not provide an election by the time of your
contract maturity date. The default payout option is a life annuity with a
maximum period certain of 10 years.

                                      46

                             ACCESSING YOUR MONEY





7. Charges and expenses

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CHARGES THAT AXA EQUITABLE DEDUCTS

We deduct the following charge each day from the net assets of each variable
investment option (including the Segment Type Holding Account and dollar cap
averaging account). This charge is reflected in the unit values of each
variable investment option:

..   A variable investment option fee.

We deduct the following charge from the performance of your investment (if
positive) in a Choice Segment:

..   The Choice cost.

We deduct the following charges from your account value. When we deduct these
charges from your variable investment options, we reduce the number of units
credited to your contract:

..   for Series B contracts, at the time you make certain withdrawals or
    surrender your contract, or your contract is terminated -- a withdrawal
    charge.

..   at the time annuity payments are to begin -- charges designed to
    approximate certain taxes that may be imposed on us, such as premium taxes
    in your state. An annuity administrative fee may also apply.

..   at the time you request a transfer in excess of 12 transfers in a contract
    year -- a transfer charge (currently, there is no transfer charge).

More information about these charges appears below. We will not increase these
charges for the life of your contract, except as noted. We may reduce certain
charges under group or sponsored arrangements. See "Group or sponsored
arrangements" below.

To help with your retirement planning, we may offer other annuities with
different charges, benefits and features. Please contact your financial
professional for more information.

CHARGES UNDER THE CONTRACTS

VARIABLE INVESTMENT OPTION FEE

We deduct a daily charge from the net assets in each variable investment option
(including the Segment Type Holding Account and dollar cap averaging account)
to compensate us for administrative expenses, sales expenses and certain
expense risks we assume under the contracts. Below is the daily charge shown as
an annual rate of the net assets in each variable investment option:


                            
   Series B:                   1.25%
   Series C:                   1.65%
   Series ADV:                 0.65%


The expense risk we assume is the risk that our expenses in providing the
benefits and administering the contracts will be greater than we expect. To the
extent that the expense risk charges are not needed to cover the actual
expenses incurred, they may be considered an indirect reimbursement for certain
sales and promotional expenses relating to the contracts. This charge also
compensates us for administrative expenses and a portion of our sales expenses,
under the contract.

On a non-guaranteed basis, we may waive this fee under certain conditions. If
the return on the EQ/Money Market variable investment option on any day is
positive, but lower than the amount of this fee, then we will waive the
difference between the two, so that you do not receive a negative return. If
the return on the EQ/Money Market variable investment option on any day is
negative, we will waive this fee entirely for that day, although your account
value would be reduced by the negative performance of the EQ/Money Market
variable investment option itself. We reserve the right to change or cancel
this provision at any time.

This fee does not apply to amounts held in a Segment.

CHOICE COST

This charge is applicable to investments in Choice Segments only. The Choice
cost is an amount equal to 1% of the Segment Investment for each year of the
Segment Duration. On the Segment Maturity Date, we deduct the Choice cost from
the Index Performance Rate of a Choice Segment, but only if the Index
Performance Rate is positive for that Segment. Additionally, if the Index
Performance Rate is positive for a Choice Segment but less than the applicable
Choice cost, the amount of the Choice cost deducted will be the maximum amount
that will not cause the Segment Maturity Value to be less than the Segment
Investment. The Segment Interim Value for a Choice Segment will reflect
application of a portion of the Choice cost, as described in more detail in
Appendix III.

FEE-BASED EXPENSES
(APPLICABLE TO SERIES ADV CONTRACTS ONLY)

The fees and expenses of a fee-based program are separate from and in addition
to the fees and expenses of the annuity contract. You should ensure that within
your fee-based program there are sufficient liquid assets outside of this
contract to pay any fees and expenses associated with the program. Please
consult with your program sponsor for more details about your fee-based program.

TRANSFER CHARGE

Currently, we do not charge for transfers among variable investment options
under the contract. However, we reserve the right to charge for any transfers
among variable investment options in excess of 12 per contract year. We will
provide you with advance notice if we decide to assess the transfer charge,
which will never exceed $35 per transfer. The transfer charge is designed to
compensate the company with respect to adminstering the transaction. The charge
is also designed to deter disruptive transfer activity. The transfer charge (if
applicable), will be assessed at the time that the transfer is processed. Each
time you request a transfer from one variable investment option to another, we
will assess the transfer charge (if applicable). Separate requests submitted on
the same day will each be treated as a separate transfer. Any transfer charge
will be deducted from the variable investment options from which the transfer
is made. We will not count transfers from Segment Type Holding Accounts into
Segments on a Segment Start Date, or the allocation of Segment Maturity Value
on a Segment Maturity Date in calculating the number of transfers

                                      47

                             CHARGES AND EXPENSES






subject to this charge. We will also not charge for transfers made in
connection with our Dollar Cap Averaging Program.

SPECIAL SERVICES CHARGES

We deduct a charge for providing the special services described below. These
charges compensate us for the expense of processing each special service. For
certain services, we will deduct from your account value any withdrawal charge
that applies and the charge for the special service. Please note that we may
discontinue some or all of these services without notice.

WIRE TRANSFER CHARGE. We charge $90 for outgoing wire transfers. Unless you
specify otherwise, this charge will be deducted from the amount you request.

EXPRESS MAIL CHARGE. We charge $35 for sending you a check by express mail
delivery. This charge will be deducted from the amount you request.

DUPLICATE CONTRACT CHARGE. We charge $35 for providing a copy of your contract.
The charge for this service can be paid (i) using a credit card acceptable to
AXA Equitable, (ii) by sending a check to our processing office, or (iii) by
any other means we make available to you.

CHECK PREPARATION CHARGE. The standard form of payment for all withdrawals is
direct deposit. If direct deposit instructions are not provided, payment will
be made by check. Currently, we do not charge for check preparation, however,
we reserve the right to impose a charge, which would be deducted from the
amount you request following imposition of such a charge. We reserve the right
to charge a maximum of $85.

CHARGE FOR THIRD-PARTY TRANSFER OR EXCHANGE. Currently, we are waiving the $65
charge for each third-party transfer or exchange; this waiver may be
discontinued at any time, with or without notice. Absent this waiver, we deduct
a charge from the amount you request for direct rollovers or direct transfers
of amounts from your contract to a third party, such as in the case of a
trustee-to-trustee transfer for an IRA contract, or if you request that your
contract be exchanged for a contract issued by another insurance company. We
reserve the right to increase this charge to a maximum of $125.

WITHDRAWAL CHARGE
(APPLICABLE TO SERIES B CONTRACTS ONLY)

A withdrawal charge may apply in three circumstances: (1) you make one or more
withdrawals during a contract year; (2) you surrender your contract to receive
its cash value; or (3) we terminate your contract. The amount of the charge
will depend on whether the 10% free withdrawal amount applies, and the
availability of one or more exceptions.

The withdrawal charge equals a percentage of the contributions withdrawn. The
percentage that applies depends on how long each contribution has been invested
in the contract. We determine the withdrawal charge separately for each
contribution according to the following table:

----------------------------------------------------------------
                      CONTRACT YEAR
----------------------------------------------------------------
                                         1   2   3   4   5   6+
----------------------------------------------------------------
Percentage of contribution               5%  5%  5%  4%  3%  0%
----------------------------------------------------------------

For purposes of calculating the withdrawal charge, we treat the contract year
in which we receive a contribution as "contract year 1." Amounts withdrawn that
are not subject to the withdrawal charge are not considered withdrawals of any
contribution. We also treat contributions that have been invested the longest
as being withdrawn first. We treat contributions as withdrawn before earnings
for purposes of calculating the withdrawal charge. However, federal income tax
rules treat earnings under most NQ contracts as withdrawn first. See "Tax
information" later in this Prospectus.

In order to give you the exact dollar amount of the withdrawal you request, we
deduct the amount of the withdrawal and the amount of the withdrawal charge
from your account value. Any amount deducted to pay withdrawal charges is also
subject to that same withdrawal charge percentage.

We deduct the withdrawal amount and the withdrawal charge pro rata from the
variable investment options (excluding the Segment Type Holding Accounts and
dollar cap averaging account). If those amounts are insufficient, we will
deduct all or a portion of the required amounts pro rata from the Segment Type
Holding Accounts. If the amounts in the Segment Type Holding Accounts are still
insufficient, we will deduct all or a portion of the required amounts from the
dollar cap averaging account. If the amount in the dollar cap averaging account
is still insufficient, we deduct all or a portion of the required amounts from
the Segments on a pro rata basis. If you specify that your withdrawal be taken
from specific investment options, the amount of the withdrawal charge will
first be taken from the investment options you specify. If there is
insufficient value in those options to pay the withdrawal charge after your
withdrawal is deducted, then the remainder of the withdrawal charge is deducted
as described above.

Withdrawals from a Segment or a Segment Type Holding Account are subject to the
same withdrawal charge calculations as a withdrawal from any other investment
option. Any withdrawal from a Segment will reduce the Segment Interim Value. A
withdrawal from a Segment Type Holding Account reduces the amount that will be
transferred to a Segment. For more information, see "Structured Investment
Option" in "Contract features and benefits," earlier in this Prospectus.

The withdrawal charge does not apply in the circumstances described below.

10% FREE WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT. For Series B contracts, each contract year you can
withdraw up to 10% of your account value without paying a withdrawal charge. No
withdrawal charge applies to Series C and Series ADV contracts. The 10% free
withdrawal amount is determined using your account value at the beginning of
the contract year. When a contract is surrendered in certain states, the free
withdrawal amount is not taken into account when calculating the amount of the
withdrawal.

DEATH. The withdrawal charge does not apply if the owner dies and a death
benefit is payable to the beneficiary.

DISABILITY, TERMINAL ILLNESS, OR CONFINEMENT TO NURSING HOME.  The withdrawal
charge also does not apply if:

(i)An owner (or older joint owner, if applicable) has qualified to receive
   Social Security disability benefits as certified by the Social Security
   Administration; or

(ii)We receive proof satisfactory to us (including certification by a licensed
    physician) that an owner's (or older joint owner's, if applicable) life
    expectancy is six months or less; or

(iii)An owner (or older joint owner, if applicable) has been confined to a
     nursing home for more than 90 days (or such other period, as required in
     your state) as verified by a licensed physician. A nursing home for this
     purpose means one that is (a) approved by

                                      48

                             CHARGES AND EXPENSES






   Medicare as a provider of skilled nursing care service, or (b) licensed as a
   skilled nursing home by the state or territory in which it is located (it
   must be within the United States, Puerto Rico, or U.S. Virgin Islands) and
   meets all of the following:

   -- its main function is to provide skilled, intermediate, or custodial
      nursing care;

   -- it provides continuous room and board to three or more persons;

   -- it is supervised by a registered nurse or licensed practical nurse;

   -- it keeps daily medical records of each patient;

   -- it controls and records all medications dispensed; and

   -- its primary service is other than to provide housing for residents.

We reserve the right to impose a withdrawal charge, in accordance with your
contract and applicable state law, if the conditions described in (i), (ii) or
(iii) above existed at the time a contribution was remitted or if the condition
began within 12 months of the period following remittance. Some states may not
permit us to waive the withdrawal charge in the above circumstances, or may
limit the circumstances for which the withdrawal charge may be waived. Your
financial professional can provide more information or you may contact our
processing office.

LARGE INVESTORS. Withdrawal charges will not apply to Series B contracts
purchased with an initial contribution of $25 million or more.

CHARGES FOR STATE PREMIUM AND OTHER APPLICABLE TAXES

We deduct a charge designed to approximate certain taxes that may be imposed on
us, such as premium taxes in your state. Generally, we deduct the charge from
the amount applied to provide an annuity pay out option. The current tax charge
that might be imposed varies by jurisdiction and ranges from 0% to 3.5%.

ADJUSTMENTS WITH RESPECT TO EARLY WITHDRAWALS FROM SEGMENTS

We calculate the Segment Interim Value when a withdrawal is taken, whether a
partial withdrawal or a full contract surrender, from a Segment prior to the
Segment Maturity Date. The Segment Interim Value is calculated based on a
formula that provides a treatment for an early distribution that is designed to
be consistent with how distributions at the end of a Segment are treated. For
more information on the calculation of the Segment Interim Value, please see
Appendix III.

CHARGES THAT THE TRUST DEDUCTS

The Trust deducts charges for the following types of fees and expenses:

..   Management fees.

..   12b-1 fees.

..   Operating expenses, such as trustees' fees, independent auditors' fees,
    legal counsel fees, administrative service fees, custodian fees, and
    liability insurance.

..   Investment-related expenses, such as brokerage commissions.

These charges are reflected in the daily share price of each portfolio. Since
shares of the Trust are purchased at their net asset value, these fees and
expenses are, in effect, passed on to the variable investment options and are
reflected in their unit values. For more information about these charges,
please refer to the prospectuses for the Trusts.

GROUP OR SPONSORED ARRANGEMENTS

For certain group or sponsored arrangements, we may reduce the withdrawal
charge or the variable investment option fee, or change the minimum
contribution requirements. We also may change the minimum death benefit or
offer variable investment options that invest in shares of a Trust that are not
subject to the 12b-1 fee. Group arrangements include those in which a trustee
or an employer, for example, purchases contracts covering a group of
individuals on a group basis. Group arrangements are not available for
traditional IRA and Roth IRA contracts. Sponsored arrangements include those in
which an employer allows us to sell contracts to its employees or retirees on
an individual basis.

Our costs for sales and administration generally vary with the size and
stability of the group or sponsoring organization, among other factors. We take
all these factors into account when reducing charges. To qualify for reduced
charges, a group or sponsored arrangement must meet certain requirements, such
as requirements for size and number of years in existence. Group or sponsored
arrangements that have been set up solely to buy contracts or that have been in
existence less than six months will not qualify for reduced charges.

We will make these and any similar reductions according to our rules in effect
when we approve a contract for issue. We may change these rules from time to
time. Any variation will reflect differences in costs or services and will not
be unfairly discriminatory.

Group or sponsored arrangements may be governed by federal income tax rules,
the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or both. We make no
representations with regard to the impact of these and other applicable laws on
such programs. We recommend that employers, trustees, and others purchasing or
making contracts available for purchase under such programs seek the advice of
their own legal and benefits advisers.

OTHER DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS

We may reduce or eliminate charges when sales are made in a manner that results
in savings of sales and administrative expenses, such as sales through persons
who are compensated by clients for recommending investments and who receive no
commission or reduced commissions in connection with the sale of the contracts.
We will not permit a reduction or elimination of charges where it will be
unfairly discriminatory.

                                      49

                             CHARGES AND EXPENSES





8. Payment of death benefit

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

YOUR BENEFICIARY AND PAYMENT OF BENEFIT

If you have a Series C or Series ADV contract, disregard any references to
"withdrawal charges," "cash value" or "free withdrawal amount" in this section;
these terms only apply to Series B contracts, not Series C or Series ADV
contracts.

You designate your beneficiary when you apply for your contract. You may change
your beneficiary during your lifetime and while the contract is in force. The
change will be effective on the date the written request for the change is
received in our processing office. We are not responsible for any beneficiary
change request that we do not receive. We will send you a written confirmation
when we receive your request. Any part of a death benefit for which there is no
named or designated beneficiary living at your death will be payable in a
single sum to your surviving spouse, if any; if there is no surviving spouse,
then to the surviving children in equal shares; if there are no surviving
children, then to your estate. Under jointly owned contracts, the surviving
owner is considered the beneficiary, and will take the place of any other
beneficiary. In a QP contract, the beneficiary must be the plan trust. If the
contract is owned by a qualified plan trust or other entity, the death benefit
is payable to the entity owner. Where an NQ contract is owned for the benefit
of a minor pursuant to the Uniform Gift to Minors Act or the Uniform Transfers
to Minors Act, the beneficiary must be the estate of the minor.

Subject to applicable laws and regulations, you may impose restrictions on the
timing and manner of the payment of the death benefit to your beneficiary. For
example, your beneficiary designation may specify the form of death benefit
payout (such as a life annuity), provided the payout you elect is one that we
offer both at the time of designation and when the death benefit is payable. In
general, the beneficiary will have no right to change the election. However,
you should be aware that (i) in accordance with current federal income tax
rules, we apply a predetermined death benefit annuity payout election only if
payment of the death benefit amount begins within one year following the date
of death, which payment may not occur if the beneficiary has failed to provide
all required information before the end of that period, (ii) we will not apply
the predetermined death benefit payout election if doing so would violate any
federal income tax rules or any other applicable law, and (iii) a beneficiary
or a successor owner who continues the contract under one of the continuation
options described below will have the right to change your annuity payout
election.

DEATH BENEFIT

The death benefit is equal to the account value as of the date we receive
satisfactory proof of the owner's death, any required instructions for the
method of payment, and all information and forms necessary to effect payment.

EFFECT OF THE OWNER'S DEATH

In general, if the owner dies while the contract is in force, the contract
terminates and the applicable death benefit is paid. If the contract is jointly
owned, the death benefit is payable upon the death of the older owner. If the
contract is owned by a non-natural person, the death of the primary annuitant
triggers rules regarding the death of an owner.

Once we have received notice of the owner's death, we will not make any
transfers from Segment Type Holding Accounts to Segments. Amounts in the
Segment Type Holding Accounts will be defaulted into the EQ/Money Market
variable investment option. When Segments mature, the Segment Maturity Value
will be transferred to the EQ/Money Market variable investment option.

There are various circumstances, however, in which the contract can be
continued by a successor owner or under a Beneficiary continuation option
("BCO"). For contracts with spouses who are joint owners, the surviving spouse
will automatically be able to continue the contract under the "Spousal
continuation" feature, or under our Beneficiary continuation option, as
discussed below. For contracts with non-spousal joint owners, the joint owner
will be able to continue the contract as a successor owner subject to the
limitations discussed below under "Non-spousal joint owner contract
continuation." If you are the sole owner and your spouse is the sole primary
beneficiary, your surviving spouse can continue the contract as a successor
owner, under "Spousal continuation" or under our Beneficiary continuation
option, as discussed below.

If the surviving joint owner is not the surviving spouse, or, for single owner
contracts, if the beneficiary is not the surviving spouse, federal income tax
rules generally require payments of amounts under the contract to be made
within five years of an owner's death (the "5-year rule"). In certain cases, an
individual beneficiary or non-spousal surviving joint owner may opt to receive
payments over his/her life (or over a period not in excess of his/her life
expectancy) if payments commence within one year of the owner's death. Any such
election must be made in accordance with our rules at the time of death.

NON-SPOUSAL JOINT OWNER CONTRACT CONTINUATION

Upon the death of either owner, the surviving joint owner becomes the sole
owner.

Any death benefit (if the older owner dies first) or cash value (if the younger
owner dies first) must be fully paid to the surviving joint owner within five
years, unless one of the exceptions described here applies. The surviving owner
may instead elect to take an installment payout or an annuity payout option we
may offer at the time under the contract, provided payments begin within one
year of the deceased owner's death. If an annuity or installment payout is
elected, the contract terminates and a supplemental contract is issued.

If the older owner dies first, the surviving owner can elect to (1) take a lump
sum payment; (2) take an installment payout or an annuity payout option we may
offer at the time under the contract within one year; (3) continue the contract
for up to five years; or (4) continue the contract under the Beneficiary
continuation option discussed below. If the contract continues, withdrawal
charges will no longer apply, and no additional contributions will be permitted.

                                      50

                           PAYMENT OF DEATH BENEFIT







If the younger owner dies first, the surviving owner can elect to (1) take a
lump sum payment; (2) take an installment payout or annuity within one year;
(3) continue the contract for up to five years; or (4) continue the contract
under the Beneficiary continuation option discussed below. If the contract
continues, withdrawal charges (for Series B contracts) will continue to apply
and no additional contributions will be permitted. The death benefit becomes
payable to the beneficiary if the older owner dies within five years after the
death of the younger owner.

SPOUSAL CONTINUATION

If you are the contract owner and your spouse is the sole primary beneficiary
or you jointly own the contract with your younger spouse, or if the contract
owner is a non-natural person and you and your younger spouse are joint
annuitants, your spouse may elect to continue the contract as successor owner
upon your death. Spousal beneficiaries (who are not also joint owners) must be
85 or younger as of the date of the deceased spouse's death in order to
continue the contract under Spousal continuation. The determination of spousal
status is made under applicable state law. However, in the event of a conflict
between federal and state law, we follow federal rules.

Upon your death, the younger spouse joint owner (for NQ contracts only) or the
spouse beneficiary (under a single owner contract) may elect to receive the
death benefit, continue the contract under our Beneficiary continuation option
(as discussed below in this section) or continue the contract, as follows:

..   In general, withdrawal charges (for Series B contracts) will no longer
    apply to contributions made before your death. Withdrawal charges will
    apply if additional contributions are made.

..   If the deceased spouse was the annuitant, the surviving spouse becomes the
    annuitant. If the deceased spouse was a joint annuitant, the contract will
    become a single annuitant contract.

Where an NQ contract is owned by a Living Trust, as defined in the contract,
and at the time of the annuitant's death the annuitant's spouse is the sole
beneficiary of the Living Trust, the Trustee, as owner of the contract, may
request that the spouse be substituted as annuitant as of the date of the
annuitant's death. No further change of annuitant will be permitted.

Where an IRA contract is owned in a custodial individual retirement account,
and your spouse is the sole beneficiary of the account, the custodian may
request that the spouse be substituted as annuitant after your death.

For jointly owned NQ contracts, if the younger spouse dies first no death
benefit is paid, and the contract continues as follows:

..   If the deceased spouse was the annuitant, the surviving spouse becomes the
    annuitant. If the deceased spouse was a joint annuitant, the contract will
    become a single annuitant contract.

..   The withdrawal charge schedule (for Series B contracts) remains in effect.

The transfer restrictions on amounts in Segments prior to election of Spousal
continuation remain in place. Any amounts in Segments may not be transferred
out of the Segments until their Segment Maturity Dates. The Segment Maturity
Value may be reinvested in other investment options.

If you divorce, Spousal continuation does not apply.

BENEFICIARY CONTINUATION OPTION

This feature permits a designated individual, on the contract owner's death, to
maintain a contract with the deceased contract owner's name on it and receive
distributions under the contract, instead of receiving the death benefit in a
single sum. We make this option available to beneficiaries under traditional
IRA, Roth IRA and NQ contracts, subject to state availability. Please speak
with your financial professional or see Appendix II later in this Prospectus
for further information.

Where an IRA contract is owned in a custodial individual retirement account,
the custodian may reinvest the death benefit in an individual retirement
annuity contract, using the account beneficiary as the annuitant. Please speak
with your financial professional for further information.

BENEFICIARY CONTINUATION OPTION FOR TRADITIONAL IRA AND ROTH IRA CONTRACTS
ONLY. The beneficiary continuation option must be elected by September 30th of
the year following the calendar year of your death and before any other
inconsistent election is made. Beneficiaries who do not make a timely election
will not be eligible for this option.

Generally, payments will be made once a year to the beneficiary over the
beneficiary's life expectancy (determined in the calendar year after your death
and determined on a term certain basis). These payments must begin no later
than December 31st of the calendar year after the year of your death. For sole
spousal beneficiaries, payments may begin by December 31st of the calendar year
in which you would have reached age 70 1/2, if such time is later. For
traditional IRA contracts only, if you die before your Required Beginning Date
for Required Minimum Distributions, as discussed later in this Prospectus in
"Tax information" under "Individual retirement arrangements (IRAs)," the
beneficiary may choose the "5-year rule" option instead of annual payments over
life expectancy. The 5-year rule is always available to beneficiaries under
Roth IRA contracts. If the beneficiary chooses this option, the beneficiary may
take withdrawals as desired, but the entire account value must be fully
withdrawn by December 31st of the calendar year which contains the fifth
anniversary of your death.

Under the beneficiary continuation option for IRA and Roth IRA contracts:

..   The contract continues with your name on it for the benefit of your
    beneficiary.

..   The beneficiary replaces the deceased owner as annuitant.

..   This feature is only available if the beneficiary is an individual. Certain
    trusts with only individual beneficiaries will be treated as individuals
    for this purpose.

..   If there is more than one beneficiary:

   -- each beneficiary's share will be separately accounted for. It will be
      distributed over the beneficiary's own life expectancy, if payments over
      life expectancy are chosen; and

   -- as of the date we receive satisfactory proof of death, any required
      instructions, information and forms necessary to effect the beneficiary
      continuation option feature for the

                                      51

                           PAYMENT OF DEATH BENEFIT






      first beneficiary, all Segments will be terminated and all Segment
      Interim Values will be transferred into the EQ/Money Market variable
      investment option.

..   If there is one beneficiary, the transfer restrictions on amounts in
    Segments prior to election of the beneficiary continuation option remain in
    place. Any amounts in Segments may not be transferred out of the Segments
    until their Segment Maturity Dates. The Segment Maturity Value may be
    reinvested in other investment options. However, if the beneficiary has
    chosen the "5-year rule," amounts may not be invested in Segments with
    Segment Maturity Dates later than December 31st of the calendar year which
    contains the fifth anniversary of your death.

..   A beneficiary who chooses to receive annual payments over his life
    expectancy should consult his tax adviser about selecting Segments that
    provide sufficient liquidity to satisfy the payout requirements under this
    option.

..   The minimum amount that is required in order to elect the beneficiary
    continuation option is $5,000 for each beneficiary.

..   The beneficiary may make transfers among the variable investment options
    but no additional contributions will be permitted.

..   The beneficiary may choose at any time to withdraw all or a portion of the
    account value and no withdrawal charges, if any, will apply.

..   Any partial withdrawal must be at least $300.

..   Your beneficiary will have the right to name a beneficiary to receive any
    remaining interest in the contract.

..   Upon the death of your beneficiary, the beneficiary he or she has named has
    the option to either continue taking required minimum distributions based
    on the remaining life expectancy of the deceased beneficiary or to receive
    any remaining interest in the contract in a lump sum. The option elected
    will be processed when we receive satisfactory proof of death, any required
    instructions for the method of payment and any required information and
    forms necessary to effect payment.

BENEFICIARY CONTINUATION OPTION FOR NQ CONTRACTS ONLY. This feature may only be
elected when the NQ contract owner dies before the annuity maturity date,
whether or not the owner and the annuitant are the same person. For purposes of
this discussion, "beneficiary" refers to the successor owner or the surviving
joint owner who elects this feature. This feature must be elected within 9
months following the date of your death and before any other inconsistent
election is made. Beneficiaries who do not make a timely election will not be
eligible for this option.

Generally, payments will be made once a year to the beneficiary over the
beneficiary's life expectancy, determined on a term certain basis and in the
year payments start. These payments must begin no later than one year after the
date of your death and are referred to as "scheduled payments." The beneficiary
may choose the "5-year rule" instead of scheduled payments over life
expectancy. If the beneficiary chooses the 5-year rule, there will be no
scheduled payments. Under the 5-year rule, the beneficiary may take withdrawals
as desired, but the entire account value must be fully withdrawn by the fifth
anniversary of your death.

Under the beneficiary continuation option for NQ contracts:

..   This feature is only available if the beneficiary is an individual. It is
    not available for any entity such as a trust, even if all of the
    beneficiaries of the trust are individuals.

..   The beneficiary automatically replaces the existing annuitant.

..   The contract continues with your name on it for the benefit of your
    beneficiary.

..   If there is more than one beneficiary:

   -- each beneficiary's share will be separately accounted for. It will be
      distributed over the respective beneficiary's own life expectancy, if
      scheduled payments are chosen; and

   -- as of the date we receive satisfactory proof of death, any required
      instructions, information and forms necessary to effect the beneficiary
      continuation option feature for the first beneficiary, all Segments will
      be terminated and all Segment Interim Values will be transferred into the
      EQ/Money Market variable investment option.

..   If there is one beneficiary, the transfer restrictions on amounts in
    Segments prior to the election of the beneficiary continuation option
    remain in place. Any amounts in Segments may not be transferred out of the
    Segments until their Segment Maturity Dates. The Segment Maturity Value may
    be reinvested in other investment options. However, if the beneficiary has
    chosen the "5-year rule," amounts may not be invested in Segments with
    Segment Maturity Dates later than the fifth anniversary of your death.

..   The minimum amount that is required in order to elect the beneficiary
    continuation option is $5,000 for each beneficiary.

..   The beneficiary may make transfers among the investment options but no
    additional contributions will be permitted.

..   If the beneficiary chooses the "5-year rule," withdrawals may be made at
    any time. If the beneficiary instead chooses scheduled payments, the
    beneficiary may also take withdrawals, in addition to scheduled payments,
    at any time.

..   Any partial withdrawals must be at least $300.

..   Your beneficiary will have the right to name a beneficiary to receive any
    remaining interest in the contract on the beneficiary's death.

..   Upon the death of your beneficiary, the beneficiary he or she has named has
    the option to either continue taking scheduled payments based on the
    remaining life expectancy of the deceased beneficiary (if scheduled
    payments were chosen) or to receive any remaining interest in the contract
    in a lump sum. We will pay any remaining interest in the contract in a lump
    sum if your beneficiary elects the 5-year rule. The option elected will be
    processed when we receive satisfactory proof of death, any required
    instructions for the method of payment and any required information and
    forms necessary to effect payment.

If the deceased is the owner or older joint owner:

..   No withdrawal charges will apply to any withdrawals by the beneficiary.

                                      52

                           PAYMENT OF DEATH BENEFIT







If the deceased is the younger non-spousal joint owner:

..   The contract's withdrawal charge schedule will continue to be applied to
    any withdrawal or surrender other than scheduled payments; the contract's
    free withdrawal amount will continue to apply to withdrawals but does not
    apply to surrenders.

..   We do not impose a withdrawal charge on scheduled payments except if, when
    added to any withdrawals previously taken in the same contract year,
    including for this purpose a contract surrender, the total amount of
    withdrawals and scheduled payments exceed the free withdrawal amount. See
    the "Withdrawal charges" in "Charges and expenses" earlier in this
    Prospectus.

                              -------------------

A beneficiary should speak to his or her tax professional about which
continuation option is appropriate for him or her. Factors to consider include,
but are not limited to, the beneficiary's age, need for immediate income and a
desire to continue the contract.


                                      53

                           PAYMENT OF DEATH BENEFIT





9. Tax information

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

OVERVIEW

In this part of the Prospectus, we discuss the current federal income tax rules
that generally apply to Structured Capital Strategies(R) contracts owned by
United States individual taxpayers. The tax rules can differ, depending on the
type of contract, whether NQ, traditional IRA Roth IRA or QP, and the
characteristics of the owner. Therefore, we discuss the tax aspects of each
type of contract separately.

Federal income tax rules include the United States laws in the Internal Revenue
Code, and Treasury Department Regulations and IRS interpretations of the
Internal Revenue Code. These tax rules may change without notice. We cannot
predict whether, when, or how these rules could change. Any change could affect
contracts purchased before the change. Congress may also consider proposals in
the future to comprehensively reform or overhaul the United States tax and
retirement systems, which if enacted, could affect the tax benefits of a
contract. We cannot predict what, if any, legislation will actually be proposed
or enacted.

We cannot provide detailed information on all tax aspects of the contracts.
Moreover, the tax aspects that apply to a particular person's contract may vary
depending on the facts applicable to that person. We do not discuss state
income and other state taxes, federal income tax and withholding rules for
non-U.S. taxpayers, or federal gift and estate taxes. We also do not discuss
the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA). Transfers of the
contract, rights or values under the contract, or payments under the contract,
for example, amounts due to beneficiaries, may be subject to federal or state
gift, estate or inheritance taxes. You should not rely only on this document,
but should consult your tax adviser before your purchase.

FATCA

Even though this section in the Prospectus discusses consequences to United
States individuals you should be aware that the Foreign Account Tax Compliance
Act ("FATCA") which applies beginning in 2014 to certain U.S.-source payments
may require AXA Equitable and its affiliates to obtain specified documentation
of an entity's status before payment is made in order to avoid punitive 30%
FATCA withholding. The FATCA rules are initially directed at foreign entities,
and may presume that various U.S. entities are "foreign" unless the U.S. entity
has documented its U.S. status by providing Form W-9. Also, in future years
FATCA and related rules may require us to document the status of certain
contractholders, as well as report contract values and other information for
such contractholders. For this reason AXA Equitable and its affiliates intend
to require appropriate status documentation at purchase, change of ownership,
and affected payment transactions including death benefit payments. FATCA and
its related guidance is extraordinarily complex and its effect varies
considerably by type of payor, type of payee and type of recipient.

BUYING A CONTRACT TO FUND A RETIREMENT ARRANGEMENT

Generally, there are two types of funding vehicles that are available for
Individual Retirement Arrangements ("IRAs"): an individual retirement annuity
contract such as the ones offered in this Prospectus, or an individual
retirement custodial or trusteed account. Annuity contracts can also be
purchased in connection with retirement plans qualified under Section 401(a) of
the Code. How these arrangements work, including special rules applicable to
each, are noted in the specific sections for each type of arrangement, below.
You should be aware that the funding vehicle for a tax-qualified arrangement
does not provide any tax deferral benefit beyond that already provided by the
Code for all permissible funding vehicles. Before choosing an annuity contract,
therefore, you should consider the annuity's features and benefits compared
with the features and benefits of other permissible funding vehicles and the
relative costs of annuities and other such arrangements. You should be aware
that cost may vary depending on the features and benefits made available and
the charges and expenses of the investment options you elect.

TRANSFERS AMONG INVESTMENT OPTIONS

If permitted under the terms of the contract, you can make transfers among
investment options inside the contract without triggering taxable income.

TAXATION OF NONQUALIFIED ANNUITIES

CONTRIBUTIONS

You may not deduct the amount of your contributions to a nonqualified annuity
contract.

CONTRACT EARNINGS

Generally, you are not taxed on contract earnings until you receive a
distribution from your contract, whether as a withdrawal or as an annuity
payment. However, earnings are taxable, even without a distribution:

..   if a contract fails investment diversification requirements as specified in
    federal income tax rules (these rules are based on or are similar to those
    specified for mutual funds under securities laws);

..   if you transfer a contract, for example, as a gift to someone other than
    your spouse (or former spouse);

..   if you use a contract as security for a loan (in this case, the amount
    pledged will be treated as a distribution); and

..   if the owner is other than an individual (such as a corporation,
    partnership, trust, or other non-natural person). This provision does not
    apply to a trust which is a mere agent or nominee for an individual, such
    as a grantor trust.

Federal tax law requires that all nonqualified deferred annuity contracts that
AXA Equitable and its affiliates issue to you during the same calendar year be
linked together and treated as one contract for calculating the taxable amount
of any distribution from any of those contracts.

                                      54

                                TAX INFORMATION







ANNUITY PAYMENTS

The following applies to an annuitization of the entire contract. In certain
cases, the contract can be partially annuitized. See "Partial annuitization"
below.

Annuitization under a Structured Capital Strategies(R) contract occurs when
your entire interest under the contract is or has been applied to one or more
payout options intended to amortize amounts over your life or over a period
certain generally limited by the period of your life expectancy. (We do not
currently offer a period certain option without life contingencies.) Annuity
payouts can also be determined on a joint life basis. After annuitization, no
further contributions to the contract may be made, the annuity payout amount
must be paid at least annually, and annuity payments cannot be stopped except
by death or surrender (if permitted under the terms of the contract).

Once annuity payments begin, a portion of each payment is taxable as ordinary
income. You get back the remaining portion without paying taxes on it. This is
your unrecovered investment in the contract. Generally, your investment in the
contract equals the contributions you made, less any amounts you previously
withdrew that were not taxable.

For fixed annuity payments, the tax-free portion of each payment is determined
by (1) dividing your investment in the contract by the total amount you are
expected to receive out of the contract, and (2) multiplying the result by the
amount of the payment. For variable annuity payments, your tax-free portion of
each payment is your investment in the contract divided by the number of
expected payments. If you have a loss on a variable annuity payout in a taxable
year, you may be able to adjust the tax-free amount in subsequent years.

Once you have received the amount of your investment in the contract, all
payments after that are fully taxable. If payments under a life annuity stop
because the annuitant dies, there is an income tax deduction for any
unrecovered investment in the contract.

Your rights to apply amounts under this Structured Capital Strategies(R)
contract to an annuity payout option are described elsewhere in this
Prospectus. If you hold your contract to the maximum maturity age under the
contract we require that a choice be made between taking a lump sum settlement
of any remaining account value or applying any such account value to an annuity
payout option we may offer at the time under the contract. If no affirmative
choice is made, we will apply any remaining account value or interest in the
contract to the default option under the contract at such age. While there is
no specific federal tax guidance as to whether or when an annuity contract is
required to mature, or as to the form of the payments to be made upon maturity,
we believe that this Structured Capital Strategies(R) contract constitutes an
annuity contract under current federal tax rules.

PARTIAL ANNUITIZATION

The consequences described above for annuitization of the entire contract apply
to the portion of the contract which is partially annuitized. A nonqualified
deferred annuity contract is treated as being partially annuitized if a portion
of the contract is applied to an annuity payout option on a life-contingent
basis or for a period certain of at least 10 years. In order to get annuity
payment tax treatment for the portion of the contract applied to the annuity
payout, payments must be made at least annually in substantially equal amounts,
the payments must be designed to amortize the amount applied over life or the
period certain, and the payments cannot be stopped, except by death or
surrender (if permitted under the terms of the contract). The investment in the
contract is split between the partially annuitized portion and the deferred
amount remaining based on the relative values of the amount applied to the
annuity payout and the deferred amount remaining at the time of the partial
annuitization. Also, the partial annuitization has its own annuity starting
date. We do not currently offer a period certain option without life
contingencies.

WITHDRAWALS MADE BEFORE ANNUITY PAYMENTS BEGIN

If you make withdrawals before annuity payments begin under your contract, they
are taxable to you as ordinary income if there are earnings in the contract.
Generally, earnings are your account value less your investment in the
contract. If you withdraw an amount which is more than the earnings in the
contract as of the date of the withdrawal, the balance of the distribution is
treated as a reduction of your investment in the contract and is not taxable.
If you have a Series ADV contract, withdrawals made by your investment advisor
are taxable to you.

Collateral assignments are taxable to the extent of any earnings in the
contract at the time any portion of the contract's value is assigned as
collateral. Therefore, if you assign your contract as collateral for a loan
with a third party after the contract is issued, you may have taxable income
even though you receive no payments under the contract. AXA Equitable will
report any income attributable to a collateral assignment on Form 1099-R. Also,
if AXA Equitable makes payments or distributions to the assignee pursuant to
directions under the collateral assignment agreement, any gains in such
payments may be taxable to you and reportable on Form 1099-R even though you do
not receive them.

1035 EXCHANGES

You may purchase a nonqualified deferred annuity through an exchange of another
contract. Normally, exchanges of contracts are taxable events. The exchange
will not be taxable under Section 1035 of the Internal Revenue Code if:

..   the contract that is the source of the funds you are using to purchase the
    nonqualified deferred annuity contract is another nonqualified deferred
    annuity contract or life insurance or endowment contract.

..   the owner and the annuitant are the same under the source contract and the
    contract issued in exchange. If you are using a life insurance or endowment
    contract the owner and the insured must be the same on both sides of the
    exchange transaction.

In some cases you may make a tax-deferred 1035 exchange from a nonqualified
deferred annuity contract to a "qualified long-term care contract" meeting all
specified requirements under the Code or an annuity contract with a "qualified
long-term care contract" feature (sometimes referred to as a "combination
annuity" contract).

The tax basis, also referred to as your investment in the contract, of the
source contract carries over to the contract issued in exchange.

An owner may direct the proceeds of a partial withdrawal from one nonqualified
deferred annuity contract to purchase or contribute to another nonqualified
deferred annuity contract on a tax-deferred basis. If requirements are met, the
owner may also directly transfer

                                      55

                                TAX INFORMATION






amounts from a nonqualified deferred annuity contract to a "qualified long-term
care contract" or "combination annuity" in such a partial 1035 exchange
transaction. Special forms, agreement between the carriers, and provision of
cost basis information may be required to process this type of an exchange.

If you are purchasing your contract through a Section 1035 exchange, you should
be aware that AXA Equitable cannot guarantee that the exchange from the source
contract to the contract you are applying for will be treated as a Section 1035
exchange; the insurance company issuing the source contract controls the tax
information reporting of the transaction as a Section 1035 exchange. Because
information reports are not provided and filed until the calendar year after
the exchange transaction, the insurance company issuing the source contract
shows its agreement that the transaction is a 1035 exchange by providing to us
the cost basis of the exchanged source contract when it transfers the money to
us on your behalf.

Even if the contract owner and the insurance companies agree that a full or
partial 1035 exchange is intended, the IRS has the ultimate authority to review
the facts and determine that the transaction should be recharacterized as
taxable in whole or in part.

Section 1035 exchanges are generally not available after the death of the
owner. The destination contract must meet specific post-death payout
requirements to prevent avoidance of the death of owner rules. See "Payment of
death benefit".

SURRENDERS

If you surrender or cancel the contract, the distribution is taxable as
ordinary income (not capital gain) to the extent it exceeds your investment in
the contract.

DEATH BENEFIT PAYMENTS MADE TO A BENEFICIARY AFTER YOUR DEATH

For the rules applicable to death benefits, see "Payment of death benefit"
earlier in this Prospectus. The tax treatment of a death benefit taken as a
single sum is generally the same as the tax treatment of a withdrawal from or
surrender of your contract. The tax treatment of a death benefit taken as
annuity payments is generally the same as the tax treatment of annuity payments
under your contract.

Under the Beneficiary continuation option, the tax treatment of a withdrawal
after the death of the owner taken as a single sum or taken as withdrawals
under the 5-year rule is generally the same as the tax treatment of a
withdrawal from or surrender of your contract.

EARLY DISTRIBUTION PENALTY TAX

If you take distributions before you are age 59 1/2, a penalty tax of 10% of
the taxable portion of your distribution applies in addition to the income tax.
Some of the available exceptions to the pre-age 59 1/2 penalty tax include
distributions made:

..   on or after your death; or

..   because you are disabled (special federal income tax definition); or

..   in the form of substantially equal periodic payments made at least annually
    over your life (or your life expectancy) or over the joint lives of you and
    your beneficiary (or your joint life expectancies) using an IRS-approved
    distribution method.

Please note that it is your responsibility to claim the penalty exception on
your own income tax return and to document eligibility for the exception to the
IRS.

ADDITIONAL TAX ON NET INVESTMENT INCOME

Taxpayers who have modified adjusted gross income ("MAGI") over a specified
amount and who also have specified net investment income in any year may have
to pay an additional surtax of 3.8%. (This tax has been informally referred to
as the "Net Investment Income Tax" or "NIIT"). For this purpose net investment
income includes distributions from and payments under nonqualified annuity
contracts. The threshold amount of MAGI varies by filing status: $200,000 for
single filers; $250,000 for married taxpayers filing jointly, and $125,000 for
married taxpayers filing separately. The tax applies to the lesser of a) the
amount of MAGI over the applicable threshold amount or b) the net investment
income. You should discuss with your tax adviser the potential effect of this
tax.

INVESTOR CONTROL ISSUES

Under certain circumstances, the IRS has stated that you could be treated as
the owner (for tax purposes) of the assets of Separate Account No. 49. If you
were treated as the owner, you would be taxed on income and gains attributable
to the shares of the underlying portfolios.

The circumstances that would lead to this tax treatment would be that, in the
opinion of the IRS, you could control the underlying investment of Separate
Account No. 49. Recently, the IRS has said that the owners of variable
annuities will not be treated as owning the separate account assets provided
the underlying portfolios are restricted to variable life and annuity assets.
The variable annuity owners must have the right only to choose among the
portfolios, and must have no right to direct the particular investment
decisions within the portfolios.

Also we do not believe that these rules apply to the assets of Separate Account
No. 68, because contract owners have no interest in the performance of those
assets.

Although we believe that, under current IRS guidance, you would not be treated
as the owner of the assets of Separate Account No. 49, there are some issues
that remain unclear. For example, the IRS has not issued any guidance as to
whether having a larger number of portfolios available, or an unlimited right
to transfer among them, could cause you to be treated as the owner. We do not
know whether the IRS will ever provide such guidance or whether such guidance,
if unfavorable, would apply retroactively to your contract. Furthermore, the
IRS could reverse its current guidance at any time. We reserve the right to
modify your contract as necessary to prevent you from being treated as the
owner of the assets of Separate Account No 49.

INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ARRANGEMENTS ("IRAS")

GENERAL

"IRA" stands for individual retirement arrangement. There are two basic types
of such arrangements, individual retirement accounts and individual retirement
annuities. In an individual retirement account, a trustee or custodian holds
the assets funding the account for the benefit of the IRA owner. The assets
typically include mutual funds and/or individual stocks and securities in a
custodial account, and bank certificates of deposit in a trusteed account. In
an individual retirement annuity, an insurance company issues an annuity
contract that serves as the IRA.

                                      56

                                TAX INFORMATION







There are two basic types of IRAs, as follows:

..   traditional IRAs, typically funded on a pre-tax basis; and

..   Roth IRAs, funded on an after-tax basis.

Regardless of the type of IRA, your ownership interest in the IRA cannot be
forfeited. You or your beneficiaries who survive you are the only ones who can
receive the IRA's benefits or payments. All types of IRAs qualify for tax
deferral, regardless of the funding vehicle selected.

You can hold your IRA assets in as many different accounts and annuities as you
would like, as long as you meet the rules for setting up and making
contributions to IRAs. However, if you own multiple IRAs, you may be required
to combine IRA values or contributions for tax purposes. For further
information about individual retirement arrangements, you can read Internal
Revenue Service Publications 590-A ("Contributions to Individual Retirement
Arrangements (IRAs)") and 590-B ("Distributions from Individual Retirement
Arrangements (IRAs)"). These publications are usually updated annually, and can
be obtained by contacting the IRS or from the IRS website (www.irs.gov).

AXA Equitable designs its IRA contracts to qualify as "individual retirement
annuities" under Section 408(b) of the Internal Revenue Code. We offer the
Structured Capital Strategies(R) contract in both traditional IRA and Roth IRA
versions.

This Prospectus contains the information that the IRS requires you to have
before you purchase an IRA. The first section covers some of the special tax
rules that apply to traditional IRAs. The next section covers
Roth IRAs. The disclosure generally assumes direct ownership of the individual
retirement annuity contracts. For contracts owned in a custodial individual
retirement account, the disclosure will apply only if you terminate your
account or transfer ownership of the contract to yourself.

We describe the amount and types of charges that may apply to your
contributions under "Charges and expenses" earlier in this Prospectus. We
describe the method of calculating payments under "Accessing your money"
earlier in this Prospectus. We do not guarantee or project growth in variable
income annuitization option payments (as opposed to payments from a fixed
income annuitization option).

We have not applied for opinion letters approving the respective forms of the
traditional IRA and Roth IRA contracts for use as a traditional and Roth IRA,
respectively. This IRS approval is a determination only as to the form of the
annuity. It does not represent a determination of the merits of the annuity as
an investment.

YOUR RIGHT TO CANCEL WITHIN A CERTAIN NUMBER OF DAYS

You can cancel either version of the Structured Capital Strategies(R) IRA
contract (traditional IRA or Roth IRA) by following the directions under "Your
right to cancel within a certain number of days" in "Contract features and
benefits" earlier in this Prospectus. If you cancel a traditional IRA, or Roth
IRA contract, we may have to withhold tax, and we must report the transaction
to the IRS. A contract cancellation could have an unfavorable tax impact.

TRADITIONAL INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES (TRADITIONAL IRAS)

CONTRIBUTIONS TO TRADITIONAL IRAS. Individuals may make three different types
of contributions to purchase a traditional IRA or as subsequent contributions
to an existing IRA:

..   "regular" contributions out of earned income or compensation; or

..   tax-free "rollover" contributions; or

..   direct custodian-to-custodian transfers from other traditional IRAs
    ("direct transfers").

When you make a contribution to your IRA, we require you to tell us whether it
is a regular contribution, rollover contribution, or direct transfer
contribution, and to supply supporting documentation in some cases.

Because the minimum initial contribution AXA Equitable requires to purchase
this contract is larger than the maximum regular contribution you can make to
an IRA for a taxable year, this contract must be purchased through a rollover
or direct transfer contribution.

REGULAR CONTRIBUTIONS TO TRADITIONAL IRAS

LIMITS ON CONTRIBUTIONS. The "maximum regular contribution amount" for any
taxable year is the most that can be contributed to all of your IRAs
(traditional and Roth) as regular contributions for the particular taxable
year. The maximum regular contribution amount depends on age, earnings, and
year, among other things. Generally, $5,500 is the maximum amount that you may
contribute to all IRAs (traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs) for 2015, after
adjustment for cost-of-living changes. When your earnings are below $5,500,
your earned income or compensation for the year is the most you can contribute.
This limit does not apply to rollover contributions or direct
custodian-to-custodian transfers into a traditional IRA. You cannot make
regular traditional IRA contributions for the taxable year in which you reach
age 70 1/2 or any taxable year after that.

If you are at least age 50 at any time during the taxable year for which you
are making a regular contribution to your IRA, you may be eligible to make
additional "catch up contributions" of up to $1,000 to your traditional IRA.

SPECIAL RULES FOR SPOUSES. If you are married and file a joint federal income
tax return, you and your spouse may combine your compensation to determine the
amount of regular contributions you are permitted to make to traditional IRAs
(and Roth IRAs discussed below). Even if one spouse has no compensation, or
compensation under $5,500, married individuals filing jointly can contribute up
to $11,000 per year to any combination of traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs. Any
contributions to Roth IRAs reduce the ability to contribute to traditional IRAs
and vice versa. The maximum amount may be less if earned income is less and the
other spouse has made IRA contributions. No more than a combined total of
$5,500 can be contributed annually to either spouse's traditional and Roth
IRAs. Each spouse owns his or her traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs even if the
other spouse funded the contributions. A working spouse age 70 1/2 or over can
contribute up to the lesser of $5,500 or 100% of "earned income" to a
traditional IRA for a nonworking spouse until the year in which the nonworking
spouse reaches age 70 1/2. Catch-up contributions may be made as described
above for spouses who are at least age 50 but under age 70 1/2 at any time
during the taxable year for which the contribution is being made.

DEDUCTIBILITY OF CONTRIBUTIONS. The amount of traditional IRA contributions
that you can deduct for a taxable year depends on whether you are covered by an
employer-sponsored-tax-favored retirement plan, as defined under special
federal income tax rules. Your Form W-2 will indicate whether or not you are
covered by such a retirement plan.

                                      57

                                TAX INFORMATION







The federal tax rules governing contributions to IRAs made from current
compensation are complex and are subject to numerous technical requirements and
limitations which vary based on an individual's personal situation (including
his/her spouse). IRS Publication 590-A, ("CONTRIBUTIONS TO INDIVIDUAL
RETIREMENT ARRANGEMENTS (IRAS)") which is updated annually and is available at
www.irs.gov, contains pertinent explanations of the rules applicable to the
current year. The amount of permissible contributions to IRAs, the amount of
IRA contributions which may be deductible, and the individual's income limits
for determining contributions and deductions all may be adjusted annually for
cost of living.

NONDEDUCTIBLE REGULAR CONTRIBUTIONS. If you are not eligible to deduct part or
all of the traditional IRA contribution, you may still make nondeductible
contributions on which earnings will accumulate on a tax-deferred basis. The
combined deductible and nondeductible contributions to your traditional IRA (or
the nonworking spouse's traditional IRA) may not, however, exceed the maximum
$5,000 per person limit for the applicable taxable year ($5,500 for 2015 after
adjustment). The dollar limit is $1,000 higher for people eligible to make age
50-70 1/2 "catch-up" contributions ($6,500 for 2015). You must keep your own
records of deductible and nondeductible contributions in order to prevent
double taxation on the distribution of previously taxed amounts. See
"Withdrawals, payments and transfers of funds out of traditional IRAs" below.

If you are making nondeductible contributions in any taxable year, or you have
made nondeductible contributions to a traditional IRA in prior years and are
receiving distributions from any traditional IRA, you must file the required
information with the IRS. Moreover, if you are making nondeductible traditional
IRA contributions, you must retain all income tax returns and records
pertaining to such contributions until interests in all traditional IRAs are
fully distributed.

WHEN YOU CAN MAKE REGULAR CONTRIBUTIONS. If you file your tax returns on a
calendar year basis like most taxpayers, you have until the April 15 return
filing deadline (without extensions) of the following calendar year to make
your regular traditional IRA contributions for a tax year. Make sure you
designate the year for which you are making the contribution.

ROLLOVER AND DIRECT TRANSFER CONTRIBUTIONS TO TRADITIONAL IRAS

Rollover contributions may be made to a traditional IRA from these "eligible
retirement plans":

..   qualified plans;

..   governmental employer 457(b) plans;

..   403(b) plans; and

..   other traditional IRAs.

Direct transfer contributions may only be made directly from one traditional
IRA to another.

Any amount contributed to a traditional IRA after you reach age 70 1/2 must be
net of your required minimum distribution for the year in which the rollover or
direct transfer contribution is made.

ROLLOVERS FROM "ELIGIBLE RETIREMENT PLANS" OTHER THAN TRADITIONAL IRAS

Your plan administrator will tell you whether or not your distribution is
eligible to be rolled over. Spousal beneficiaries and spousal alternate payees
under qualified domestic relations orders may roll over funds on the same basis
as the plan participant.

There are two ways to do rollovers:

..   Do it yourself:

   You receive a distribution that can be rolled over and you roll it over to a
   traditional IRA within 60 days after the date you receive the funds. The
   distribution from your eligible retirement plan will be net of 20% mandatory
   federal income tax withholding. If you want, you can replace the withheld
   funds yourself and roll over the full amount.

..   Direct rollover:

   You tell the trustee or custodian of the eligible retirement plan to send
   the distribution directly to your traditional IRA issuer. Direct rollovers
   are not subject to mandatory federal income tax withholding.

All distributions from a qualified plan, 403(b) plan or governmental employer
457(b) plan are eligible rollover distributions, unless the distributions are:

..   "required minimum distributions" after age 70 1/2 or retirement from
    service with the employer; or

..   substantially equal periodic payments made at least annually for your life
    (or life expectancy) or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of you
    and your designated beneficiary; or

..   substantially equal periodic payments made for a specified period of 10
    years or more; or

..   hardship withdrawals; or

..   corrective distributions that fit specified technical tax rules; or

..   loans that are treated as distributions; or

..   death benefit payments to a beneficiary who is not your surviving spouse; or

..   qualified domestic relations order distributions to a beneficiary who is
    not your current spouse or former spouse.

You should discuss with your tax adviser whether you should consider rolling
over funds from one type of tax qualified retirement plan to another, because
the funds will generally be subject to the rules of the recipient plan. For
example, funds in a governmental employer 457(b) plan are not subject to the
additional 10% federal income tax penalty for premature distributions, but they
may become subject to this penalty if you roll the funds to a different type of
eligible retirement plan, such as a traditional IRA, and subsequently take a
premature distribution.

Rollovers from an eligible retirement plan to a traditional IRA are not subject
to the "one-per-year limit" noted later in this section.

ROLLOVERS OF AFTER-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS FROM ELIGIBLE RETIREMENT PLANS OTHER THAN
TRADITIONAL IRAS

Any non-Roth after-tax contributions you have made to a qualified plan or
403(b) plan (but not a governmental employer 457(b) plan) may be rolled over to
a traditional IRA (either in a direct rollover or a rollover you do yourself).
When the recipient plan is a traditional IRA, you are responsible for
recordkeeping and calculating the taxable amount of any distributions you take
from that traditional IRA. See "Taxation of payments"

                                      58

                                TAX INFORMATION






later in this Prospectus under "Withdrawals, payments and transfers of funds
out of traditional IRAs." After-tax contributions in a traditional IRA cannot
be rolled over from your traditional IRA into, or back into, a qualified plan,
403(b) plan or governmental employer 457(b) plan.

ROLLOVERS FROM TRADITIONAL IRAS TO TRADITIONAL IRAS

You may roll over amounts from one traditional IRA to one or more of your other
traditional IRAs if you complete the transaction within 60 days after you
receive the funds. You may make such a rollover only once in every 12-month
period for the same funds. We call this the "one-per-year limit." It is the IRA
owner's responsibility to determine if this rule is met. Trustee-to-trustee or
custodian-to-custodian direct transfers are not rollover transactions. You can
make these more frequently than once in every 12-month period.

SPOUSAL ROLLOVERS AND DIVORCE-RELATED DIRECT TRANSFERS

The surviving spouse beneficiary of a deceased individual can roll over funds
from, or directly transfer funds from, the deceased spouse's traditional IRA to
one or more other traditional IRAs. Also, in some cases, traditional IRAs can
be transferred on a tax-free basis between spouses or former spouses as a
result of a court-ordered divorce or separation decree.

EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS TO TRADITIONAL IRAS

Excess contributions to IRAs are subject to a 6% excise tax for the year in
which made and for each year after until withdrawn. The following are excess
contributions to IRAs:

..   regular contributions of more than the maximum regular contribution amount
    for the applicable taxable year; or

..   regular contributions to a traditional IRA made after you reach age 70 1/2;
    or

..   rollover contributions of amounts which are not eligible to be rolled over,
    for example, minimum distributions required to be made after age 70 1/2.

You can avoid or limit the excise tax by withdrawing an excess contribution
(rollover or regular). See Publications 590-A and 590-B for further details.

RECHARACTERIZATIONS

Amounts that have been contributed as traditional IRA funds may subsequently be
treated as Roth IRA funds. Special federal income tax rules allow you to change
your mind again and have amounts that are subsequently treated as Roth IRA
funds, once again treated as traditional IRA funds. You do this by using the
forms we prescribe. This is referred to as having "recharacterized" your
contribution.

WITHDRAWALS, PAYMENTS AND TRANSFERS OF FUNDS OUT OF TRADITIONAL IRAS

NO FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAW RESTRICTIONS ON WITHDRAWALS. You can withdraw any or
all of your funds from a traditional IRA at any time. You do not need to wait
for a special event like retirement.

TAXATION OF PAYMENTS. Amounts distributed from traditional IRAs are not subject
to federal income tax until you or your beneficiary receive them. Taxable
payments or distributions include withdrawals from your contract, surrender of
your contract and annuity payments from your contract. Death benefits are also
taxable.

We report all payments from traditional IRA contracts on IRS Form 1099-R. You
are responsible for reporting these amounts correctly on your individual income
tax return and keeping supporting records. Except as discussed below, the total
amount of any distribution from a traditional IRA must be included in your
gross income as ordinary income.

If you have ever made nondeductible (after-tax) IRA contributions to any
traditional IRA (it does not have to be to this particular traditional IRA
contract), those contributions are recovered tax-free when you get
distributions from any traditional IRA. It is your responsibility to keep
permanent tax records of all of your nondeductible contributions to traditional
IRAs so that you can correctly report the taxable amount of any distribution on
your own tax return. At the end of any year in which you have received a
distribution from any traditional IRA, you calculate the ratio of your total
nondeductible traditional IRA contributions (less any amounts previously
withdrawn tax free) to the total account balances of all traditional IRAs you
own at the end of the year plus all traditional IRA distributions made during
the year. Multiply this by all distributions from the traditional IRA during
the year to determine the nontaxable portion of each distribution.

A distribution from a traditional IRA is not taxable if:

..   the amount received is a withdrawal of certain excess contributions, as
    described in IRS Publications 590-A and 590-B; or

..   the entire amount received is rolled over to another traditional IRA or
    other eligible retirement plan which agrees to accept the funds. (See
    "Rollovers from eligible retirement plans other than traditional IRAs"
    under "Rollover and direct transfer contributions to traditional IRAs"
    earlier in this section for more information.)

The following are eligible to receive rollovers of distributions from a
traditional IRA: a qualified plan, a 403(b) plan or a governmental employer 457
plan. After-tax contributions in a traditional IRA cannot be rolled from your
traditional IRA into, or back into, a qualified plan, 403(b) plan or
governmental employer 457 plan. Before you decide to roll over a distribution
from a traditional IRA to another eligible retirement plan, you should check
with the administrator of that plan about whether the plan accepts rollovers
and, if so, the types it accepts. You should also check with the administrator
of the receiving plan about any documents required to be completed before it
will accept a rollover.

Distributions from a traditional IRA are not eligible for favorable ten-year
averaging and long-term capital gain treatment available under limited
circumstances for certain distributions from qualified plans. If you might be
eligible for such tax treatment from your qualified plan, you may be able to
preserve such tax treatment even though an eligible rollover from a qualified
plan is temporarily rolled into a "conduit IRA" before being rolled back into a
qualified plan. See your tax adviser.

IRA DISTRIBUTIONS DIRECTLY TRANSFERRED TO CHARITY. Specified distributions from
IRAs directly transferred to charitable organizations have been tax-free to IRA
owners age 70 1/2 or older in past years. This is a temporary provision and
must be extended by Congress to be in effect for a particular year. In past
years Congress has sometimes extended this provision retroactively. You can
direct AXA Equitable to make a distribution directly to a charitable
organization you request whether or not such distribution might be eligible for
favorable tax treatment. If favorable tax treatment is important to you, you
should check with your own tax adviser to see if this provision is in effect
before you request a charitable direct transfer from your IRA.

                                      59

                                TAX INFORMATION







REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS

BACKGROUND ON REGULATIONS -- REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS

Distributions must be made from traditional IRAs according to rules contained
in the Code and Treasury Regulations. Certain provisions of the Treasury
Regulations require that the actuarial present value of additional annuity
contract benefits must be added to the dollar amount credited for purposes of
calculating certain types of required minimum distributions from individual
retirement annuity contracts. For this purpose additional annuity contract
benefits may include, but are not limited to, various guaranteed benefits. This
could increase the amount required to be distributed from the contracts if you
take annual withdrawals instead of annuitizing. Currently we believe that these
provisions would not apply to Structured Capital Strategies(R) contracts
because of the type of benefits provided under the contracts. However, if you
take annual withdrawals instead of annuitizing, please consult your tax adviser
concerning applicability of these complex rules to your situation.

LIFETIME REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS. You must start taking annual
distributions from your traditional IRAs for the year in which you turn age
70 1/2.

WHEN YOU HAVE TO TAKE THE FIRST LIFETIME REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION. The
first required minimum distribution is for the calendar year in which you turn
age 70 1/2. You have the choice to take this first required minimum
distribution during the calendar year you actually reach age 70 1/2, or to
delay taking it until the first three-month period in the next calendar year
(January 1 - April 1). Distributions must start no later than your "Required
Beginning Date," which is April 1st of the calendar year after the calendar
year in which you turn age 70 1/2. If you choose to delay taking the first
annual minimum distribution, then you will have to take two minimum
distributions in that year -- the delayed one for the first year and the one
actually for that year. Once minimum distributions begin, they must be made at
some time each year.

HOW YOU CAN CALCULATE REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS. There are two approaches
to taking required minimum distributions -- "account-based" or "annuity-based."

ACCOUNT-BASED METHOD. If you choose an account-based method, you divide the
value of your traditional IRA as of December 31st of the past calendar year by
a number corresponding to your age from an IRS table. This gives you the
required minimum distribution amount for that particular IRA for that year. If
your spouse is your sole beneficiary and more than 10 years younger than you,
the dividing number you use may be from another IRS table and may produce a
smaller lifetime required minimum distribution amount. Regardless of the table
used, the required minimum distribution amount will vary each year as the
account value, the actuarial present value of additional annuity contract
benefits, if applicable, and the divisor change. If you initially choose an
account-based method, you may later apply your traditional IRA funds to a life
annuity-based payout with any certain period not exceeding remaining life
expectancy, determined in accordance with IRS tables.

If you choose an account-based method, the RMD amount for your Structured
Capital Strategies(R) traditional IRA contract is calculated with respect to
your entire interest in the contract, including your allocations to one or more
variable investment options and one or more of the Segments in the Structured
Investment Option.

ANNUITY-BASED METHOD. If you choose an annuity-based method, you do not have to
do annual calculations. You apply the account value to an annuity payout for
your life or the joint lives of you and a designated beneficiary, or for a
period certain not extending beyond applicable life expectancies, determined in
accordance with IRS tables.

DO YOU HAVE TO PICK THE SAME METHOD TO CALCULATE YOUR REQUIRED MINIMUM
DISTRIBUTIONS FOR ALL OF YOUR TRADITIONAL IRAS AND OTHER RETIREMENT PLANS? No.
If you want, you can choose a different method for each of your traditional
IRAs and other retirement plans. For example, you can choose an annuity payout
from one IRA, a different annuity payout from a qualified plan, and an
account-based annual withdrawal from another IRA.

WILL WE PAY YOU THE ANNUAL AMOUNT EVERY YEAR FROM YOUR TRADITIONAL IRA BASED ON
THE METHOD YOU CHOOSE? We will only pay you automatically if you affirmatively
select an annuity payout option or an account-based withdrawal option such as
our "automatic required minimum distribution (RMD) service." Even if you do not
enroll in our service, we will calculate the amount of the required minimum
distribution withdrawal for you, if you so request in writing. However, in that
case you will be responsible for asking us to pay the required minimum
distribution withdrawal to you.

Also, if you are taking account-based withdrawals from all of your traditional
IRAs, the IRS will let you calculate the required minimum distribution for each
traditional IRA that you maintain, using the method that you picked for that
particular IRA. You can add these required minimum distribution amount
calculations together. As long as the total amount you take out every year
satisfies your overall traditional IRA required minimum distribution amount,
you may choose to take your annual required minimum distribution from any one
or more traditional IRAs that you own.

If you are at an age where you are required to take lifetime required minimum
distributions from traditional IRAs you should consider the effect of
allocations to the Structured Investment Option under a Structured Capital
Strategies(R) traditional IRA contract. You should consider whether you have a
sufficient amount allocated to the Variable Investment Options under this
contract and/or sufficient liquidity under other traditional IRAs that you
maintain in order to satisfy your RMD for this contract without affecting
amounts allocated to the Structured Investment Option under this contract.

Particularly if you hold any portion of your Structured Capital Strategies(R)
IRA contract value in Segments, you should make sure to have money invested in
the variable investment options and/or other traditional IRAs in order to have
enough liquidity in the contract or elsewhere to satisfy your RMD withdrawals
without dipping into a Segment.

WHAT IF YOU TAKE MORE THAN YOU NEED TO FOR ANY YEAR? The required minimum
distribution amount for your traditional IRAs is calculated on a year-by-year
basis. There are no carry-back or carry-forward provisions. Also, you cannot
apply required minimum distribution amounts you take from your qualified plans
to the amounts you have to take from your traditional IRAs and vice versa.

WHAT IF YOU TAKE LESS THAN YOU NEED TO FOR ANY YEAR? Your IRA could be
disqualified, and you could have to pay tax on the entire value. Even if your
IRA is not disqualified, you could have to pay a 50% penalty tax on the
shortfall (required amount for traditional IRAs less amount actually taken). It
is your responsibility to meet the

                                      60

                                TAX INFORMATION






required minimum distribution rules. We will remind you when our records show
that you are within the age group which must take lifetime required minimum
distributions. If you do not select a method with us, we will assume you are
taking your required minimum distribution from another traditional IRA that you
own.

WHAT ARE THE REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION PAYMENTS AFTER YOU DIE? These could
vary depending on whether you die before or after your Required Beginning Date
for lifetime required minimum distribution payments, and the status of your
beneficiary. The following assumes that you have not yet elected an
annuity-based payout at the time of your death. If you elect an annuity-based
payout, payments (if any) after your death must be made at least as rapidly as
when you were alive.

INDIVIDUAL BENEFICIARY. Regardless of whether your death occurs before or after
your Required Beginning Date, an individual death beneficiary calculates annual
post-death required minimum distribution payments based on the beneficiary's
life expectancy using the "term certain method." That is, he or she determines
his or her life expectancy using the IRS-provided life expectancy tables as of
the calendar year after the owner's death and reduces that number by one each
subsequent year.

If you die before your Required Beginning Date, the rules permit any individual
beneficiary, including a spousal beneficiary, to elect instead to apply the
"5-year rule." Under this rule, instead of annual payments having to be made
beginning with the first in the year following the owner's death, the entire
account must be distributed by the end of the calendar year which contains the
fifth anniversary of the owner's death. No distribution is required before that
fifth year.

SPOUSAL BENEFICIARY. If you die after your Required Beginning Date, and your
death beneficiary is your surviving spouse, your spouse has a number of
choices. Post-death distributions may be made over your spouse's single life
expectancy. Any amounts distributed after that surviving spouse's death are
made over the spouse's life expectancy calculated in the year of his/her death,
reduced by one for each subsequent year. In some circumstances, your surviving
spouse may elect to become the owner of the traditional IRA and halt
distributions until he or she reaches age 70 1/2, or roll over amounts from
your traditional IRA into his/her own traditional IRA or other eligible
retirement plan.

If you die before your Required Beginning Date, and the death beneficiary is
your surviving spouse, the rules permit the spouse to delay starting payments
over his/her life expectancy until the year in which you would have attained
age 70 1/2.

NON-INDIVIDUAL BENEFICIARY. If you die after your Required Beginning Date, and
your death beneficiary is a non-individual, such as the estate, the rules
permit the beneficiary to calculate post-death required minimum distribution
amounts based on the owner's life expectancy in the year of death. HOWEVER,
NOTE THAT WE NEED AN INDIVIDUAL ANNUITANT TO KEEP AN ANNUITY CONTRACT IN FORCE.
IF THE BENEFICIARY IS NOT AN INDIVIDUAL, WE MUST DISTRIBUTE AMOUNTS REMAINING
IN THE ANNUITY CONTRACT AFTER THE DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT.

If you die before your Required Beginning Date for lifetime required minimum
distribution payments, and the death beneficiary is a non-individual, such as
the estate, the rules continue to apply the 5-year rule discussed above under
"Individual beneficiary." PLEASE NOTE THAT WE NEED AN INDIVIDUAL ANNUITANT TO
KEEP AN ANNUITY CONTRACT IN FORCE. IF THE BENEFICIARY IS NOT AN INDIVIDUAL, WE
MUST DISTRIBUTE AMOUNTS REMAINING IN THE ANNUITY CONTRACT AFTER THE DEATH OF
THE ANNUITANT.

SPOUSAL CONTINUATION

If the contract is continued under Spousal continuation, the required minimum
distribution rules are applied as if your surviving spouse is the contract
owner.

PAYMENTS TO A BENEFICIARY AFTER YOUR DEATH

IRA death benefits are taxed the same as IRA distributions.

BORROWING AND LOANS ARE PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS

You cannot get loans from a traditional IRA. You cannot use a traditional IRA
as collateral for a loan or other obligation. If you borrow against your IRA or
use it as collateral, its tax-favored status will be lost as of the first day
of the tax year in which this prohibited event occurs. If this happens, you
must include the value of the traditional IRA in your federal gross income.
Also, the early distribution penalty tax of 10% may apply if you have not
reached age 59 1/2 before the first day of that tax year.

EARLY DISTRIBUTION PENALTY TAX

A penalty tax of 10% of the taxable portion of a distribution applies to
distributions from a traditional IRA made before you reach age 59 1/2. Some of
the available exceptions to the pre-age 59 1/2 penalty tax include
distributions:

..   made on or after your death; or

..   made because you are disabled (special federal income tax definition); or

..   used to pay for certain extraordinary medical expenses (special federal
    income tax definition); or

..   used to pay medical insurance premiums for unemployed individuals (special
    federal income tax definition); or

..   used to pay certain first-time home buyer expenses (special federal income
    tax definition -- there is a $10,000 lifetime total limit for these
    distributions from all your traditional and Roth IRAs); or

..   used to pay certain higher education expenses (special federal income tax
    definition); or

..   in the form of substantially equal periodic payments made at least annually
    over your life (or your life expectancy), or over the joint lives of you
    and your beneficiary (or your joint life expectancies) using an
    IRS-approved distribution method.

Please note that it is your responsibility to claim the penalty exception on
your own income tax return and document eligibility for the exception to the
IRS.

ROTH INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES ("ROTH IRAS")

This section of the Prospectus covers some of the special tax rules that apply
to Roth IRAs. If the rules are the same as those that apply to the traditional
IRA, we will refer you to the same topic under "traditional IRAs."

                                      61

                                TAX INFORMATION







The Structured Capital Strategies(R) Roth IRA contracts are designed to qualify
as Roth individual retirement annuities under Sections 408A(b) and 408(b) of
the Internal Revenue Code.

CONTRIBUTIONS TO ROTH IRAS

Individuals may make four different types of contributions to a Roth IRA:

..   regular after-tax contributions out of earnings; or

..   taxable rollover contributions from traditional IRAs or other eligible
    retirement plans ("conversion" rollover contributions); or

..   tax-free rollover contributions from other Roth individual retirement
    arrangements (or designated Roth accounts under defined contribution
    plans); or

..   tax-free direct custodian-to-custodian transfers from other Roth IRAs
    ("direct transfers").

If you use the forms we require, we will also accept traditional IRA funds
which are subsequently recharacterized as Roth IRA funds following special
federal income tax rules.

Because the minimum initial contribution AXA Equitable requires to purchase
this contract is larger than the maximum regular contribution you can make to
an IRA for a taxable year, this contract must be purchased through a rollover
or direct transfer contribution.

REGULAR CONTRIBUTIONS TO ROTH IRAS

LIMITS ON REGULAR CONTRIBUTIONS. The "maximum regular contribution amount" for
any taxable year is the most that can be contributed to all of your IRAs
(traditional and Roth) as regular contributions for the particular taxable
year. The maximum regular contribution amount depends on age, earnings, and
year, among other things. Generally, $5,500 is the maximum amount that you may
contribute to all IRAs (traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs) for 2015, after
adjustment for cost-of-living changes. This limit does not apply to rollover
contributions or direct custodian-to-custodian transfers into a Roth IRA. Any
contributions to Roth IRAs reduce the ability to contribute to traditional IRAs
and vice versa. When your earnings are below $5,500, your earned income or
compensation for the year is the most you can contribute. If you are married
and file a joint income tax return, you and your spouse may combine your
compensation to determine the amount of regular contributions you are permitted
to make to Roth IRAs and traditional IRAs. See the discussion above under
"Special rules for spouses" earlier in this section under traditional IRAs.

If you or your spouse are at least age 50 at any time during the taxable year
for which you are making a regular contribution, you may be eligible to make
additional catch-up contributions of up to $1,000.

With a Roth IRA, you can make regular contributions when you reach
70 1/2, as long as you have sufficient earnings. The amount of permissible
contributions to Roth IRAs for any year depends on the individual's income
limits and marital status. For example, if you are married and filing
separately for any year your ability to make regular Roth IRA contributions is
greatly limited. The amount of permissible contributions and income limits may
be adjusted annually for cost of living. Please consult IRS Publication 590-A,
("CONTRIBUTIONS TO INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ARRANGEMENTS (IRAS)") for the rules
applicable to the current year.

WHEN YOU CAN MAKE CONTRIBUTIONS. Same as traditional IRAs.

DEDUCTIBILITY OF CONTRIBUTIONS. Roth IRA contributions are not tax deductible.

ROLLOVER AND DIRECT TRANSFER CONTRIBUTIONS TO ROTH IRAS

WHAT IS THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN ROLLOVER AND DIRECT TRANSFER TRANSACTIONS? The
difference between a rollover transaction and a direct transfer transaction is
the following: in a rollover transaction you actually take possession of the
funds rolled over, or are considered to have received them under tax law in the
case of a change from one type of plan to another. In a direct transfer
transaction, you never take possession of the funds, but direct the first Roth
IRA custodian, trustee, or issuer to transfer the first Roth IRA funds directly
to the recipient Roth IRA custodian, trustee or issuer. You can make direct
transfer transactions only between identical plan types (for example, Roth IRA
to Roth IRA). You can also make rollover transactions between identical plan
types. However, you can only make rollovers between different plan types (for
example, traditional IRA to Roth IRA).

You may make rollover contributions to a Roth IRA from these sources only:

..   another Roth IRA;

..   a traditional IRA, including a SEP-IRA or SIMPLE IRA (after a two-year
    rollover limitation period for SIMPLE IRA funds), in a taxable conversion
    rollover ("conversion rollover");

..   a "designated Roth contribution account" under a 401(k) plan, 403(b) plan
    or governmental employer Section 457(b) plan (direct or 60-day); or

..   from non-Roth accounts under another eligible retirement plan as described
    below under "Conversion rollover contributions to Roth IRAs."

You may make direct transfer contributions to a Roth IRA only from another Roth
IRA.

You may make both Roth IRA to Roth IRA rollover transactions and Roth IRA to
Roth IRA direct transfer transactions. This can be accomplished on a completely
tax-free basis. However, you may make Roth IRA to Roth IRA rollover
transactions only once in any 12-month period for the same funds. We call this
the "one-per-year limit." It is the Roth IRA owner's responsibility to
determine if this rule is met. Trustee-to-trustee or custodian-to-custodian
direct transfers can be made more frequently than once a year. Also, if you
send us the rollover contribution to apply it to a Roth IRA, you must do so
within 60 days after you receive the proceeds from the original IRA to get
rollover treatment.

The surviving spouse beneficiary of a deceased individual can roll over or
directly transfer an inherited Roth IRA to one or more other Roth IRAs. In some
cases, Roth IRAs can be transferred on a tax-free basis between spouses or
former spouses as a result of a court-ordered divorce or separation decree.

CONVERSION ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS TO ROTH IRAS

In a conversion rollover transaction, you withdraw (or are considered to have
withdrawn) all or a portion of funds from a traditional IRA you maintain and
convert it to a Roth IRA within 60 days after you receive (or are considered to
have received) the traditional IRA proceeds. Amounts can also be rolled over
from non-Roth accounts under another

                                      62

                                TAX INFORMATION






eligible retirement plan, including a Code Section 401(a) qualified plan, a
403(b) plan, and a governmental employer Section 457(b) plan.

Unlike a rollover from a traditional IRA to another traditional IRA, a
conversion rollover transaction from a traditional IRA or other eligible
retirement plan to a Roth IRA is not tax-free. Instead, the distribution from
the traditional IRA or other eligible retirement plan is generally fully
taxable. If you are converting all or part of a traditional IRA, and you have
ever made nondeductible regular contributions to any traditional IRA -- whether
or not it is the traditional IRA you are converting -- a pro rata portion of
the distribution is tax-free. Even if you are under age 59 1/2, the early
distribution penalty tax does not apply to conversion rollover contributions to
a Roth IRA.

Conversion rollover contributions to Roth IRAs are not subject to the
"one-per-year limit" noted earlier in this section.

You cannot make conversion contributions to a Roth IRA to the extent that the
funds in your traditional IRA or other eligible retirement plan are subject to
the lifetime annual required minimum distribution rules.

You cannot convert and reconvert an amount during the same taxable year, or if
later, during the 30-day period following a recharacterization. If you
reconvert during either of these periods, it will be a failed Roth IRA
conversion.

The IRS and Treasury have issued Proposed and Temporary Treasury Regulations
addressing the valuation of annuity contracts funding traditional IRAs in the
conversion to Roth IRAs. Although these Regulations are not clear, they could
require an individual's gross income on the conversion of a traditional IRA to
a Roth IRA to be measured using various actuarial methods and not as if the
annuity contract funding the traditional IRA had been surrendered at the time
of conversion. This could increase the amount of income reported in certain
circumstances.

RECHARACTERIZATIONS

You may be able to treat a contribution made to one type of IRA as having been
made to a different type of IRA. This is called recharacterizing the
contribution.

HOW TO RECHARACTERIZE. To recharacterize a contribution, you generally must
have the contribution transferred from the first IRA (the one to which it was
made) to the second IRA in a deemed trustee-to-trustee transfer. If the
transfer is made by the due date (including extensions) for your tax return for
the year during which the contribution was made, you can elect to treat the
contribution as having been originally made to the second IRA instead of to the
first IRA. It will be treated as having been made to the second IRA on the same
date that it was actually made to the first IRA. You must report the
recharacterization, and must treat the contribution as having been made to the
second IRA, instead of the first IRA, on your tax return for the year during
which the contribution was made.

The contribution will not be treated as having been made to the second IRA
unless the transfer includes any net income allocable to the contribution. You
can take into account any loss on the contribution while it was in the IRA when
calculating the amount that must be transferred. If there was a loss, the net
income you must transfer may be a negative amount.

No deduction is allowed for the contribution to the first IRA and any net
income transferred with the recharacterized contribution is treated as earned
in the second IRA. The contribution will not be treated as having been made to
the second IRA to the extent any deduction was allowed with respect to the
contribution to the first IRA.

For recharacterization purposes, a distribution from a traditional IRA that is
received in one tax year and rolled over into a Roth IRA in the next year, but
still within 60 days of the distribution from the traditional IRA, is treated
as a contribution to the Roth IRA in the year of the distribution from the
traditional IRA.

Roth IRA conversion contributions from a SEP-IRA or SIMPLE IRA can be
recharacterized to a SEP-IRA or SIMPLE IRA (including the original
SEP-IRA or SIMPLE IRA). You cannot recharacterize back to the original plan a
contribution directly rolled over from an eligible retirement plan which is not
a traditional IRA.

The recharacterization of a contribution is not treated as a rollover for
purposes of the 12-month limitation period described above. This rule applies
even if the contribution would have been treated as a rollover contribution by
the second IRA if it had been made directly to the second IRA rather than as a
result of a recharacterization of a contribution to the first IRA.

To recharacterize a contribution you must use our forms.

WITHDRAWALS, PAYMENTS AND TRANSFERS OF FUNDS OUT OF ROTH IRAS

NO FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAW RESTRICTIONS ON WITHDRAWALS. You can withdraw any or
all of your funds from a Roth IRA at any time; you do not need to wait for a
special event like retirement.

DISTRIBUTIONS FROM ROTH IRAS

Distributions include withdrawals from your contract, surrender and termination
of your contract and annuity payments from your contract. Death benefits are
also distributions.

You must keep your own records of regular and conversion contributions to all
Roth IRAs to assure appropriate taxation. You may have to file information on
your contributions to and distributions from any Roth IRA on your tax return.
You may have to retain all income tax returns and records pertaining to such
contributions and distributions until your interests in all Roth IRAs are
distributed.

Like traditional IRAs, taxable distributions from a Roth IRA are not entitled
to the special favorable ten-year averaging and long-term capital gain
treatment available in limited cases to certain distributions from qualified
plans.

The following distributions from Roth IRAs are free of income tax:

..   rollovers from a Roth IRA to another Roth IRA;

..   direct transfers from a Roth IRA to another Roth IRA;

..   qualified distributions from a Roth IRA; and

..   return of excess contributions or amounts recharacterized to a traditional
    IRA.

QUALIFIED DISTRIBUTIONS FROM ROTH IRAS

Qualified distributions from Roth IRAs made because of one of the following
four qualifying events or reasons are not includable in income:

                                      63

                                TAX INFORMATION







..   you are age 59 1/2 or older; or

..   you die; or

..   you become disabled (special federal income tax definition); or

..   your distribution is a "qualified first-time homebuyer distribution"
    (special federal income tax definition; $10,000 lifetime total limit for
    these distributions from all of your traditional and Roth IRAs).

You also have to meet a five-year aging period. A qualified distribution is any
distribution made after the five-taxable year period beginning with the first
taxable year for which you made any contribution to any Roth IRA (whether or
not the one from which the distribution is being made).

NONQUALIFIED DISTRIBUTIONS FROM ROTH IRAS. Nonqualified distributions from Roth
IRAs are distributions that do not meet both the qualifying event and five-year
aging period tests described above. If you receive such a distribution, part of
it may be taxable. For purposes of determining the correct tax treatment of
distributions (other than the withdrawal of excess contributions and the
earnings on them), there is a set order in which contributions (including
conversion contributions) and earnings are considered to be distributed from
your Roth IRA. The order of distributions is as follows:

(1)Regular contributions

(2)Conversion contributions, on a first-in-first-out basis (generally, total
   conversions from the earliest year first). These conversion contributions
   are taken into account as follows:

   (a)Taxable portion (the amount required to be included in gross income
      because of conversion) first, and then the

   (b)Nontaxable portion.

(3)Earnings on contributions.

Rollover contributions from other Roth IRAs are disregarded for this purpose.

To determine the taxable amounts distributed, distributions and contributions
are aggregated or grouped and added together as follows:

(1)All distributions made during the year from all Roth IRAs you maintain --
   within any custodian or issuer -- are added together.

(2)All regular contributions made during and for the year (contributions made
   after the close of the year, but before the due date of your return) are
   added together. This total is added to the total undistributed regular
   contributions made in prior years.

(3)All conversion contributions made during the year are added together.

Any recharacterized contributions that end up in a Roth IRA are added to the
appropriate contribution group for the year that the original contribution
would have been taken into account if it had been made directly to the Roth IRA.

Any recharacterized contribution that ends up in an IRA other than a Roth IRA
is disregarded for the purpose of grouping both contributions and
distributions. Any amount withdrawn to correct an excess contribution
(including the earnings withdrawn) is also disregarded for this purpose.

REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS

Lifetime minimum distribution requirements do not apply.

REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS AT DEATH

Same as traditional IRA under "What are the required minimum distribution
payments after you die?", assuming death before the Required Beginning Date.

PAYMENTS TO A BENEFICIARY AFTER YOUR DEATH

Distributions to a beneficiary generally receive the same tax treatment as if
the distribution had been made to you.

BORROWING AND LOANS ARE PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS

Same as traditional IRA.

EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS

Generally the same as traditional IRA, except that regular contributions made
after age 70 1/2 are not "excess contributions."

Excess rollover contributions to Roth IRAs are contributions not eligible to be
rolled over.

You can withdraw or recharacterize any contribution to a Roth IRA before the
due date (including extensions) for filing your federal income tax return for
the tax year. If you do this, you must also withdraw or recharacterize any
earnings attributable to the contribution.

EARLY DISTRIBUTION PENALTY TAX

Same as traditional IRA.

FEDERAL AND STATE INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING AND INFORMATION REPORTING

We must withhold federal income tax from distributions from annuity contracts
and specified tax-favored savings or retirement plans or arrangements. You may
be able to elect out of this income tax withholding in some cases. Generally,
we do not have to withhold if your distributions are not taxable. The rate of
withholding will depend on the type of distribution and, in certain cases, the
amount of your distribution. Any income tax withheld is a credit against your
income tax liability. If you do not have sufficient income tax withheld or do
not make sufficient estimated income tax payments, you may incur penalties
under the estimated income tax rules.

You must file your request not to withhold in writing before the payment or
distribution is made. Our processing office will provide forms for this
purpose. You cannot elect out of withholding unless you provide us with your
correct Taxpayer Identification Number and a United States residence address.
You cannot elect out of withholding if we are sending the payment out of the
United States.

You should note the following special situations:

..   we might have to withhold and/or report on amounts we pay under a free look
    or cancellation.

..   we are required to withhold on the gross amount of a distribution from a
    Roth IRA to the extent it is reasonable for us to believe that a
    distribution is includable in your gross income. This may result in tax
    being withheld even though the Roth IRA distribution is ultimately not
    taxable.

                                      64

                                TAX INFORMATION







Special withholding rules apply to United States citizens residing outside of
the United States, foreign recipients, and certain U. S. entity recipients
which are treated as foreign because they fail to document their U.S. status
before payment is made. We do not discuss these rules here in detail. However,
we may require additional documentation in the case of payments made to United
States persons living abroad and non-United States persons (including U.S.
entities treated as foreign) prior to processing any requested transaction.

Certain states have indicated that state income tax withholding will also apply
to payments from the contracts made to residents. Generally, an election out of
federal withholding will also be considered an election out of state
withholding. In some states, you may elect out of state withholding, even if
federal withholding applies. In some states, the income tax withholding is
completely independent of federal income tax withholding. If you need more
information concerning a particular state or any required forms, call our
processing office at the toll-free number.

FEDERAL INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING ON PERIODIC ANNUITY PAYMENTS

Federal tax rules require payers to withhold differently on "periodic" and
"non-periodic" payments. Payers are to withhold from periodic annuity payments
as if the payments were wages. The annuity contract owner is to specify marital
status and the number of withholding exemptions claimed on an IRS Form W-4P or
similar substitute election form. If the owner does not claim a different
number of withholding exemptions or marital status, the payer is to withhold
assuming that the owner is married and claiming three withholding exemptions.
If the owner does not provide the owner's correct Taxpayer Identification
Number a payer is to withhold from periodic annuity payments as if the owner
were single with no exemptions.

A contract owner's withholding election remains effective unless and until the
owner revokes it. The contract owner may revoke or change a withholding
election at any time.

FEDERAL INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING ON NON-PERIODIC ANNUITY PAYMENTS (WITHDRAWALS)

Non-periodic distributions include partial withdrawals, total surrenders and
death benefits. Payers generally withhold federal income tax at a flat 10% rate
from (i) the taxable amount in the case of nonqualified contracts, and (ii) the
payment amount in the case of traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs, where it is
reasonable to assume an amount is includable in gross income.

IMPACT OF TAXES TO AXA EQUITABLE

The contracts provide that we may charge Separate Account No. 49 for taxes. We
do not now, but may in the future set up reserves for such taxes.

We are entitled to certain tax benefits related to the investment of company
assets, including assets of the separate account. These tax benefits, which may
include the foreign tax credit and the corporate dividends received deduction,
are not passed back to you, since we are the owner of the assets from which tax
benefits may be derived.

                                      65

                                TAX INFORMATION





10. More information

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ABOUT SEPARATE ACCOUNT NO. 49

Each variable investment option is a subaccount of Separate Account No. 49. We
established Separate Account No. 49 in 1996 under special provisions of the New
York Insurance Law. These provisions prevent creditors from any other business
we conduct from reaching the assets we hold in our variable investment options
for owners of our variable annuity contracts. We are the legal owner of all of
the assets in Separate Account No. 49 and may withdraw any amounts that exceed
our reserves and other liabilities with respect to variable investment options
under our contracts. For example, we may withdraw amounts from Separate Account
No. 49 that represent our investments in Separate Account No. 49 or that
represent fees and charges under the contracts that we have earned. Also, we
may, at our sole discretion, invest Separate Account No. 49 assets in any
investment permitted by applicable law. The results of Separate Account
No. 49's operations are accounted for without regard to AXA Equitable's other
operations. The amount of some of our obligations under the contracts is based
on the assets in Separate Account No. 49. However, the obligations themselves
are obligations of AXA Equitable.

Separate Account No. 49 is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940
and is registered and classified under that act as a "unit investment trust."
The SEC, however, does not manage or supervise AXA Equitable or Separate
Account No. 49. Although Separate Account No. 49 is registered, the SEC does
not monitor the activity of Separate Account No. 49 on a daily basis. AXA
Equitable is not required to register, and is not registered, as an investment
company under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Each subaccount (variable investment option) within Separate Account No. 49
invests in shares issued by the corresponding Portfolio of its Trust.

We reserve the right subject to compliance with laws that apply:

(1)to add variable investment options to, or to remove variable investment
   options from, Separate Account No. 49, or to add other separate accounts;

(2)to combine any two or more variable investment options;

(3)to transfer the assets we determine to be the shares of the class of
   contracts to which the contracts belong from any variable investment option
   to another variable investment option;

(4)to operate Separate Account No. 49 or any variable investment option as a
   management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (in
   which case, charges and expenses that otherwise would be assessed against an
   underlying mutual fund would be assessed against Separate Account No. 49 or
   a variable investment option directly);

(5)to deregister Separate Account No. 49 under the Investment Company Act of
   1940;

(6)to restrict or eliminate any voting rights as to Separate Account No. 49;

(7)to cause one or more variable investment options to invest some or all of
   their assets in one or more other trusts or investment companies;

(8)to limit or terminate contributions or transfers into any variable
   investment option; and

(9)to limit the number of variable investment options you may select.

If the exercise of these rights results in a material change in the underlying
investment of Separate Account No. 49, you will be notified of such exercise,
as required by law.

ABOUT SEPARATE ACCOUNT NO. 68

We hold assets in a "non-unitized" separate account we have established under
the New York Insurance Law to support our obligations under the Structured
Investment Option. We own the assets of the separate account, as well as any
favorable investment performance on those assets. You do not participate in the
performance of the assets held in this separate account. We are obligated to
pay all money we owe under the contract. If the obligation exceeds the assets
of Separate Account No. 68, funds will be transferred to Separate Account No.
68 from the general account. We may, subject to state law that applies,
transfer all assets allocated to the separate account to our general account.
We guarantee all benefits relating to your value in the Structured Investment
Option, regardless of whether assets supporting the Structured Investment
Option are held in a separate account or our general account. An owner should
look to the financial strength of AXA Equitable for its claims-paying ability.
For more information, see "About the general account" below.

Our current plans are to invest separate account assets in fixed-income
obligations, including corporate bonds, mortgage-backed and asset-backed
securities, and government and agency issues. We may also invest in interest
rate swaps. Although the above generally describes our plans for investing the
assets supporting our obligations under the Structured Investment Option, we
are not obligated to invest those assets according to any particular plan
except as we may be required to by state insurance laws.

ABOUT THE TRUST

The Trust is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940. It is
classified as an "open-end management investment company," more commonly called
a mutual fund. The Trust issues different shares relating to each of its
portfolios.

The Trust does not impose sales charges or "loads" for buying and selling its
shares. All dividends and other distributions on the Trust's shares are
reinvested in full. The Board of Trustees of the Trust serves for the benefit
of the Trust's shareholders. The Board of Trustees may take many actions
regarding the Portfolios (for example, the Board of

                                      66

                               MORE INFORMATION






Trustees can establish additional Portfolios or eliminate existing Portfolios;
change Portfolio investment objectives; and change Portfolio investment
policies and strategies). In accordance with applicable law, certain of these
changes may be implemented without a shareholder vote and, in certain
instances, without advanced notice. More detailed information about certain
actions subject to notice and shareholder vote for each Trust, and other
information about the Portfolios, including portfolio investment objectives,
policies, restrictions, risks, expenses, its Rule 12b-1 plan and other aspects
of its operations, appears in the prospectuses for the Trust, which generally
accompany this prospectus, or in their respective SAIs, which are available
upon request.

ABOUT THE GENERAL ACCOUNT

This contract is offered to customers through various financial institutions,
brokerage firms and their affiliate insurance agencies. No financial
institution, brokerage firm or insurance agency has any liability with respect
to a contract's account value or the Structured Investment Option with which
the contract was issued. AXA Equitable is solely responsible to the contract
owner for the contract's account value and the Structured Investment Option.
The general obligations and the Structured Investment Option under the contract
are supported by AXA Equitable's general account and are subject to AXA
Equitable's claims paying ability. An owner should look to the financial
strength of AXA Equitable for its claims-paying ability. Assets in the general
account are not segregated for the exclusive benefit of any particular contract
or obligation. General account assets are also available to the insurer's
general creditors and the conduct of its routine business activities, such as
the payment of salaries, rent and other ordinary business expenses. For more
information about AXA Equitable's financial strength, you may review its
financial statements and/or check its current rating with one or more of the
independent sources that rate insurance companies for their financial strength
and stability. Such ratings are subject to change and have no bearing on the
performance of the variable investment options. You may also speak with your
financial representative.

The general account is subject to regulation and supervision by the New York
State Department of Financial Services and to the insurance laws and
regulations of all jurisdictions where we are authorized to do business.
Interests in the Structured Investment Option under the contracts in the
general account are issued by AXA Equitable and are registered under the
Securities Act of 1933. The general account is not required to register as an
investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and it is not
registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
The contract is a "covered security" under the federal securities laws.

We have been advised that the staff of the SEC has not reviewed the portions of
this Prospectus that relate to the general account. The disclosure with regard
to the general account, however, may be subject to certain provisions of the
federal securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements
made in prospectuses.

ABOUT OTHER METHODS OF PAYMENT

WIRE TRANSMITTALS AND ELECTRONIC TRANSACTIONS

We accept initial and subsequent contributions sent by wire to our processing
office by agreement with certain broker-dealers. Such transmittals must be
accompanied by information we require to allocate your contribution. Wire
orders not accompanied by complete information may be retained as described
under "How you can make your contributions" under "Contract features and
benefits" earlier in this Prospectus.

Even if we accept the wire order and essential information, a contract
generally will not be issued until we receive and accept a properly completed
application. In certain cases we may issue a contract based on information
provided through certain broker-dealers with which we have established
electronic facilities. In any such cases, you must sign our Acknowledgement of
Receipt form.

Where we require a signed application, the above procedures do not apply and no
transactions will be permitted until we receive the signed application and have
issued the contract. Where we issue a contract based on information provided
through electronic facilities, we require an Acknowledgement of Receipt Form.
We may also require additional information. Until we receive the
Acknowledgement of Receipt Form, (i.e. withdrawals and surrenders) financial
transactions will not be permitted unless you request them in writing, sign the
request and have it signature guaranteed. After your contract has been issued,
additional contributions may be transmitted by wire.

In general, the transaction date for electronic transmissions is the date on
which we receive at our regular processing office all required information and
the funds due for your contribution. We may also establish same-day electronic
processing facilities with a broker-dealer that has undertaken to pay
contribution amounts on behalf of its customers. In such cases, the transaction
date for properly processed orders is the business day on which the
broker-dealer inputs all required information into its electronic processing
system. You can contact us to find out more about such arrangements.

After your contract has been issued, subsequent contributions may be
transmitted by wire.

DATES AND PRICES AT WHICH CONTRACT EVENTS OCCUR

We describe below the general rules for when, and at what prices, events under
your contract will occur. Other portions of this Prospectus describe
circumstances that may cause exceptions. We generally do not repeat those
exceptions below.

BUSINESS DAY

Our "business day" is generally any day the NYSE is open for regular trading
and generally ends at 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time (or as of an earlier close of
regular trading). If the Securities and Exchange Commission determines the
existence of emergency conditions on any day, and consequently, the NYSE does
not open, then that day is not a business day. Contributions will be applied
and any other transaction requests will be processed when they are received
along with all the required information unless another date applies as
indicated below.

..   If your contribution, transfer or any other transaction request containing
    all the required information reaches us on any of the following, we will
    use the next business day:

   -- on a non-business day;

   -- after 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time on a business day; or

   -- after an early close of regular trading on the NYSE on a business day.

                                      67

                               MORE INFORMATION







..   If your transaction is set to occur on the same day of the month as the
    contract date and that date is the 29th, 30th or 31st of the month, then
    the transaction will occur on the 1st day of the next month.

..   When a charge is to be deducted on a contract date anniversary that is a
    non-business day, we will deduct the charge on the next business day.

..   If we have entered into an agreement with your broker-dealer for automated
    processing of contributions and/or transfers uponreceipt of customer order,
    your contribution and/or transfer will be considered received at the time
    your broker-dealer receives your contribution and/or transfer and all
    information needed to process your application, along with any required
    documents. Your broker-dealer will then transmit your order to us in
    accordance with our processing procedures. However, in such cases, your
    broker-dealer is considered a processing office for the purpose of
    receiving the contribution and/or transfer. Such arrangements may apply to
    initial contributions, subsequent contributions and/or transfers, or both,
    and may be commenced or terminated at any time without prior notice. If
    required by law, the "closing time" for such orders will be earlier than
    4:00 p.m., Eastern Time.

CONTRIBUTIONS, TRANSFERS, WITHDRAWALS AND SURRENDERS

..   Contributions allocated to the variable investment options (including the
    Segment Type Holding Accounts and dollar cap averaging account) are
    invested at the unit value next determined after the receipt of the
    contribution.

..   Transfers to or from the variable investment options (including the Segment
    Type Holding Accounts and dollar cap averaging account) will be made at the
    unit value next determined after the receipt of the transfer request.

..   Requests for withdrawals or surrenders from the variable investment options
    (including the Segment Type Holding Accounts and dollar cap averaging
    account) will be made at the unit value next determined on the business day
    that we receive the information that we require.

ABOUT YOUR VOTING RIGHTS

As the owner of shares of the Trusts we have the right to vote on certain
matters involving the portfolios, such as:

..   the election of trustees;

..   the formal approval of independent auditors selected for each Trust; or

..   any other matters described in the Prospectus for the Trust or requiring a
    shareholders' vote under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

We will give contract owners the opportunity to instruct us how to vote the
number of shares attributable to their contracts if a shareholder vote is
taken. If we do not receive instructions in time from all contract owners, we
will vote the shares of a portfolio for which no instructions have been
received in the same proportion as we vote shares of that portfolio for which
we have received instructions. We will also vote any shares that we are
entitled to vote directly because of amounts we have in a portfolio in the same
proportions that contract owners vote. One effect of proportional voting is
that a small number of contract owners may determine the outcome of a vote.

The Trust sells its shares to AXA Equitable separate accounts in connection
with AXA Equitable's variable annuity and/or life insurance products, and to
separate accounts of insurance companies, both affiliated and unaffiliated with
AXA Equitable. EQ Advisors Trust also sells its shares to the trustee of a
qualified plan for AXA Equitable. We currently do not foresee any disadvantages
to our contract owners arising out of these arrangements. However, the Board of
Trustees or Directors of the Trust intend to monitor events to identify any
material irreconcilable conflicts that may arise and to determine what action,
if any, should be taken in response. If we believe that a Board's response
insufficiently protects our contract owners, we will see to it that appropriate
action is taken to do so.

SEPARATE ACCOUNT NO. 49 VOTING RIGHTS

If actions relating to Separate Account No. 49 require contract owner approval,
contract owners will be entitled to one vote for each unit they have in the
variable investment options. Each contract owner who has elected a variable
annuity payout option may cast the number of votes equal to the dollar amount
of reserves we are holding for that annuity in a variable investment option
divided by the annuity unit value for that option. We will cast votes
attributable to any amounts we have in the variable investment options in the
same proportion as votes cast by contract owners.

CHANGES IN APPLICABLE LAW

The voting rights we describe in this Prospectus are created under applicable
federal securities laws. To the extent that those laws or the
regulations published under those laws eliminate the necessity to submit
matters for approval by persons having voting rights in separate accounts of
insurance companies, we reserve the right to proceed in accordance with those
laws or regulations.

STATUTORY COMPLIANCE

We have the right to change your contract without the consent of any other
person in order to comply with any laws and regulations that apply, including
but not limited to changes in the Internal Revenue Code, in Treasury
Regulations or in published rulings of the Internal Revenue Service and in
Department of Labor regulations.

Any change in your contract must be in writing and made by an authorized
officer of AXA Equitable. We will provide notice of any contract change.

The benefits under your contract will not be less than the minimum benefits
required by any state law that applies.

ABOUT LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

AXA Equitable and its affiliates are parties to various legal proceedings. In
our view, none of these proceedings would be considered material with respect
to a contract owner's interest in Separate Account No. 49, nor would any of
these proceedings be likely to have a material adverse effect upon Separate
Account No. 49, our ability to meet our obligations under the contracts, or the
distribution of the contracts.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The financial statements of Separate Account No. 49, as well as the
consolidated financial statements of AXA Equitable, are in the SAI. The SAI is
part of the registration statement filed on Form N-4. The

                                      68

                               MORE INFORMATION






financial statements of AXA Equitable have relevance to the contracts only to
the extent that they bear upon the ability of AXA Equitable to meet its
obligations under the contracts. The SAI is available free of charge. You may
request one by writing to our processing office or calling 1-800-789-7771.

TRANSFERS OF OWNERSHIP, COLLATERAL ASSIGNMENTS, LOANS, AND BORROWING

You can transfer ownership of an NQ contract at any time before annuity
payments begin, subject to our acceptance. We will continue to treat you as the
owner until we receive written notification of any change at our processing
office. In some cases, an assignment or change of ownership may have adverse
tax consequences. See "Tax information" earlier in this Prospectus.

We may refuse to process a change of ownership of an NQ contract to an entity
without appropriate documentation of status on IRS Form W-9 (or, if IRS Form
W-9 cannot be provided because the entity is not a U.S. entity, on the
appropriate type of Form W-8).

Following a change of ownership, the existing beneficiary designations will
remain in effect until the new owner provides new designations.

You cannot assign or transfer ownership of a traditional IRA or Roth IRA
contract except by surrender to us. This rule also generally applies to QP
contracts.

You cannot assign your contract as collateral or security for a loan. Loans are
also not available under your contract. For limited transfers of ownership
after the owner's death see "Beneficiary continuation option" in "Payment of
death benefit" earlier in this Prospectus. You may direct the transfer of the
values under your traditional IRA or Roth IRA contract to another similar
arrangement under federal income tax rules. In the case of such a transfer,
which involves a surrender of your contract, we will impose a withdrawal charge
if one applies.

ABOUT CUSTODIAL IRAS

For certain custodial IRA accounts, after your contract has been issued, we may
accept transfer instructions by telephone, mail, facsimile or electronically
from a broker-dealer, provided that we or your broker-dealer have your written
authorization to do so on file. Accordingly, AXA Equitable will rely on the
stated identity of the person placing instructions as authorized to do so on
your behalf. AXA Equitable will not be liable for any claim, loss, liability or
expenses that may arise out of such instructions. AXA Equitable will continue
to rely on this authorization until it receives your written notification at
its processing office that you have withdrawn this authorization. AXA Equitable
may change or terminate telephone or electronic or overnight mail transfer
procedures at any time without prior written notice and restrict facsimile,
internet, telephone and other electronic transfer services because of
disruptive transfer activity.

DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS

The contracts are distributed by both AXA Advisors, LLC ("AXA Advisors") and
AXA Distributors, LLC ("AXA Distributors") (together, the "Distributors"). The
Distributors serve as principal underwriters of Separate Account No. 49. The
offering of the contracts is intended to be continuous.

AXA Advisors is an affiliate of AXA Equitable, and AXA Distributors is an
indirect wholly owned subsidiary of AXA Equitable. The Distributors are under
the common control of AXA Financial, Inc. Their principal business address is
1290 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10104. The Distributors are
registered with the SEC as broker-dealers and are members of the Financial
Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. ("FINRA"). Both broker-dealers also act as
distributors for other AXA Equitable life and annuity products.

The contracts are sold by financial professionals of AXA Advisors and its
affiliates. The contracts are also sold by financial professionals of
unaffiliated broker-dealers that have entered into selling agreements with the
Distributors ("Selling broker-dealers").

AXA Equitable pays compensation to both Distributors based on contracts sold
(except for Series ADV contracts sold through AXA Distributors). AXA Equitable
may also make additional payments to the Distributors, and the Distributors
may, in turn, make additional payments to certain Selling broker-dealers. All
payments will be in compliance with all applicable FINRA rules and other laws
and regulations.

Although AXA Equitable takes into account all of its distribution and other
costs in establishing the level of fees and charges under its contracts, none
of the compensation paid to the Distributors or the Selling broker-dealers
discussed in this section of the Prospectus are imposed as separate fees or
charges under your contract. AXA Equitable, however, intends to recoup amounts
it pays for distribution and other services through the fees and charges of the
contract and payments it receives for providing administrative, distribution
and other services to the Portfolios. For information about the fees and
charges under the contract, see "Fee table" and "Charges and expenses" earlier
in this Prospectus.

AXA ADVISORS COMPENSATION. For Series ADV contracts sold through AXA Advisors,
AXA Advisors will retain 50% of the advisory fee and the financial
representative will get the other 50%.

For Series B and Series C contracts, AXA Equitable pays compensation to AXA
Advisors based on contributions made on the contracts sold through AXA Advisors
("contribution-based compensation"). The contribution-based compensation will
generally not exceed 8.5% of total contributions. AXA Advisors, in turn, may
pay a portion of the contribution-based compensation received from AXA
Equitable to the AXA Advisors financial professional and/or the Selling
broker-dealer making the sale. In some instances, a financial professional or a
Selling broker-dealer may elect to receive reduced contribution-based
compensation on a contract in combination with ongoing annual compensation of
up to 1.0% of the account value of the contract sold ("asset-based
compensation"). Total compensation paid to a financial professional or a
Selling broker-dealer electing to receive both contribution-based and
asset-based compensation could, over time, exceed the total compensation that
would otherwise be paid on the basis of contributions alone. The compensation
paid by AXA Advisors varies among financial professionals and among Selling
broker-dealers. AXA Advisors also pays a portion of the compensation it
receives to its managerial personnel. AXA Advisors also pays its financial
professionals and managerial personnel other types of compensation including
service fees, expense allowance payments and health and retirement benefits.
AXA Advisors also pays its financial professionals, managerial personnel and
Selling broker-dealers sales bonuses (based on selling certain products during
specified periods) and persistency bonuses. AXA Advisors may offer sales
incentive pro-

                                      69

                               MORE INFORMATION






grams to financial professionals and Selling broker-dealers who meet specified
production levels for the sales of both AXA Equitable contracts and contracts
offered by other companies. These incentives provide non-cash compensation such
as stock options awards and/or stock appreciation rights, expense-paid trips,
expense-paid education seminars and merchandise.

When a contract is sold by a Selling broker-dealer, the Selling broker-dealer,
not AXA Advisors, determines the compensation paid to the Selling
broker-dealer's financial professional for the sale of the contract. Therefore,
you should contract your financial professional for information about the
compensation he or she receives and any related incentives, as described
immediately below.

AXA Advisors may receive compensation, and, in turn, pay its financial
professionals a portion of such fee, from third party investment advisors to
whom its financial professionals refer customers for professional management of
the assets within their contract.

DIFFERENTIAL COMPENSATION. In an effort to promote the sale of AXA Equitable
products, AXA Advisors may pay its financial professionals and managerial
personnel a greater percentage of contribution-based compensation and/or
asset-based compensation for the sale of an AXA Equitable contract than it pays
for the sale of a contract or other financial product issued by a company other
than AXA Equitable. AXA Advisors may pay higher compensation on certain
products in a class than others based on a group or sponsored arrangement, or
between older and newer versions or series of the same contract. This practice
is known as providing "differential compensation." Differential compensation
may involve other forms of compensation to AXA Advisors personnel. Certain
components of the compensation paid to managerial personnel are based on
whether the sales involve AXA Equitable contracts. Managers earn higher
compensation (and credits toward awards and bonuses) if the financial
professionals they manage sell a higher percentage of AXA Equitable contracts
than products issued by other companies. Other forms of compensation provided
to its financial professionals include health and retirement benefits, expense
reimbursements, marketing allowances and contribution-based payments, known as
"overrides." For tax reasons, AXA Advisors financial professionals qualify for
health and retirement benefits based solely on their sales of AXA Equitable
contracts and products sponsored by affiliates.

The fact that AXA Advisors financial professionals receive differential
compensation and additional payments may provide an incentive for those
financial professionals to recommend an AXA Equitable contract over a contract
or other financial product issued by a company not affiliated with AXA
Equitable. However, under applicable rules of FINRA, AXA Advisors financial
professionals may only recommend to you products that they reasonably believe
are suitable for you based on the facts that you have disclosed as to your
other security holdings, financial situation and needs. In making any
recommendation, financial professionals of AXA Advisors may nonetheless face
conflicts of interest because of the differences in compensation from one
product category to another, and because of differences in compensation among
products in the same category. For more information, contact your financial
professional.

AXA DISTRIBUTORS COMPENSATION. For Series ADV contracts sold through AXA
Distributors, AXA Distributors will not receive any compensation.

For Series B and Series C contracts, AXA Equitable pays contribution-based and
asset-based compensation (together "compensation") to AXA Distributors.
Contribution-based compensation is paid based on AXA Equitable contracts sold
through AXA Distributors' Selling broker-dealers. Asset-based compensation is
paid based on the aggregate account value of contracts sold through certain of
AXA Distributors' Selling broker-dealers. Contribution-compensation will
generally not exceed 7.0% of the total contributions made under the contracts.
AXA Distributors, in turn, pays the contribution-based compensation it receives
on the sale of a contract to the Selling broker-dealer making the sale. In some
instances, the Selling broker-dealer may elect to receive reduced
contribution-based compensation on the sale of the contract in combination with
annual asset-based compensation of up to 1.0% of the account value of the
contract sold. If a Selling broker-dealer elects to receive reduced
contribution-based compensation on a contract, the contribution-based
compensation which AXA Equitable pays to AXA Distributors will be reduced by
the same amount, and AXA Equitable will pay AXA Distributors asset-based
compensation on the contract equal to the asset-based compensation which AXA
Distributors pays to the Selling broker-dealer. Total compensation paid to a
Selling broker-dealer electing to receive both contribution-based and
asset-based compensation could over time exceed the total compensation that
would otherwise be paid on the basis of contributions alone. The
contribution-based and asset-based compensation paid by AXA Distributors varies
among Selling broker-dealers.

The Selling broker-dealer, not AXA Distributors, determines the compensation
paid to the Selling broker-dealer's financial professional for the sale of the
contract. Therefore, you should contact your financial professional for
information about the compensation he or she receives and any related
incentives, such as differential compensation paid for various products.

AXA Equitable also pays AXA Distributors compensation to cover its operating
expenses and marketing services under the terms of AXA Equitable's distribution
agreements with AXA Distributors.

ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS BY AXA DISTRIBUTORS TO SELLING BROKER-DEALERS. AXA
Distributors may pay, out of its assets, certain Selling broker-dealers and
other financial intermediaries additional compensation in recognition of
services provided or expenses incurred. AXA Distributors may also pay certain
Selling broker-dealers or other financial intermediaries additional
compensation for enhanced marketing opportunities and other services (commonly
referred to as "marketing allowances"). Services for which such payments are
made may include, but are not limited to, the preferred placement of AXA
Equitable products on a company and/or product list; sales personnel training;
product training; business reporting; technological support; due diligence and
related costs; advertising, marketing and related services; conference; and/or
other support services, including some that may benefit the contract owner.
Payments may be based on ongoing sales, on the aggregate account value
attributable to contracts sold through a Selling broker-dealer or such payments
may be a fixed amount. For certain selling broker-dealers, AXA Distributors
increases the marketing allowance as certain sales thresholds are met. AXA
Distributors may also make fixed payments to Selling broker-dealers, for
example in connection with the initiation of a new relationship or the
introduction of a new product.

                                      70

                               MORE INFORMATION







Additionally, as an incentive for the financial professionals of Selling
broker-dealers to promote the sale of AXA Equitable products, AXA Distributors
may increase the sales compensation paid to the Selling broker-dealer for a
period of time (commonly referred to as "compensation enhancements"). AXA
Distributors also has entered into agreements with certain selling
broker-dealers in which the selling broker-dealer agrees to sell certain AXA
Equitable contracts exclusively.

These additional payments may serve as an incentive for Selling broker-dealers
to promote the sale of AXA Equitable contracts over contracts and other
products issued by other companies. Not all Selling broker-dealers receive
additional payments, and the payments vary among Selling broker-dealers. The
list below includes the names of Selling broker-dealers that we are aware (as
of December 31, 2014) received additional payments. These additional payments
ranged from $40.15 to $4,874,706.21. AXA Equitable and its affiliates may also
have other business relationships with Selling broker-dealers, which may
provide an incentive for the Selling broker-dealers to promote the sale of AXA
Equitable contracts over contracts and other products issued by other
companies. The list below includes any such Selling broker-dealer. For more
information, ask your financial professional.

1st Global Capital Corporation
Allstate Financial Services, LLC
American Portfolios Financial Services
Ameriprise Financial Services
BBVA Compass Investment Solutions, Inc.
Cambridge Investment Research
Capital Investment Group
CCO Investment Services Corporation
Centaurus Financial, Inc.
Cetera Advisors, LLC
Cetera Advisors Networks, LLC
Cetera Financial Specialists, LLC
Cetera Investment Services, LLC
CFD Investments, Inc.
Citigroup Global Markets, Inc.
Commonwealth Financial Network
CUNA Brokerage Services
Cuso Financial Services, L.P.
Essex National Securities, Inc.
Farmer's Financial Solution
First Allied Securities Inc.
First Citizens Investor Services, Inc.
First Southeast Investor Services
First Tennessee Brokerage Inc.
Founders Financial Securities
FSC Securities Corporation
Geneos Wealth Management Inc.
GWN Securities, Inc.
H.D. Vest Investment Securities, Inc.
Harbour Investments
ICA/First Dakota, Inc.
IFC Holdings, Inc.
Independent Financial Group, LLC
Investacorp, Inc.
Investment Professionals, Inc.
Investors Capital Corporation
James T. Borello & Company
Janney Montgomery Scott LLC
JP Turner & Company, LLC
Key Investment Services LLC
Kovack Securities
Legend Equities
Lincoln Financial Advisors Corp.
Lincoln Financial Services Corp.
LPL Financial Corporation
Lucia Securities, LLC
Mercap Securities, LLC
Merrill Lynch Life Agency, Inc.
MetLife Securities, Inc.
Morgan Stanley Smith Barney
Mutual Service Corporation
National Planning Corporation
Navy Federal Brokerage Services
New England Securities, Inc.
Next Financial Group, Inc.
NFP Securities Inc.
PNC Investments
Prime Capital Services
Primerica Financial Services
Questar Capital Corporation
Raymond James & Associates
Raymond James Insurance Group
RBC Capital Markets Corporation
Robert W Baird & Company
Royal Alliance Associates, Inc.
Sage Point Financial, Inc.
Santander Securities Corporation
Securities America Inc.
Signator Financial Services
Signator Investors, Inc.
SII Investments
Sorrento Pacific Financial LLC
Southwest Securities, Inc.
Summit Brokerage Services, Inc.
SunTrust Investments
SWS Financial Services
Tavenner Group
Tower Squares Securities
TransAmerica Financial Advisors
Triad Advisors
U.S Bancorp Investments, Inc.
UBS Financial Services, Inc.
UVEST Financial Services Group
Valmark Securities, Inc.
VOYA Financial Advisors
Walnut Street Services
Waterstone Financial Group
Wells Fargo Advisors Financial Network, LLC
Wells Fargo Advisors, LLC
Wells Fargo Investments, LLC
Wesom Financial Services, LLC
Woodbury Financial Services, Inc.

                                      71

                               MORE INFORMATION





11. Incorporation of certain documents by reference

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AXA Equitable's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31,
2014 (the "Annual Report") is considered to be part of this Prospectus because
it is incorporated by reference, as are AXA Equitable's Quarterly Reports on
Form 10-Q (filed on May 5, 2015, August 10, 2015, and November 6, 2015) and
Current Reports on Form 8-K (filed on May 5, 2015 and September 18, 2015).

AXA Equitable files reports and other information with the SEC, as required by
law. You may read and copy this information at the SEC's public reference
facilities at Room 1580, 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549, or by
accessing the SEC's website at www.sec.gov. The public may obtain information
on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330. Under the Securities Act of 1933, AXA Equitable has filed with
the SEC a registration statement relating to the Structured Investment Option
(the "Registration Statement"). This Prospectus has been filed as part of the
Registration Statement and does not contain all of the information set forth in
the Registration Statement.

After the date of this Prospectus and before we terminate the offering of the
securities under the Registration Statement, all documents or reports we file
with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("Exchange Act"), will
be considered to become part of this Prospectus because they are incorporated
by reference.

Any statement contained in a document that is or becomes part of this
Prospectus, will be considered changed or replaced for purposes of this
Prospectus if a statement contained in this Prospectus changes or is replaced.
Any statement that is considered to be a part of this Prospectus because of its
incorporation will be considered changed or replaced for the purpose of this
Prospectus if a statement contained in any other subsequently filed document
that is considered to be part of this Prospectus changes or replaces that
statement. After that, only the statement that is changed or replaced will be
considered to be part of this Prospectus.

We file the Registration Statement and our Exchange Act documents and reports,
including our Annual Report on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q,
electronically according to EDGAR under CIK No. 0000727920. The SEC maintains a
website that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other
information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The
address of the site is www.sec.gov.

Upon written or oral request, we will provide, free of charge, to each person
to whom this Prospectus is delivered, a copy of any or all of the documents
considered to be part of this Prospectus because they are incorporated herein.
In accordance with SEC rules, we will provide copies of any exhibits
specifically incorporated by reference into the text of the Exchange Act
reports (but not any other exhibits). Requests for documents should be directed
to AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, 1290 Avenue of the Americas, New York,
New York 10104. Attention: Corporate Secretary (telephone: (212) 554-1234). You
can access our website at www.axa.com.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The consolidated financial statements of AXA Equitable at December 31, 2014 and
2013 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014 are
incorporated by reference herein in reliance on the reports of
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm,
given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP provides independent audit services and certain
other non-audit services to AXA Equitable as permitted by the applicable SEC
independence rules, and as disclosed in AXA Equitable's Form 10-K.
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP's address is 300 Madison Avenue, New York, New York
10017.

                                      72

                INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE





Appendix I: Condensed financial information

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The unit values and number of units outstanding shown below are for contracts
offered under Separate Account No. 49 with the same daily asset charges of
1.25%.

UNIT VALUES AND NUMBER OF UNITS OUTSTANDING AT YEAR END FOR EACH VARIABLE
INVESTMENT OPTION, EXCEPT FOR THOSE OPTIONS BEING OFFERED FOR THE FIRST TIME
AFTER DECEMBER 31, 2014.



-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              FOR THE YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,
                                         ------------------------------------------
                                           2014     2013     2012    2011    2010
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             
 EQ/CORE BOND INDEX
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Unit value                            $  10.17 $  10.06 $  10.35 $ 10.16 $  9.82
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Number of units outstanding (000's)        556      483      362      62      13
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 EQ/EQUITY 500 INDEX
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Unit value                            $  18.22 $  16.33 $  12.57 $ 11.05 $ 11.02
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Number of units outstanding (000's)      1,470      859      466      66       5
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 EQ/MONEY MARKET
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Unit value                            $   1.00 $   1.00 $   1.00 $  1.00 $  1.00
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Number of units outstanding (000's)    109,431  133,824  128,050  43,482  24,335
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------


The unit values and number of units outstanding shown below are for contracts
offered under Separate Account No. 49 with the same daily asset charges of
1.65%.

UNIT VALUES AND NUMBER OF UNITS OUTSTANDING AT YEAR END FOR EACH VARIABLE
INVESTMENT OPTION, EXCEPT FOR THOSE OPTIONS BEING OFFERED FOR THE FIRST TIME
AFTER DECEMBER 31, 2014.



-------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         FOR THE YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,
                                         --------------------------------
                                          2014       2013       2012
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      
 EQ/CORE BOND INDEX
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Unit value                            $  9.76    $  9.69    $ 10.01
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Number of units outstanding (000's)        29         38          1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 EQ/EQUITY 500 INDEX
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Unit value                            $ 14.32    $ 12.88    $  9.96
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Number of units outstanding (000's)       134         74          3
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 EQ/MONEY MARKET
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Unit value                            $  1.00    $  1.00    $  1.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Number of units outstanding (000's)    11,617     18,408     11,935
-------------------------------------------------------------------------


The unit values and number of units outstanding shown below are for contracts
offered under Separate Account No. 49 with the same daily asset charges of
0.65%.

UNIT VALUES AND NUMBER OF UNITS OUTSTANDING AT YEAR END FOR EACH VARIABLE
INVESTMENT OPTION, EXCEPT FOR THOSE OPTIONS BEING OFFERED FOR THE FIRST TIME
AFTER DECEMBER 31, 2014.



----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          FOR THE YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,
                                         -----------------------------------
                                          2014   2013    2012   2011   2010
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       
 EQ/CORE BOND INDEX
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Unit value                            $10.44 $ 10.26 $10.50 $10.24 $ 9.84
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Number of units outstanding (000's)       12      27     48     --     --
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 EQ/EQUITY 500 INDEX
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Unit value                            $18.69 $ 16.65 $12.75 $11.13 $11.04
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Number of units outstanding (000's)       66      53      5     --     --
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 EQ/MONEY MARKET
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Unit value                            $ 1.00 $  1.00 $ 1.00 $ 1.00 $ 1.00
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Number of units outstanding (000's)    3,746  10,504  6,456    757     --
----------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      I-1

                  APPENDIX I: CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION





Appendix II: State contract availability and/or variations of certain features
and benefits

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The following information is a summary of the states where the Structured
Capital Strategies(R) contracts or certain features and/or benefits are either
not available as of the date of this Prospectus or vary from the contract's
features and benefits as previously described in this Prospectus. Certain
features and/or benefits may have been approved in your state after your
contract was issued and cannot be added. Please contact your financial
professional for more information about availability in your state.

STATES WHERE CERTAIN STRUCTURED CAPITAL STRATEGIES(R) FEATURES AND/OR BENEFITS
ARE NOT AVAILABLE OR VARY:



-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 STATE      FEATURES AND BENEFITS             AVAILABILITY OR VARIATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        
ALABAMA     See "Your right to cancel within  If you reside in the state of
            a certain number of days" in      Alabama, you may cancel your
            "Contract features and benefits"  variable annuity contract and
                                              return it to us within 15 days
                                              from the date you received it.
                                              Your refund will equal your
                                              account value under the contract
                                              on the day we receive
                                              notification to cancel the
                                              contract.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ARIZONA     See "Your right to cancel within  If you reside in the state of
            a certain number of days" in      Arizona and you purchased your
            "Contract features and benefits"  contract as a replacement for a
                                              different variable annuity
                                              contract or you are age 65 or
                                              older at the time the contract
                                              is issued, you may return your
                                              variable annuity contract within
                                              30 days from the date you
                                              receive it and receive a refund
                                              of account value. This is also
                                              referred to as the "free look"
                                              period.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALIFORNIA  See "We require that the          You are not required to use our
            following types of                forms when making a transaction
            communications be on specific     request. If a written request
            forms we provide for that         contains all the information
            purpose" in "How to reach us"     required to process the request,
                                              we will honor it.
            See "Contract features and        If you reside in California and
            benefits" -- "Your right to       you are age 60 or older at the
            cancel within a certain number    time the contract is issued, you
            of days"                          may return your variable annuity
                                              contract within 30 days from the
                                              date that you receive it and
                                              receive a refund as described
                                              below.
                                              If you allocate your entire
                                              initial contribution to the
                                              EQ/Money Market option, the
                                              amount of your refund will be
                                              equal to your contribution,
                                              unless you make a transfer, in
                                              which case the amount of your
                                              refund will be equal to your
                                              account value on the date we
                                              receive your request to cancel
                                              at our processing office. This
                                              amount could be less than your
                                              initial contribution. If you
                                              allocate any portion of your
                                              initial contribution to the
                                              variable investment options
                                              (other than the EQ/Money Market
                                              option), your refund will be
                                              equal to your account value on
                                              the date we receive your request
                                              to cancel at our processing
                                              office.

                                              "RETURN OF CONTRIBUTION" FREE
                                              LOOK TREATMENT AVAILABLE THROUGH
                                              CERTAIN SELLING BROKERS-DEALERS
                                              Certain selling broker-dealers
                                              offer an allocation method
                                              designed to preserve your right
                                              to a return of your contribu-
                                              tions during the free look
                                              period. At the time of
                                              application, you will instruct
                                              your financial professional as
                                              to how your initial contribution
                                              and any subsequent contributions
                                              should be treated for the
                                              purpose of maintaining your free
                                              look right under the contract.
                                              Please consult your financial
                                              professional to learn more about
                                              the availability of "return of
                                              contribution" free look
                                              treatment.

                                              If you choose "return of
                                              contribution" free look
                                              treatment of your contract, we
                                              will allocate your entire
                                              contribution and any subsequent
                                              contributions made during the 40
                                              day period following the
                                              Contract Date, to the EQ/Money
                                              Market investment option. In the
                                              event you choose to exercise
                                              your free look right under the
                                              contract, you will receive a
                                              refund equal to your
                                              contributions.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                     II-1

     APPENDIX II: STATE CONTRACT AVAILABILITY AND/OR VARIATIONS OF CERTAIN
                             FEATURES AND BENEFITS








--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 STATE       FEATURES AND BENEFITS             AVAILABILITY OR VARIATION
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         

CALIFORNIA                                     If you choose the "return of
(CONTINUED)                                    contribution" free look
                                               treatment and your contract is
                                               still in effect on the 40th day
                                               (or next business day) following
                                               the Contract Date, we will
                                               automatically reallocate your
                                               account value to the investment
                                               options chosen on your
                                               application.

                                               Any transfers made prior to the
                                               expiration of the 30 day free
                                               look will terminate your right
                                               to "return of contribution"
                                               treatment in the event you
                                               choose to exercise your free
                                               look right under the contract.
                                               Any transfer made prior to the
                                               40th day following the Contract
                                               Date will cancel the automatic
                                               reallocation on the 40th day (or
                                               next business day) following the
                                               Contract Date described above.
                                               If you do not want AXA Equitable
                                               to perform this scheduled
                                               one-time reallocation, you must
                                               call one of our customer service
                                               representatives at 1 (800)
                                               789-7771 before the 40th day
                                               following the Contract Date to
                                               cancel.

                                               If you purchased your contract
                                               from a financial professional
                                               whose firm submits applications
                                               to AXA Equitable electronically,
                                               the Dollar Cap Averaging Program
                                               may not be available at the time
                                               your contract is issued. If this
                                               is the case and you wish to
                                               participate in the program after
                                               your contract has been issued,
                                               you must make your election on
                                               the applicable paper form and
                                               submit it to us separately.
                                               Depending on when we receive
                                               your form, you may miss the
                                               first available date on which
                                               your account value would
                                               otherwise be transferred to your
                                               designated Segment Type Holding
                                               Accounts.

             QP (Defined Benefit and Defined   Not available.
             Contribution) contracts

             See "Segment Types" under         Choice Segments are not
             "Structured Investment Option"    available.
             in "Contract Features and
             Benefits"

             See "Dollar Cap Averaging         If you elect to invest in the
             Program" and "Your right to       Dollar Cap Averaging Program,
             cancel within a certain number    you will not be eligible for the
             of days" in "Contract features    "return of contribution" free
             and benefits"                     look treatment. By electing the
                                               Dollar Cap Averaging Program,
                                               you would only be eligible to
                                               receive a return of account
                                               value if you free look your
                                               contract.

             See "Charges and expenses" --     Item (iii) under this section is
             "Disability, terminal illness,    deleted in its entirety.
             or confinement to a nursing
             home" (For Series B contracts
             only)

             See "More information" --         You can transfer ownership of an
             "Transfers of ownership,          NQ contract at any time before
             collateral assignments, loans,    annuity payments begin. You may
             and borrowing"                    assign your contract, unless
                                               otherwise restricted for tax
                                               qualification purposes.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLORADO     See "Your right to cancel within  If you reside in the state of
             a certain number of days" in      Colorado, you may cancel your
             "Contract features and benefits"  variable annuity contract and
                                               return it to us within 15 days
                                               from the date you received it.
                                               Your refund will equal your
                                               account value under the contract
                                               on the day we receive
                                               notification to cancel the
                                               contract.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CONNECTICUT  QP (Defined Benefit and Defined   Not available.
             Contribution) contracts

             See "Segment Types" under         Choice Segments are not
             "Structured Investment Option"    available.
             in "Contract Features and
             Benefits"

             See "Charges and expenses -       Waiver (i) is deleted. As a
             Disability, terminal illness, or  result, the first sentence of
             confinement to a nursing home"    the last paragraph of this
             (For Series B contracts only)     section is deleted and replaced
                                               with the following:

                                               We reserve the right to impose a
                                               withdrawal charge, in accordance
                                               with your contract, if the
                                               conditions described in (ii) or
                                               (iii) above existed at the time
                                               a contribution was remitted or
                                               if the condition began within 12
                                               months following remittance.

             See "Charge for each additional   The charge for transfers does
             transfer in excess of 12          not apply.
             transfers per contract year" in
             "Fee table" and "Transfer
             charge" in "Charges and expenses"
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FLORIDA      See "How you can purchase and     In the third paragraph of this
             contribute to your contract" in   section, item (i) now reads:
             "Contract features and benefits"  "(i) contributions under a
                                               Structured Capital Strategies(R)
                                               contract would then total more
                                               than $1,500,000;" and item (ii)
                                               regarding the $2,500,000
                                               limitation on contributions is
                                               deleted. The remainder of this
                                               section is unchanged.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                     II-2

APPENDIX II: STATE CONTRACT AVAILABILITY AND/OR VARIATIONS OF CERTAIN FEATURES
                                 AND BENEFITS








----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 STATE         FEATURES AND BENEFITS             AVAILABILITY OR VARIATION
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           

FLORIDA        See "Your right to cancel within  If you reside in the state of
(CONTINUED)    a certain number of days" in      Florida, you may cancel your
               "Contract features and benefits"  variable annuity contract and
                                                 return it to us within 21 days
                                                 from the date that you receive
                                                 it. You will receive an
                                                 unconditional refund equal to
                                                 the greater of the cash
                                                 surrender value provided in the
                                                 annuity contract, plus any fees
                                                 or charges deducted from the
                                                 contributions or imposed under
                                                 the contract, or a refund of all
                                                 contributions paid.

               See "Selecting an annuity payout  The following sentence replaces
               option" under "Your annuity       the first sentence of the second
               payout options" in "Accessing     paragraph in this section:
               your money"

                                                 You can choose the date annuity
                                                 payments are to begin, but it
                                                 may not be earlier than twelve
                                                 months from the contract date.

               See "Withdrawal charge" in        If you are age 65 or older at
               "Charges and expenses"            the time your contract is
                                                 issued, the applicable
                                                 withdrawal charge will not
                                                 exceed 10% of the amount
                                                 withdrawn.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IDAHO          See "Your right to cancel within  If you reside in the state of
               a certain number of days" in      Idaho, you may return your
               "Contract features and benefits"  contract within 20 days from the
                                                 date that you receive it and
                                                 receive a refund of your initial
                                                 contribution.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ILLINOIS       Series C contracts                Not available.

               QP (Defined Benefit and Defined   Not available.
               Contribution) contracts

               See Footnote (2) to the "Fee      Withdrawal charges will also
               Table" and see also "Charges      apply to Series B contracts
               under the contracts" in "Charges  purchased with an initial
               and expenses"                     contribution of $25 million or
                                                 more.

               See "Selecting an annuity payout  You can choose the date annuity
               option" under "Your annuity       payments are to begin, but it
               payout options" in "Accessing     may not be earlier than twelve
               your money"                       months from the contract date.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IOWA           See "Your right to cancel within  If you reside in the state of
               a certain number of days" in      Iowa, you may cancel your
               "Contract features and benefits"  variable annuity contract and
                                                 return it to us within 15 days
                                                 from the date you received it.
                                                 Your refund will equal your
                                                 account value under the contract
                                                 on the day we receive
                                                 notification to cancel the
                                                 contract.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MARYLAND       See "Your annuity payout          The table of guaranteed annuity
               options" in "Accessing your       payments cannot be changed after
               money"                            contract issue.

               Series C contracts                Not available
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MASSACHUSETTS  See "Disability, terminal         This section is deleted in its
               illness or confinement to         entirety.
               nursing home" under "Withdrawal
               charge" in "Charges and
               expenses" (For Series B
               contracts only)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MINNESOTA      Structured Capital Strategies(R)  Structured Capital Strategies(R)
                                                 is no longer available for sale
                                                 in the state of Minnesota.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NEW HAMPSHIRE  See "Disability, terminal         Waiver (iii) regarding the
               illness, or confinement to a      definition of a nursing home is
               nursing home" under "Withdrawal   deleted, and replaced with the
               charge" in "Charges and           following:
               expenses" (For Series B           You are confined to a nursing
               contracts only)                   home for more than 90 days (or
                                                 such other period, as required
                                                 in your state) as verified by a
                                                 licensed physician. A nursing
                                                 home for this purpose means one
                                                 that is (a) a provider of
                                                 skilled nursing care service, or
                                                 qualified to receive approval of
                                                 Medicare benefits, or (b)
                                                 operated pursuant to law as a
                                                 skilled nursing home by the
                                                 state or territory in which it
                                                 is located (it must be within
                                                 the United States, Puerto Rico,
                                                 U.S. Virgin Islands, or Guam)
                                                 and meets all of the following:

                                                 .   its main function is to
                                                     provide skilled,
                                                     intermediate, or custodial
                                                     nursing care;


                                     II-3

APPENDIX II: STATE CONTRACT AVAILABILITY AND/OR VARIATIONS OF CERTAIN FEATURES
                                 AND BENEFITS








----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 STATE         FEATURES AND BENEFITS             AVAILABILITY OR VARIATION
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           
NEW HAMPSHIRE                                    .   it is supervised by a
(CONTINUED)                                          registered nurse or licensed
                                                     practical nurse;

                                                 .   it keeps daily medical
                                                     records of each patient;
                                                 .   it controls and records all
                                                     medications dispenses; and
                                                 .   its primary service is other
                                                     than to provide housing for
                                                     residents.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NEW JERSEY     See "Withdrawals treated as       We do not have the right to
               surrenders" in "Accessing your    terminate your contract if no
               money"                            contributions are made during
                                                 the last three completed
                                                 contract years and your account
                                                 value is less than $500.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NEW YORK       QP (Defined Benefit and Defined   Not available.
               Contribution) contracts

               See "Securities Indices" under    The Financial Select Sector
               "Structured Investment Option"    SPDR(R) Fund is not available.
               in "Contract features and         The iShares(R) Dow Jones U.S.
               benefits"                         Real Estate Index Fund is not
                                                 available.
                                                 The Energy Select Sector SPDR(R)
                                                 Fund is not available.
                                                 The SPDR(R) Gold Shares is not
                                                 available.

               See "Your right to cancel within  The second paragraph under "Your
               a certain number of days" in      right to cancel within a certain
               "Contract features and benefits"  number of days" is deleted in
               and also see "Calculation         its entirety and replaced with
               Formula" in "Appendix III:        the following:
               Segment Interim Value"            Your refund will equal your
                                                 account value under the contract
                                                 on the day we receive written
                                                 notification of your decision to
                                                 cancel the contract and will
                                                 reflect any investment gain or
                                                 loss in the variable investment
                                                 options (less the daily charges
                                                 we deduct) through the date we
                                                 receive your contract. This
                                                 includes a modified calculation
                                                 of the Segment Interim Value for
                                                 amounts allocated to existing
                                                 Segments. For any IRA contract
                                                 returned to us within seven days
                                                 after you receive it, we are
                                                 required to refund the full
                                                 amount of your contribution.
                                                 Only for the purpose of
                                                 calculating your refunded amount
                                                 if you exercise your right to
                                                 cancel within a certain number
                                                 of days, your Segment Interim
                                                 Value is equal to the sum of the
                                                 following components:
                                                 (1) Fair Value of Fixed
                                                 Instruments; plus
                                                 (2) Fair Value of Derivatives;
                                                 plus
                                                 (3) Cap Calculation Factor
                                                 (computed based on the
                                                 assumption that we have not
                                                 incurred any expense).

               See "The amount applied to        If a life contingent annuity
               purchase an annuity payout        payout option is elected, the
               option" in "Accessing your money" amount applied to the annuity
                                                 benefit will be 100% of the
                                                 account value and any applicable
                                                 withdrawal charge will be waived.
                                                 If a non-life contingent annuity
                                                 payout option is elected, the
                                                 amount applied to the annuity
                                                 benefit is the greater of the
                                                 cash value or 95% of what the
                                                 account value would be if no
                                                 withdrawal charge applied.
               See "Owner and annuitant          Joint annuitants do not have to
               requirements" in "Contract        be spouses.
               features and benefits"
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                     II-4

APPENDIX II: STATE CONTRACT AVAILABILITY AND/OR VARIATIONS OF CERTAIN FEATURES
                                 AND BENEFITS








---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 STATE        FEATURES AND BENEFITS             AVAILABILITY OR VARIATION
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          

NEW YORK      See "Disability, terminal         Item (i) is deleted and replaced
(CONTINUED)   illness, or confinement to a      with the following: An owner (or
              nursing home" in "Charges and     older joint owner, if
              expenses"                         applicable) has qualified to
                                                receive Social Security
                                                disability benefits as certified
                                                by the Social Security
                                                Administration or meets the
                                                definition of a total disability
                                                as specified in the contract. To
                                                qualify, a recertification
                                                statement from a physician will
                                                be required every 12 months from
                                                the date disability is
                                                determined.

              See "Transfers of ownership,      You may assign all or a portion
              collateral assignments, loans     of your contract at any time,
              and borrowing" in "More           unless otherwise restricted for
              information"                      tax qualification purposes.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NORTH DAKOTA  See "Your right to cancel within  To exercise your cancellation
              a certain number of days" in      right, you must return the
              "Contract features and benefits"  certificate directly to our
                                                processing office within 20 days
                                                after you receive it.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OREGON        Series C contracts                Not available.
              iShares(R) Dow Jones U.S. Real    Not available.
              Estate Index Fund & MSCI
              Emerging Markets Price Return
              Index
              Dollar Cap Averaging Program      Not available.

              QP (Defined Benefit and Defined   Not available.
              Contribution) contracts

              See "Segment Types" under         Choice Segments are not
              "Structured Investment Option"    available.
              in "Contract Features and
              Benefits"
              See "Securities Indices" under    The NASDAQ-100 Price Return
              "Structured Investment Option"    Index is not available in Oregon.
              in "Contract features and
              benefits"

                                                The Financial Select Sector
                                                SPDR(R) Fund is not available in
                                                Oregon.
              See "How you can purchase and     Additional contributions are not
              contribute to your contract" in   permitted after the fifth
              "Contract features and benefits"  contract year.
              See "Lifetime required minimum    THE FOLLOWING REPLACES THE THIRD
              distribution withdrawals" under   PARAGRAPH:
              "Withdrawing your account value"  We generally will not impose a
              in "Accessing your money"         withdrawal charge on minimum
                                                distribution withdrawals even if
                                                you are not enrolled in our
                                                automatic RMD service, except
                                                if, when added to a non-RMD lump
                                                sum withdrawal previously taken
                                                in the same contract year, the
                                                minimum distribution withdrawals
                                                exceed the free withdrawal
                                                amount. In order to avoid a
                                                withdrawal charge in connection
                                                with minimum distribution
                                                withdrawals outside of our
                                                automatic RMD service, you must
                                                notify us using our withdrawal
                                                request form. Such minimum
                                                distribution withdrawals must be
                                                based solely on your contract's
                                                account value.

                                                FOR SERIES B CONTRACTS:

              See "Selecting an annuity payout  You can choose the date annuity
              option" under "Your annuity       payments begin, but it may not
              payout options" in "Accessing     be earlier than the date all
              your money"                       withdrawal charges under the
                                                contract expire.
              See "Disability, terminal         Item (i) under this section is
              illness, or confinement to        deleted in its entirety.
              nursing home" under "Withdrawal
              charge" in "Charges and expenses"

              See "Transfers of ownership,      The contract may be freely
              collateral assignments, loans     assigned unless otherwise
              and borrowing" in "More           restricted for tax qualification
              information"                      purposes.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                     II-5

APPENDIX II: STATE CONTRACT AVAILABILITY AND/OR VARIATIONS OF CERTAIN FEATURES
                                 AND BENEFITS








---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 STATE        FEATURES AND BENEFITS             AVAILABILITY OR VARIATION
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          
PENNSYLVANIA  Contributions                     Your contract refers to
                                                contributions as premiums.

              See "Disability, terminal         The Withdrawal Charge Waiver
              illness or confinement to         does not apply during the first
              nursing home" in "Charges and     12 months of the contract with
              expenses" (For Series B           respect to the Social Security
              contracts only)                   Disability Waiver, the Six Month
                                                Life Expectancy Waiver, or if
                                                the owner is confined to a
                                                nursing home during such period.

              Required disclosure for           Any person who knowingly and
              Pennsylvania customers            with intent to defraud any
                                                insurance company or other
                                                person files an application for
                                                insurance or statement of claim
                                                containing any materially false
                                                information or conceals for the
                                                purpose of misleading,
                                                information concerning any fact
                                                material thereto commits a
                                                fraudulent insurance act, which
                                                is a crime and subjects such
                                                person to criminal and civil
                                                penalties.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PUERTO RICO   Inherited IRA                     Not available

              Beneficiary continuation option   Not available.

              QP (Defined Benefit and Defined   Not available.
              Contribution) contracts

              IRA and Roth IRA                  Available for direct rollovers
                                                from U.S. source 401(a) plans
                                                and direct transfers from the
                                                same type of U.S. source IRAs.

              See footnote 1 in "Fee table"     There is no premium tax charge
              and "Charges for state premium    imposed.
              and other applicable taxes" in
              "Charges and expenses"

              See "Purchase considerations for  We do not offer Structured
              a charitable remainder trusts"    Capital Strategies(R) contracts
              under "Owner and annuitant        to charitable remainder trusts
              requirements" in "Contract        in Puerto Rico.
              features and benefits"

              See "Taxation of nonqualified     There are special rules for
              annuities" in "Tax information"   nonqualified contracts issued in
                                                Puerto Rico.

                                                Income from NQ contracts we
                                                issue is U.S. source. A Puerto
                                                Rico resident is subject to U.S.
                                                taxation on such U.S. source
                                                income. Only Puerto Rico source
                                                income of Puerto Rico residents
                                                is excludable from U.S.
                                                taxation. Income from NQ
                                                contracts is also subject to
                                                Puerto Rico tax. The calculation
                                                of the taxable portion of
                                                amounts distributed from a
                                                contract may differ in the two
                                                jurisdictions. Therefore, you
                                                might have to file both U.S. and
                                                Puerto Rico tax returns, showing
                                                different amounts of income from
                                                the contract for each tax
                                                return. Puerto Rico generally
                                                provides a credit against Puerto
                                                Rico tax for U.S. tax paid.
                                                Depending on your personal
                                                situation and the timing of the
                                                different tax liabilities, you
                                                may not be able to take full
                                                advantage of this credit.
                                                We require owners or
                                                beneficiaries of annuity
                                                contracts in Puerto Rico which
                                                are not individuals to be
                                                required to complete the
                                                appropriate Form W-8 describing
                                                the entity type to avoid 30%
                                                FATCA withholding from
                                                U.S.-source income.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RHODE ISLAND  See "Your right to cancel within  If you reside in the state of
              a certain number of days" in      Rhode Island , you may cancel
              "Contract features and benefits"  your variable annuity contract
                                                and return it to us within 15
                                                days from the date you received
                                                it. Your refund will equal your
                                                account value under the contract
                                                on the day we receive
                                                notification to cancel the
                                                contract.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                     II-6

APPENDIX II: STATE CONTRACT AVAILABILITY AND/OR VARIATIONS OF CERTAIN FEATURES
                                 AND BENEFITS








-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 STATE      FEATURES AND BENEFITS             AVAILABILITY OR VARIATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        
TEXAS       See "How you can purchase and     In the third paragraph of this
            contribute to your contract" in   section, item (i) now reads:
            "Contract features and benefits"  "(i) contributions under a
                                              Structured Capital Strategies(R)
                                              contract would then total more
                                              than $1,500,000." The $2,500,000
                                              limitation on the sum of all
                                              contributions under all AXA
                                              Equitable annuity accumulation
                                              contracts with the same owner or
                                              annuitant does not apply.

            See "Disability, terminal         There is no 12 month waiting
            illness or confinement to         period following a contribution
            nursing home" in "Charges and     for the Six Month Life
            expenses" (For Series B           Expectancy Waiver. The
            contracts only)                   withdrawal charge can be waived
                                              even if the condition begins
                                              within 12 months of the
                                              remittance of the contribution.

            See "Your right to cancel within  If you reside in the state of
            a certain number of days" in      Texas, you may cancel your
            "Contract features and benefits"  variable annuity contract and
                                              return it to us within 20 days
                                              from the date you received it.
                                              Your refund will equal your
                                              account value under the contract
                                              on the day we receive
                                              notification to cancel the
                                              contract.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UTAH        See "Transfers of ownership,      Unless restricted for tax
            collateral assignments, loans or  purposes, your contract may be
            borrowing" in "More information"  assigned.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WASHINGTON  See "10% free withdrawal amount"  The 10% free withdrawal amount
            under "Withdrawal charge" in      applies to full surrenders.
            "Charges and expenses"

            See "Disability, terminal         The owner (or older joint owner,
            illness, or confinement to        if applicable) has qualified to
            nursing home" in "Charges and     receive Social Security
            expenses" (For Series B           disability benefits as certified
            contracts only)                   by the Social Security
                                              Administration or a statement
                                              from an independent U.S.
                                              licensed physician stating that
                                              the owner (or older joint owner,
                                              if applicable) meets the
                                              definition of total disability
                                              for at least 6 continuous months
                                              prior to the notice of claim.
                                              Such disability must be
                                              re-certified every 12 months.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                     II-7

APPENDIX II: STATE CONTRACT AVAILABILITY AND/OR VARIATIONS OF CERTAIN FEATURES
                                 AND BENEFITS





Appendix III: Segment Interim Value

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

We calculate the Segment Interim Value for each Segment on each Segment
Business Day that falls between the Segment Start Date and Segment Maturity
Date. The calculation is a formula designed to measure the fair value of your
Segment Investment on the particular interim date, and is based on the downside
protection provided by the Segment Buffer, the limit on participation in
investment gain provided by the Performance Cap Rate, and an adjustment for the
effect of a withdrawal prior to the Segment Maturity Date. The formula we use,
in part, derives the fair value of hypothetical investments in fixed
instruments and derivatives. These values provide us with protection from the
risk that we will have to pay out account value related to a Segment prior to
the Segment Maturity Date. The hypothetical put option provides us with a
market value of the potential loss at Segment Maturity, and the hypothetical
call options provide us with a market value of the potential gain at Segment
Maturity. This formula provides a treatment for an early distribution that is
designed to be consistent with how distributions at the end of a Segment are
treated. We are not required to hold such investments in relation to Segments
and may or may not choose to do so. You are not affected by the performance of
any of our investments (or lack thereof) relating to Segments. The formula also
includes an adjustment relating to the Cap Calculation Factor. This is a
positive adjustment of the percentage of the estimated expenses corresponding
to the portion of the Segment Duration that has not elapsed. Appendix III sets
forth the actual calculation formula, an overview of the purposes and impacts
of the calculation, and detailed descriptions of the specific inputs into the
calculation. You should note that even if a corresponding Index has experienced
positive growth, the calculation of your Segment Interim Value may result in an
amount lower than your Segment Investment. We have included examples of
calculations of Segment Interim Values under various hypothetical situations at
the end of this Appendix.

CHOICE SEGMENTS. The Segment Interim Value for a Choice Segment may be less
than the Segment Interim Value for a Standard Segment based on the same Index,
Segment Buffer and Segment Duration. See "Fair Value of Derivatives" later in
this Appendix for more information about how the Choice cost is built into the
Segment Interim Value calculation for Choice Segments.

CALCULATION FORMULA

Your Segment Interim Value is equal to the lesser of (A) or (B).

(A)equals the sum of the following three components:

   (1)Fair Value of hypothetical Fixed Instruments; plus

   (2)Fair Value of hypothetical Derivatives; plus

   (3)Cap Calculation Factor.

(B)equals the Segment Investment (or the most recent Annual Lock Anniversary
   Starting Amount for an Annual Lock Segment) multiplied by (1 + the
   Performance Cap Rate limiting factor).

OVERVIEW OF THE PURPOSES AND IMPACTS OF THE CALCULATION

FAIR VALUE OF HYPOTHETICAL FIXED INSTRUMENTS. The Segment Interim Value formula
includes an element designed to compensate us for the fact that when we have to
pay out account value related to a Segment before the Segment Maturity Date, we
forgo the opportunity to earn interest on the Segment Investment from the date
of withdrawal or surrender until the Segment Maturity Date. We accomplish this
estimate by calculating the present value of the Segment Investment using a
risk-free swap interest rate widely used in derivative markets.

FAIR VALUE OF HYPOTHETICAL DERIVATIVES. For Standard and Choice Segments we use
hypothetical put and call options that are designated for each Segment to
estimate the market value, at the time the Segment Interim Value is calculated,
of the risk of loss and the possibility of gain at the end of the Segment. This
calculation reflects the value of the downside protection that would be
provided at maturity by the Segment Buffer as well as the upper limit that
would be placed on gains at maturity due to the Performance Cap Rate. For
Choice Segments only, the calculation also provides for the application of the
Choice cost to the purchase of call options with higher strike prices. This
allows us to declare higher Performance Cap Rates for those Segments. For
Annual Lock Segments, we use a hypothetical derivatives contract where the
final payout equals the compounded Annual Lock Yearly Rate of Return (i.e., the
Index Performance Rate for each successive Annual Lock Period, subject to the
Performance Cap Rate and Segment Buffer), to estimate the market value of the
Segment at the time the Segment Interim Value is calculated. This hypothetical
derivatives contract reflects the value of the downside protection that would
be provided at each Annual Lock Anniversary by the Segment Buffer as well as
the upper limit that would be placed on gains at each Annual Lock Anniversary
due to the Performance Cap Rate.

At the time the Segment Interim Value is determined, the Fair Value of
Hypothetical Derivatives for Standard and Choice Segments is calculated using
three different hypothetical options. These hypothetical options are designated
for each Segment and are described in more detail later in this Appendix.

AT-THE-MONEY STANDARD SEGMENT CALL OPTION (STRIKE PRICE EQUALS THE INDEX VALUE
AT SEGMENT INCEPTION). For Standard Segments, the potential for gain is
estimated using the value of this hypothetical option.

                                     III-1

                      APPENDIX III: SEGMENT INTERIM VALUE







OUT-OF-THE-MONEY CHOICE SEGMENT CALL OPTION (STRIKE PRICE EQUALS THE INDEX
VALUE AT SEGMENT INCEPTION INCREASED BY THE CHOICE COST). For Choice Segments,
the potential for gain is estimated using the value of this hypothetical option.

..   The Choice cost is not deducted directly from the Segment Interim Value of
    a Choice Segment. Rather, the Choice cost is built in to the Segment
    Interim Value for Choice Segments through the use of the Out-of-the-Money
    Choice Segment Call Option. The value of the Out-of-the-Money Choice
    Segment Call Option is always lower than the value of the corresponding
    At-the-Money Standard Segment Call Option, which results in a lower amount
    for the Fair Value of Derivatives component of the Segment Interim Value
    formula. The actual amount of the Choice cost reflected in a Segment
    Interim Value calculation is not a prorated amount, and depends on the
    value of the Out-of-the-Money Choice Segment Call Option on the calculation
    date.

OUT-OF-THE-MONEY CALL OPTION (STRIKE PRICE EQUALS THE INDEX INCREASED BY THE
PERFORMANCE CAP RATE ESTABLISHED AT SEGMENT INCEPTION). The potential for gain
in excess of the Performance Cap Rate is estimated using the value of this
hypothetical option.

..   For Standard Segments, the net amount of the At-the-Money Standard Segment
    Call Option less the value of the Out-of-the-Money Call Option is an
    estimate of the market value of the possibility of gain at the end of the
    Segment as limited by the Performance Cap Rate.

..   For Choice Segments, the net amount of the Out-the-Money Choice Segment
    Call Option less the value of the Out-of-the-Money Call Option is an
    estimate of the market value of the possibility of gain at the end of the
    Segment as limited by the Performance Cap Rate.

OUT-OF-THE-MONEY PUT OPTION (STRIKE PRICE EQUALS THE INDEX DECREASED BY THE
SEGMENT BUFFER). The risk of loss is estimated using the value of this
hypothetical option.

..   IT IS IMPORTANT TO NOTE THAT THIS PUT OPTION VALUE WILL ALMOST ALWAYS
    REDUCE THE PRINCIPAL YOU RECEIVE, EVEN WHERE THE INDEX IS HIGHER AT THE
    TIME OF THE WITHDRAWAL THAN AT THE TIME OF THE ORIGINAL INVESTMENT. This is
    because the risk that the Index could have been lower at the end of a
    Segment is present to some extent whether or not the Index has increased at
    the earlier point in time that the Segment Interim Value is calculated.

CAP CALCULATION FACTOR. In setting the Performance Cap Rate, we take into
account that we incur expenses in connection with a contract, including
insurance and administrative expenses. The Segment Interim Value formula
includes item (A)(3) above, the Cap Calculation Factor, which is designed to
reflect the fact that we will not incur those expenses for the entire duration
of the Segment if you withdraw your investment prior to the Segment Maturity
Date. Therefore, the Cap Calculation Factor is always positive and declines
during the course of the Segment.

PERFORMANCE CAP RATE LIMITING FACTOR. The formula provides that the Segment
Interim Value is never greater than (B) above, which is the portion of the
Performance Cap Rate corresponding to the portion of the Segment Duration that
has elapsed. This limitation is imposed to discourage owners from withdrawing
from a Segment before the Segment Maturity Date where there may have been
significant increases in the relevant Index early in the Segment Duration (or
Annual Lock Period). Although the Performance Cap Rate limiting factor
pro-rates the upside potential on amounts withdrawn early, there is no similar
adjustment to pro-rate the downside protection. THIS MEANS, IF YOU SURRENDER OR
CANCEL YOUR CONTRACT, DIE OR MAKE A WITHDRAWAL FROM A SEGMENT BEFORE THE
SEGMENT MATURITY DATE, THE SEGMENT BUFFER WILL NOT NECESSARILY APPLY TO THE
EXTENT IT WOULD ON THE SEGMENT MATURITY DATE (OR EACH ANNUAL LOCK ANNIVERSARY),
AND ANY UPSIDE PERFORMANCE WILL BE LIMITED TO A PERCENTAGE LOWER THAN THE
PERFORMANCE CAP RATE.

DETAILED DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIFIC INPUTS TO THE CALCULATION

(A)(1) FAIR VALUE OF HYPOTHETICAL FIXED INSTRUMENTS. The Fair Value of
Hypothetical Fixed Instrument in a Segment is based on the swap rate associated
with the Segment's remaining time to maturity. Swap rates are the risk-free
interest rates widely used in derivative markets. There is no standard quote
for swap rates. However, because of their high liquidity and popularity, swap
rate quotes from different dealers generally fall within a close range, the
differences among which are not meaningful. Swap rates can be obtained from
inter-dealer systems or financial data vendors who have feeds from swap
dealers. For example, "Bloomberg Composite" swap rates are the weighted average
of swap rates provided by a number of dealers to Bloomberg. Individual dealers
and brokers also publish swap rates of their own on Bloomberg or Reuters. We
may, in the future, utilize exchange traded swaps that become available. These
exchange traded swaps would have a standard quote associated with them. The
Fair Value of Hypothetical Fixed Instruments is defined as its present value,
as expressed in the following formula:

(Segment Investment)/(1 + swap rate)/(time to maturity)/

The time to maturity is expressed as a fraction, in which the numerator is the
number of days remaining in the Segment Duration and the denominator is the
average number of days in each year of the Segment Duration for that Segment.

(A)(2) FAIR VALUE OF HYPOTHETICAL DERIVATIVES.  We utilize a fair market value
methodology to determine the Fair Value of Hypothetical Derivatives.

For each Standard and Choice Segment, we designate and value three hypothetical
options, each of which is tied to the performance of the Index underlying the
Segment in which you are invested. For Standard Segments, these are: (1) the
At-the-Money Standard Segment Call Option, (2) the Out-of-the-Money Call Option
and (3) the Out-of-the-Money Put Option. For Choice Segments, these are: (1)
the Out of-the-Money Choice Segment Call Option, (2) the Out-of-the-Money Call
Option and (3) the Out-of-the-Money Put Option. (As described elsewhere in this
Prospectus, in certain circumstances we may waive the Choice cost for a Choice
Segment, in which case we would reference the At-the-Money Standard Segment
Call Option rather than the Out of-the-Money Choice Segment Call Option for
that Segment.) At Segment Maturity, the Put Option is designed to value the loss

                                     III-2

                      APPENDIX III: SEGMENT INTERIM VALUE






below the buffer, while the call options are designed to provide gains up to
the Performance Cap Rate. These options are described in more detail below. For
each Annual Lock Segment, we designate and value a hypothetical derivatives
contract which is tied to the compounded performance of the Index underlying
the Segment in which you are invested.

In addition to the inputs discussed above, the Fair Value of Hypothetical
Derivatives is also affected by the time remaining until the Segment Maturity
Date (or each remaining Annual Lock Anniversary). More information about the
designated hypothetical options is set forth below:

(1)AT-THE-MONEY STANDARD SEGMENT CALL OPTION: This is an option to buy a
   position in the relevant Index equal to the Segment Investment on the
   scheduled Segment Maturity Date, at the price of the Index on the Segment
   Start Date. At any time during the Segment Duration, the fair value of the
   Standard Segment At-the-Money Call Option represents the market value of the
   potential to receive an amount in excess of the Segment Investment on the
   Segment Maturity Date equal to the percentage growth in the Index between
   the Segment Start Date and the Segment Maturity Date, multiplied by the
   Segment Investment.

(2)OUT OF-THE-MONEY CHOICE SEGMENT CALL OPTION: This is an option to buy a
   position in the relevant Index equal to the Segment Investment on the
   scheduled Segment Maturity Date, at the price of the Index on the Segment
   Start Date increased by the applicable Choice cost for that Segment. At any
   time during the Segment Duration, the fair value of the Out-of-the-Money
   Choice Segment Call Option represents the market value of the potential to
   receive an amount in excess of the Segment Investment on the Segment
   Maturity Date equal to (a) the percentage growth in the Index between the
   Segment Start Date and the Segment Maturity Date less the Choice cost,
   multiplied by (b) the Segment Investment.

(3)OUT-OF-THE-MONEY CALL OPTION: This is an option to sell a position in the
   relevant Index equal to the Segment Investment on the scheduled Segment
   Maturity Date, at the price of the Index on the Segment Start Date increased
   by a percentage equal to the Performance Cap Rate. At any time during the
   Segment Duration, the fair value of the Out-of-the-Money Call Option
   represents the market value of the potential to receive an amount in excess
   of the Segment Investment equal to the percentage growth in the Index
   between the Segment Start Date and the Segment Maturity Date in excess of
   the Performance Cap Rate, multiplied by the Segment Investment. The value of
   this option is used to offset the value of the AT-THE-MONEY STANDARD SEGMENT
   CALL OPTION (for Standard Segments) or the Out of-the-Money Choice Segment
   Call Option (for Choice Segments), thus recognizing in the Interim Segment
   Value a ceiling on gains at Segment Maturity imposed by the Performance Cap
   Rate.

(4)OUT-OF-THE-MONEY PUT OPTION: This is an option to sell a position in the
   relevant Index equal to the Segment Investment on the scheduled Segment
   Maturity Date, at the price of the Index on the Segment Start Date decreased
   by a percentage equal to the Segment Buffer. At any time during the Segment
   Duration, the fair value of the Out-of-the-Money Put Option represents the
   market value of the potential to receive an amount equal to the excess of
   the negative return of the Index between the Segment Start Date and the
   Segment Maturity Date beyond the Segment Buffer, multiplied by the Segment
   Investment. The value of this option reduces the Interim Segment Value, as
   it reflects losses that may be incurred in excess of the Segment Buffer at
   Segment Maturity.

For Standard Segments, the Fair Value of Derivatives is equal to (1) minus
(3) minus (4), as defined above. For Choice Segments, the Fair Value of
Derivatives is equal to (2) minus (3) minus (4), as defined above.

We determine the fair value of each of the three designated hypothetical
options for a Segment using the Black Scholes model for valuing a European
option on the Index, assuming a continuous dividend yield or net convenience
value, with inputs that are consistent with current market prices. Each
hypothetical option has a notional value on the Segment Start Date equal to the
Segment Investment on that date. The notional value is the price of the
underlying Index at the inception of the contract. In the event that a number
of options, or a fractional number of options, are being valued, the notional
value would be the number of hypothetical options multiplied by the price of
the Index at inception.

For Securities Indices, we use the following inputs to the Black Scholes model:

(1)Implied Volatility of the Index -- This input varies with (i) how much time
   remains until the Segment Maturity Date of the Segment, which is determined
   by using an expiration date for the designated option that corresponds to
   that time remaining and (ii) the relationship between the strike price of
   that option and the level of the Index at the time of the calculation
   (including the potential for resets each Annual Lock Period).

   This relationship is referred to as the "moneyness" of the option described
   above, and is calculated as the ratio of current price to the strike price.
   Direct market data for these inputs for any given early distribution are
   generally not available, because options on the Index that actually trade in
   the market have specific maturity dates and moneyness values that are
   unlikely to correspond precisely to the Segment Maturity Date (or remaining
   Annual Lock Periods) and moneyness of the designated option that we use for
   purposes of the calculation.

   Accordingly, we use the following method to estimate the implied volatility
   of the Index. We use daily quotes of implied volatility from independent
   third-parties using the same Black Scholes model described above and based
   on the market prices for certain options. Specifically, implied volatility
   quotes are obtained for options with the closest maturities above and below
   the actual time remaining in the Segment at the time of the calculation and,
   for each maturity, for those options having the closest moneyness value
   above and below the actual moneyness of the designated option, given the
   level of the Index at the time of the calculation. In calculating the
   Segment Interim Value, we will derive a volatility input for your Segment's
   time to maturity (including each remaining Annual Lock Period time to
   maturity) and strike price by linearly interpolating between the implied
   volatility quotes that are based on the actual adjacent maturities and
   moneyness values described above, as follows:

   (a)We first determine the implied volatility of an option that has the same
      moneyness as the designated option but with the closest available time to
      maturity shorter than your Segment's remaining time to maturity
      (including each remaining Annual Lock Period

                                     III-3

                      APPENDIX III: SEGMENT INTERIM VALUE






      time to maturity). This volatility is derived by linearly interpolating
      between the implied volatilities of options having the times to the
      applicable maturity that are above and below the moneyness value of the
      hypothetical option.

   (b)We then determine the implied volatility of an option that has the same
      moneyness as the designated option but with the closest available time to
      maturity longer than your Segment's remaining time to the applicable
      maturity (including each remaining Annual Lock Period time to maturity).
      This volatility is derived by linearly interpolating between the implied
      volatilities of options having the times to maturity that are above and
      below the moneyness value of the designated option.

   (c)The volatility input for your Segment's time to maturity (including each
      remaining Annual Lock Period time to maturity) will then be determined by
      linearly interpolating between the volatilities derived in steps (a) and
      (b).

(2)Swap Rate -- We use key derivative swap rates obtained from information
   provided by independent third-parties which are recognized financial
   reporting vendors. Swap rates are obtained for maturities adjacent to the
   actual time remaining in the Segment at the time of the early distribution.
   We use linear interpolation to derive the exact remaining duration rate
   needed as the input.

(3)Index Dividend Yield -- On a daily basis, we use the projected annual
   dividend yield across the entire Index obtained from information provided by
   independent third-party financial institutions. This value is a widely used
   assumption and is readily available from recognized financial reporting
   vendors.

Generally, a put option has an inverse relationship with its underlying Index,
while a call option has a direct relationship. In addition to the inputs
discussed above, the Fair Value of Derivatives is also affected by the time to
the Segment Maturity Date (including each Annual Lock Period remaining to
maturity).

(A)(3) CAP CALCULATION FACTOR. In setting the Performance Cap Rate, we take
into account that we incur expenses in connection with a contract, including
insurance and administrative expenses. If you withdraw your investment prior to
the Segment Maturity Date, we will not incur expenses for the entire duration
of the Segment. Therefore, we provide a positive adjustment as part of the
calculation of Segment Interim Value, which we call the Cap Calculation Factor.
The Cap Calculation Factor represents a return of estimated expenses for the
portion of the Segment Duration that has not elapsed. For example, if the
estimated expenses for a one year Segment are calculated by us to be $10, then
at the end of 146 days (with 219 days remaining in the Segment), the Cap
Calculation Factor would be $6, because $10 x 219/365 = $6. A Segment is not a
variable investment option with an underlying portfolio, and therefore the
percentages we use in setting the performance caps do not reflect a daily
charge against assets held on your behalf in a separate account.

(B) PRO RATA SHARE OF PERFORMANCE CAP RATE. In setting the Performance Cap
Rate, we assume that you are going to hold the Segment for the entire Segment
Duration. If you hold a Segment until its Segment Maturity Date, the Segment
Return will be calculated subject to the Performance Cap Rate. For Standard and
Choice Segments, prior to the Segment Maturity Date, your Segment Interim Value
will be limited by the portion of the Performance Cap Rate corresponding to the
portion of the Segment Duration that has elapsed. For example, if the
Performance Cap Rate for a one-year Standard Segment is 10%, then at the end of
146 days, the Pro Rata Share of the Performance Cap Rate would be 4%, because
10% x 146/365 = 4%; as a result, the Segment Interim Value at the end of the
146 days could not exceed 104% of the Segment Investment. Likewise, if the
Performance Cap Rate for a 5-year Standard or Choice Segment is 40%, then at
the end of 913 days, the Pro Rata Share of the Performance Cap Rate would be
20%, because 40% x 913/1826 = 20%; as a result, the Segment Interim Value and
the end of 913 days could not exceed 120% of the Segment Investment. For Annual
Lock Segments, prior to the Segment Maturity Date, your Segment Interim Value
will be limited by the portion of the Performance Cap Rate corresponding to the
portion of the current Annual Lock Period that has elapsed. For example, if the
Performance Cap Rate for a five-year Annual Lock Segment is 10%, then at the
end of 146 days in the third Annual Lock Period (913 days since the Segment
Start Date), the Pro Rata Share of the Performance Cap Rate would be 4%,
because 10% x 146/365 = 4%; as a result, the Interim Value at the end of the
146 days in the third Annual Lock Period could not exceed 104% of the third
Annual Lock Anniversary Starting Amount.

EXAMPLES: SEGMENT INTERIM VALUE -- STANDARD SEGMENTS



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 ITEM                   1-YEAR SEGMENT 3-YEAR SEGMENT 5-YEAR SEGMENT 3-YEAR SEGMENT 5-YEAR SEGMENT
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     
Segment Duration (in
  months)                     12             36             60             36             60
Valuation Date (Months
  since Segment Start
  Date)                       9              9              9              33             57
Segment Investment          $1,000         $1,000         $1,000         $1,000         $1,000
Segment Buffer               -10%           -20%           -30%           -20%           -30%
Performance Cap Rate          8%            20%            35%            20%            35%
Time to Maturity (in
  months)                     3              27             51             3              3
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                     III-4

                      APPENDIX III: SEGMENT INTERIM VALUE







                                                         
ASSUMING THE CHANGE IN THE INDEX VALUE IS -40% (FOR EXAMPLE FROM 100.00 TO 60.00)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fair Value of
  Hypothetical Fixed
  Instrument                     $999.38   $972.29   $906.97   $999.38   $999.38
Fair Value of
  Hypothetical
  Derivatives                   ($302.86) ($225.26) ($150.24) ($203.38) ($108.56)
Cap Calculation
  Factor                          $4.50    $40.52    $76.54     $4.49     $4.49
Sum of above/(1)/                $701.02   $787.55   $833.27   $800.49   $895.30
Segment Investment
  multiplied by prorated
  Performance Cap
  Rate                          $1,060.00 $1,049.91 $1,052.36 $1,183.36 $1,332.55
Segment Interim Value/(2)/       $701.02   $787.55   $833.27   $800.49   $895.30
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSUMING THE CHANGE IN THE INDEX VALUE IS -10% (FOR EXAMPLE FROM 100.00 TO 90.00)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fair Value of
  Hypothetical Fixed
  Instrument                     $999.38   $972.29   $906.97   $999.38   $999.38
Fair Value of
  Hypothetical
  Derivatives                   ($33.71)  ($38.03)   ($3.36)   $ 0.70    $11.10
Cap Calculation Factor            $4.50    $40.52    $76.54     $4.49     $4.49
Sum of above/(1)/                $970.17   $974.79   $980.15  $1,004.58 $1,014,97
Segment Investment
  multiplied by prorated
  Performance Cap
  Rate                          $1,060.00 $1,049.91 $1,052.36 $1,183.36 $1,332.55
Segment Interim Value/(2)/       $970.17   $974.79   $980.15  $1,004.58 $1,014.97
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSUMING THE CHANGE IN THE INDEX VALUE IS 10% (FOR EXAMPLE FROM 100.00 TO 110.00)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fair Value of
  Hypothetical Fixed
  Instrument                     $999.38   $972.29   $906.97   $999.38   $999.38
Fair Value of
  Hypothetical
  Derivatives                    $51.91    $43.31    $68.28    $92.87    $109.64
Cap Calculation Factor            $4.50    $40.52    $76.54     $4.49     $4.49
Sum of above/(1)/               $1,055.79 $1,056.13 $1,051.79 $1,096.74 $1,113.51
Segment Investment
  multiplied by prorated
  Performance Cap
  Rate                          $1,060.00 $1,049.91 $1,052.36 $1,183.36 $1,332.55
Segment Interim Value/(2)/      $1,055.79 $1,056.13 $1,051.79 $1,096.74 $1,113.51
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                     III-5

                      APPENDIX III: SEGMENT INTERIM VALUE







                                                         
ASSUMING THE CHANGE IN THE INDEX VALUE IS 40% (FOR EXAMPLE FROM 100.00 TO 140.00)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fair Value of
  Hypothetical Fixed
  Instrument                     $999.38   $972.29   $906.97   $999.38   $999.38
Fair Value of
  Hypothetical
  Derivatives                    $79.18    $119.18   $147.45   $191.34   $297.12
Cap Calculation Factor            $4.50    $40.52    $76.54     $4.49     $4.49
Sum of above/(1)/               $1,083.06 $1,132.00 $1,130.96 $1,195.22 $1,300.99
Segment Investment
  multiplied by prorated
  Performance Cap
  Rate                          $1,060.00 $1,049.91 $1,052.36 $1,183.36 $1,332.55
Segment Interim Value/(2)/      $1,060.00 $1,049.91 $1,052.36 $1,183.36 $1,300.99
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------


(1)Sum of the Fair Value of Hypothetical Fixed Instrument + Fair Value of
   Hypothetical Derivatives + Cap Calculation Factor.
(2)Lesser of (A) Fair Value of Hypothetical Fixed Instrument + Fair Value of
   Hypothetical Derivatives + Cap Calculation Factor and (B) Pro Rated Share of
   Performance Cap Rate.

EXAMPLES: EFFECT OF WITHDRAWALS ON SEGMENT INTERIM VALUE -- STANDARD SEGMENTS



---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 ITEM                                 1-YEAR SEGMENT                 3-YEAR SEGMENT                 5-YEAR SEGMENT
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                    
Segment Duration (in months)                12                             36                             60
Valuation Date (Months since
  Segment Start Date)                        9                              9                              9
Segment Investment                        $1,000                         $1,000                         $1,000
Segment Buffer                             -10%                           -20%                           -30%
Performance Cap Rate                        8%                             20%                            35%
Time to Maturity (in months)                 3                             27                             51
Amount Withdrawn/(1)/                      $100                           $100                           $100
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSUMING THE CHANGE IN THE INDEX VALUE IS -40% (FOR EXAMPLE FROM 100.00 TO 60.00)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Segment Interim Value/(2)/                $701.02                        $787.55                        $833.27
Percent Withdrawn/(3)/                    14.27%                         12.70%                         12.00%
New Segment Investment/(4)/               $857.35                        $873.02                        $879.99
New Segment Interim Value/(5)/            $601.02                        $687.55                        $733.27
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSUMING THE CHANGE IN THE INDEX VALUE IS -10% (FOR EXAMPLE FROM 100.00 TO 90.00)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Segment Interim Value/(2)/                $970.17                        $974.79                        $980.15
Percent Withdrawn/(3)/                    10.31%                         10.26%                         10.20%
New Segment Investment/(4)/               $896.93                        $897.41                        $897.97
New Segment Interim Value/(5)/            $870.17                        $874.79                        $880.15
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSUMING THE CHANGE IN THE INDEX VALUE IS 10% (FOR EXAMPLE FROM 100.00 TO 110.00)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Segment Interim Value/(2)/               $1,055.79                      $1,049.91                      $1,051.79
Percent Withdrawn/(3)/                     9.47%                          9.52%                          9.51%
New Segment Investment/(4)/               $905.28                        $904.75                        $904.92
New Segment Interim Value/(5)/            $955.79                        $949.91                        $951.79
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSUMING THE CHANGE IN THE INDEX VALUE IS 40% (FOR EXAMPLE FROM 100.00 TO 140.00)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Segment Interim Value/(2)/               $1,060.00                      $1,049.91                      $1,052.36
Percent Withdrawn/(3)/                     9.43%                          9.52%                          9.50%
New Segment Investment/(4)/               $905.66                        $904.75                        $904.98
New Segment Interim Value/(5)/            $960.00                        $949.91                        $952.36
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


(1)Amount withdrawn is net of applicable withdrawal charge.
(2)Segment Interim Value immediately before withdrawal.
(3)Percent Withdrawn is equal to Amount Withdrawn divided by Segment Interim
   Value.
(4)New Segment Investment is equal to the original Segment Investment ($1,000)
   multiplied by (1 - Percent Withdrawn).
(5)New Segment Interim Value is equal to the calculated Segment Interim Value
   based on the new Segment Investment. It will also be equal to the Segment
   Interim Value multiplied by (1 - Percent Withdrawn).

                                     III-6

                      APPENDIX III: SEGMENT INTERIM VALUE







EXAMPLES: SEGMENT INTERIM VALUE -- CHOICE SEGMENTS



-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 ITEM                                  5-YEAR SEGMENT                  5-YEAR SEGMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          
Segment Duration (in months)                 60                              60
Valuation Date (Months since
Segment Start   Date)                         9                              57
Segment Investment                         $1,000                          $1,000
Segment Buffer                              -25%                            -25%
Performance Cap Rate                         55%                             55%
Time to Maturity (in months)                 51                               3
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSUMING THE CHANGE IN THE INDEX VALUE IS -40% (FOR EXAMPLE FROM 100.00 TO 60.00)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fair Value of Hypothetical
Fixed Instrument                           $906.97                         $999.38
Fair Value of Hypothetical
Derivatives                               ($182.42)                       ($155.38)
Cap Calculation Factor                     $76.54                           $4.49
Sum of above/(1)/                          $801.09                         $848.49
Segment Investment multiplied
  by prorated Performance Cap
  Rate                                    $1,082.27                       $1,522.58
Segment Interim Value/(2)/                 $801.09                         $848.49
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSUMING THE CHANGE IN THE INDEX VALUE IS -10% (FOR EXAMPLE FROM 100.00 TO 90.00)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fair Value of Hypothetical
Fixed Instrument                           $906.97                         $999.38
Fair Value of Hypothetical
Derivatives                               ($13.71)                          $1.15
Cap Calculation Factor                     $76.54                           $4.49
Sum of above/(1)/                          $969.80                        $1,005.02
Segment Investment multiplied
  by prorated Performance Cap
  Rate                                    $1,082.27                       $1,522.58
Segment Interim Value/(2)/                 $969.80                        $1,005.02
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSUMING THE CHANGE IN THE INDEX VALUE IS 10% (FOR EXAMPLE FROM 100.00 TO 110.00)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fair Value of Hypothetical
Fixed Instrument                           $906.97                         $999.38
Fair Value of Hypothetical
Derivatives                                $75.14                          $79.53
Cap Calculation Factor                     $76.54                           $4.49
Sum of above/(1)/                         $1,058.65                       $1,083.40
Segment Investment multiplied
  by prorated Performance Cap
  Rate                                    $1,082.27                       $1,522.58
Segment Interim Value/(2)/                $1,058.65                       $1,083.40
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSUMING THE CHANGE IN THE INDEX VALUE IS 40% (FOR EXAMPLE FROM 100.00 TO 140.00)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fair Value of Hypothetical
Fixed Instrument                           $906.97                         $999.38
Fair Value of Hypothetical
Derivatives                                $180.33                         $320.70
Cap Calculation Factor                     $76.54                           $4.49
Sum of above/(1)/                         $1,163.84                       $1,324.56
Segment Investment multiplied
  by prorated Performance Cap
  Rate                                    $1,082.27                       $1,522.58
Segment Interim Value/(2)/                $1,082.27                       $1,324.56
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


(1)Sum of the Fair Value of Hypothetical Fixed Instrument + Fair Value of
   Hypothetical Derivatives + Cap Calculation Factor.
(2)Lesser of (A) Fair Value of Hypothetical Fixed Instrument + Fair Value of
   Hypothetical Derivatives + Cap Calculation Factor and (B) Pro Rated Share of
   Performance Cap Rate.

                                     III-7

                      APPENDIX III: SEGMENT INTERIM VALUE







EXAMPLES: EFFECT OF WITHDRAWALS ON SEGMENT INTERIM VALUE -- CHOICE SEGMENTS



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 ITEM                                 5-YEAR SEGMENT
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            
Segment Duration (in months)                60
Valuation Date (Months since
Segment Start   Date)                        9
Segment Investment                        $1,000
Segment Buffer                             -25%
Performance Cap Rate                        55%
Time to Maturity (in months)                51
Amount Withdrawn/(1)/                      $100
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ASSUMING THE CHANGE IN THE INDEX VALUE IS -40% (FOR EXAMPLE FROM 100.00 TO
60.00)


                            
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Segment Interim Value/(2)/                $801.09
Percent Withdrawn/(3)/                    12.48%
New Segment Investment/(4)/               $875.17
New Segment Interim Value/(5)/            $701.09
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ASSUMING THE CHANGE IN THE INDEX VALUE IS -10% (FOR EXAMPLE FROM 100.00 TO
90.00)


                            
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Segment Interim Value/(2)/                $969.80
Percent Withdrawn/(3)/                    10.31%
New Segment Investment/(4)/               $896.89
New Segment Interim Value/(5)/            $869.80
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ASSUMING THE CHANGE IN THE INDEX VALUE IS 10% (FOR EXAMPLE FROM 100.00 TO
110.00)


                            
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Segment Interim Value/(2)/               $1,058.65
Percent Withdrawn/(3)/                     9.45%
New Segment Investment/(4)/               $905.54
New Segment Interim Value/(5)/            $958.65
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ASSUMING THE CHANGE IN THE INDEX VALUE IS 40% (FOR EXAMPLE FROM 100.00 TO
140.00)



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 ITEM                                 5-YEAR SEGMENT
                            
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Segment Interim Value/(2)/               $1,082.27
Percent Withdrawn/(3)/                     9.24%
New Segment Investment/(4)/               $907.60
New Segment Interim Value/(5)/            $982.27
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


(1)Amount withdrawn is net of applicable withdrawal charge.
(2)Value immediately before withdrawal.
(3)Percent Withdrawn is equal to Amount Withdrawn divided by Segment Interim
   Value.
(4)New Segment Investment is equal to the original Segment Investment ($1,000)
   multiplied by (1 - Percent Withdrawn).
(5)New Segment Interim Value is equal to the calculated Segment Interim Value
   based on the new Segment Investment. It will also be equal to the Segment
   Interim Value multiplied by (1 - Percent Withdrawn).

EXAMPLE: SEGMENT INTERIM VALUE -- ANNUAL LOCK SEGMENTS



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 ITEM                                 5-YEAR SEGMENT
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            
Segment Duration (in months)                60
Valuation Date                    Annual Lock Anniversary
Segment Investment                        $1,000
Segment Buffer                             -10%
Performance Cap Rate                        12%
Time to Maturity (in months)                48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                     III-8

                      APPENDIX III: SEGMENT INTERIM VALUE






ASSUMING THE CHANGE IN THE INDEX VALUE DURING THE FIRST ANNUAL LOCK PERIOD THE
SIV CALCULATION IS OCCURRING IS 13% (FOR EXAMPLE FROM 100.00 TO 113.00)


                            
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fair Value of Hypothetical
Fixed Instrument                          $901.00
Fair Value of Hypothetical
Derivatives                               $127.00
Cap Calculation Factor                    $72.00
Sum of above/(1)/                        $1,100.00
Annual Lock Anniversary
  Starting Amount multiplied
  by prorated Performance Cap
  Rate/(2)/                              $1,120.00
Segment Interim Value/(3)/               $1,100.00
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


(1)Sum of the Fair Value of Hypothetical Fixed Instrument + Fair Value of
   Hypothetical Derivatives + Cap Calculation Factor.
(2)Before the first Annual Lock Anniversary, it is the Segment Investment
   multiplied by prorated Performance Cap Rate.
(3)Lesser of (A) Fair Value of Hypothetical Fixed Instrument + Fair Value of
   Hypothetical Derivatives + Cap Calculation Factor and (B) Pro Rated Share of
   Performance Cap Rate.

EXAMPLES: EFFECT OF WITHDRAWALS ON SEGMENT INTERIM VALUE, SEGMENT INVESTMENT
AND ANNUAL LOCK ANNIVERSARY STARTING AMOUNT -- ANNUAL LOCK SEGMENTS



---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     1/ST/ ANNUAL LOCK              2/ND/ ANNUAL LOCK                 WITHDRAWAL
 ITEM                                   ANNIVERSARY                    ANNIVERSARY                      OCCURS
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                    
Segment Duration (in months)                60                             60                             60
Valuation Date (Months since
  Segment Start Date)                       12                             24                             30
Segment Investment                        $1,000                         $1,000                         $1,000
Segment Buffer                             -10%                           -10%                           -10%
Performance Cap Rate                        12%                            12%                            12%
Time to Maturity (in months)                48                             36                             30
Amount Withdrawn/(1)/                       $0                             $0                            $110
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 CHANGE IN INDEX VALUE                     +13%                            -5%                            +2%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Segment Interim Value                                                                               $1,100.00/(2)/
Annual Lock
  Anniversary Starting Amount            $1,120.00                      $1,120.00
Percent Withdrawn/(3)/                                                                                  10.00%
New Segment Investment/(4)/                                                                             $900.00
New Segment Interim Value/(5)/                                                                          $990.00
New Annual Lock Anniversary
  Starting Amount                        $1,008.00                      $1,008.00
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


(1)Amount withdrawn is net of applicable withdrawal charge.
(2)Value immediately before withdrawal.
(3)Percent Withdrawn is equal to Amount Withdrawn divided by Segment Interim
   Value.
(4)New Segment Investment is equal to the original Segment Investment ($1,000)
   multiplied by (1 - Percent Withdrawn).
(5)New Segment Interim Value is equal to the calculated Segment Interim Value
   based on the new Segment Investment. It will also be equal to the Segment
   Interim Value multiplied by (1 - Percent Withdrawn).

                                     III-9

                      APPENDIX III: SEGMENT INTERIM VALUE





Appendix IV: Index Publishers

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Structured Investment Option of the Structured Capital Strategies(R)
contract tracks certain Securities Indices and Index Funds that are published
by third parties. AXA Equitable uses these Securities Indices and Index Funds
under license from the Indices' and Index Funds respective publishers. The
following information about the Indices and Index Funds is included in this
Prospectus in accordance with AXA Equitable's license agreements with the
publishers of the Indices and Index Funds:

S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC requires that the following disclaimer be included in
the Prospectus:

The S&P 500 Price Return Index and the Dow Jones US Real Estate Index (the
"Indexes") are products of S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC ("SPDJI"), and have been
licensed for use by AXA Equitable. Standard & Poor's(R) and S&P(R) are
registered trademarks of Standard & Poor's Financial Services LLC ("S&P"); Dow
Jones(R) is a registered trademark of Dow Jones Trademark Holdings LLC ("Dow
Jones"); and these trademarks have been licensed for use by SPDJI and
sublicensed for certain purposes by AXA Equitable. The Structured Capital
Strategies(R) contract is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by SPDJI,
Dow Jones, S&P or any of their respective affiliates (collectively, "S&P Dow
Jones Indices"). S&P Dow Jones Indices makes no representation or warranty,
express or implied, to the owners of the Structured Capital Strategies(R)
contract or any member of the public regarding the advisability of investing in
securities generally or in the Structured Capital Strategies(R) contract
particularly or the ability of the Indexes to track general market performance.
S&P Dow Jones Indices' only relationship to AXA Equitable with respect to the
Indexes is the licensing of the Indexes and certain trademarks, service marks
and/or trade names of S&P Dow Jones Indices and/or its licensors. The Indexes
are determined, composed and calculated by S&P Dow Jones Indices without regard
to AXA Equitable or the Structured Capital Strategies contract. S&P Dow Jones
Indices have no obligation to take the needs of AXA Equitable or the owners of
the Structured Capital Strategies contract into consideration in determining,
composing or calculating the Indexes. S&P Dow Jones Indices are not responsible
for and have not participated in the determination of the prices, and amount of
the Structured Capital Strategies contract or the timing of the issuance or
sale of such contract or in the determination or calculation of the equation by
which such contract is to be converted into cash, surrendered or redeemed, as
the case may be. S&P Dow Jones Indices have no obligation or liability in
connection with the administration, marketing or trading of AXA Equitable's
products. There is no assurance that investment products based on the Indexes
will accurately track index performance or provide positive investment returns.
S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC is not an investment advisor. Inclusion of a security
within an index is not a recommendation by S&P Dow Jones Indices to buy, sell,
or hold such security, nor is it considered to be investment advice.

S&P DOW JONES INDICES DOES NOT GUARANTEE THE ADEQUACY, ACCURACY, TIMELINESS
AND/OR THE COMPLETENESS OF THE INDEXES OR ANY DATA RELATED THERETO OR ANY
COMMUNICATION, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ORAL OR WRITTEN COMMUNICATION
(INCLUDING ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS) WITH RESPECT THERETO. S&P DOW JONES
INDICES SHALL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ANY DAMAGES OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS,
OMISSIONS, OR DELAYS THEREIN. S&P DOW JONES INDICES MAKE NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, OF MERCHANTABILITY OR
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE OR AS TO RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED BY AXA
EQUITABLE, OWNERS OF THE STRUCTURED CAPITAL STRATEGIES CONTRACT, OR ANY OTHER
PERSON OR ENTITY FROM THE USE OF THE INDEXES OR WITH RESPECT TO ANY DATA
RELATED THERETO. WITHOUT LIMITING ANY OF THE FOREGOING, IN NO EVENT WHATSOEVER
SHALL S&P DOW JONES INDICES BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL,
PUNITIVE, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF
PROFITS, TRADING LOSSES, LOST TIME OR GOODWILL, EVEN IF THEY HAVE BEEN ADVISED
OF THE POSSIBLITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, STRICT LIABILITY,
OR OTHERWISE. THERE ARE NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES OF ANY AGREEMENTS OR
ARRANGEMENTS BETWEEN S&P DOW JONES INDICES AND AXA EQUITABLE, OTHER THAN THE
LICENSORS OF S&P DOW JONES INDICES.

The name "S&P 500 Price Return Index" is a trademark of Standard & Poor's and
has been licensed for use by AXA Equitable.

Frank Russell Company requires that the following disclosure be included in
this Prospectus:

The Structured Capital Strategies(R) contract is not sponsored, endorsed, sold
or promoted by Frank Russell Company ("Russell"). Russell makes no
representation or warranty, express or implied, to the owners of the Structured
Capital Strategies(R) contract or any member of the public regarding the
advisability of investing in securities generally or in the Product(s)
particularly or the ability of the Russell 2000(R) Price Return Index to track
general stock market performance or a segment of the same. Russell's
publication of the Russell 2000(R) Price Return Index in no way suggests or
implies an opinion by Russell as to the advisability of investment in any or
all of the securities upon which the Russell 2000(R) Price Return Index is
based. Russell's only relationship to AXA Equitable is the licensing of certain
trademarks and trade names of Russell and of the Russell 2000(R) Price Return
Index which is determined, composed and calculated by Russell without regard to
AXA Equitable or the Structured Capital Strategies(R) contract. Russell is not
responsible for and has not reviewed the Structured Capital Strategies(R)
contract nor any associated literature or publications and Russell makes no
representation or warranty express or implied as to their accuracy or
completeness, or otherwise. Russell reserves the right, at any time and without
notice, to alter, amend, terminate or in any way change the the Structured
Capital Strategies(R) contract. Russell has no obligation or liability in
connection with the administration, marketing or trading of the Structured
Capital Strategies(R) contract.

RUSSELL DOES NOT GUARANTEE THE ACCURACY AND/OR THE COMPLETENESS OF THE RUSSELL
2000(R) PRICE RETURN INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN AND RUSSELL SHALL HAVE
NO LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS, OMISSIONS, OR INTERRUPTIONS THEREIN. RUSSELL MAKES
NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED BY AXA EQUITABLE,
INVESTORS, OWNERS OF THE PRODUCT(S), OR

                                     IV-1

                         APPENDIX IV: INDEX PUBLISHERS






ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FROM THE USE OF THE RUSSELL 2000(R) PRICE RETURN
INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. RUSSELL MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE WITH RESPECT TO THE RUSSELL 2000(R)
PRICE RETURN INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. WITHOUT LIMITING ANY OF THE
FOREGOING, IN NO EVENT SHALL RUSSELL HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY SPECIAL,
PUNITIVE, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS), EVEN IF
NOTIFIED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

MSCI Inc. requires that the following disclosure be included in this Prospectus:

THIS PRODUCT IS NOT SPONSORED, ENDORSED, SOLD OR PROMOTED BY MSCI INC.
("MSCI"), ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES, ANY OF ITS INFORMATION PROVIDERS OR ANY OTHER
THIRD PARTY INVOLVED IN, OR RELATED TO, COMPILING, COMPUTING OR CREATING ANY
MSCI INDEX (COLLECTIVELY, THE "MSCI PARTIES"). THE MSCI INDEXES ARE THE
EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF MSCI. MSCI AND THE MSCI INDEX NAMES ARE SERVICE MARK(S)
OF MSCI OR ITS AFFILIATES AND HAVE BEEN LICENSED FOR USE FOR CERTAIN PURPOSES
BY [LICENSEE]. NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES MAKES ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, TO THE ISSUER OR OWNERS OF THIS PRODUCT OR ANY OTHER PERSON
OR ENTITY REGARDING THE ADVISABILITY OF INVESTING IN PRODUCTS GENERALLY OR IN
THIS PRODUCT PARTICULARLY OR THE ABILITY OF ANY MSCI INDEX TO TRACK
CORRESPONDING STOCK MARKET PERFORMANCE. MSCI OR ITS AFFILIATES ARE THE
LICENSORS OF CERTAIN TRADEMARKS, SERVICE MARKS AND TRADE NAMES AND OF THE MSCI
INDEXES WHICH ARE DETERMINED, COMPOSED AND CALCULATED BY MSCI WITHOUT REGARD TO
THIS PRODUCT OR THE ISSUER OR OWNERS OF THIS PRODUCT OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR
ENTITY. NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES HAS ANY OBLIGATION TO TAKE THE NEEDS OF THE
ISSUER OR OWNERS OF THIS PRODUCT OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY INTO
CONSIDERATION IN DETERMINING, COMPOSING OR CALCULATING THE MSCI INDEXES. NONE
OF THE MSCI PARTIES IS RESPONSIBLE FOR OR HAS PARTICIPATED IN THE DETERMINATION
OF THE TIMING OF, PRICES AT, OR QUANTITIES OF THIS PRODUCT TO BE ISSUED OR IN
THE DETERMINATION OR CALCULATION OF THE EQUATION BY OR THE CONSIDERATION INTO
WHICH THIS PRODUCT IS REDEEMABLE. FURTHER, NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES HAS ANY
OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY TO THE ISSUER OR OWNERS OF THIS PRODUCT OR ANY OTHER
PERSON OR ENTITY IN CONNECTION WITH THE ADMINISTRATION, MARKETING OR OFFERING
OF THIS PRODUCT. ALTHOUGH MSCI SHALL OBTAIN INFORMATION FOR INCLUSION IN OR FOR
USE IN THE CALCULATION OF THE MSCI INDEXES FROM SOURCES THAT MSCI CONSIDERS
RELIABLE, NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES WARRANTS OR GUARANTEES THE ORIGINALITY,
ACCURACY AND/OR THE COMPLETENESS OF ANY MSCI INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED
THEREIN. NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES MAKES ANY WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO
RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED BY THE ISSUER OF THE PRODUCT, OWNERS OF THE PRODUCT, OR
ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY, FROM THE USE OF ANY MSCI INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED
THEREIN. NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES SHALL HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS,
OMISSIONS OR INTERRUPTIONS OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY MSCI INDEX OR ANY DATA
INCLUDED THEREIN. FURTHER, NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES MAKES ANY EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, AND THE MSCI PARTIES HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM
ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, WITH
RESPECT TO EACH MSCI INDEX AND ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. WITHOUT LIMITING ANY
OF THE FOREGOING, IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY OF THE MSCI PARTIES HAVE ANY LIABILITY
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, CONSEQUENTIAL OR ANY OTHER DAMAGES
(INCLUDING LOST PROFITS) EVEN IF NOTIFIED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
No purchaser, seller or holder of this product, or any other person or entity,
should use or refer to any MSCI trade name, trademark or service mark to
sponsor, endorse, market or promote this security without first contacting MSCI
to determine whether MSCI's permission is required. Under no circumstances may
any person or entity claim any affiliation with MSCI without the prior written
permission of MSCI.

The Structured Capital Strategies(R) contract is not sponsored, endorsed, sold
or promoted by The NASDAQ OMX Group, Inc. or its affiliates (NASDAQ OMX, with
its affiliates, are referred to as the "Corporations"). The Corporations have
not passed on the legality or suitability of, or the accuracy or adequacy of
descriptions and disclosures relating to, the Structured Capital Strategies(R)
contract. The Corporations make no representation or warranty, express or
implied to the owners of the Structured Capital Strategies(R) contract or any
member of the public regarding the advisability of investing in securities
generally or in the Structured Capital Strategies(R) contract particularly, or
the ability of the NASDAQ-100 Price Return Index to track general stock market
performance. The Corporations' only relationship to AXA Equitable ("Licensee")
is in the licensing of the NASDAQ(R), OMX(R), NASDAQ OMX(R) and NASDAQ-100
Price Return Index(R) registered trademarks, and certain trade names of the
Corporations and the use of the NASDAQ-100 Price Return Index which is
determined, composed and calculated by NASDAQ OMX without regard to Licensee or
the Structured Capital Strategies(R) contract. NASDAQ OMX has no obligation to
take the needs of the Licensee or the owners of the Structured Capital
Strategies(R) contract into consideration in determining, composing or
calculating the NASDAQ-100 Price Return Index. The Corporations are not
responsible for and have not participated in the determination of the timing
of, prices at, or quantities of the Structured Capital Strategies(R) contract
to be issued or in the determination or calculation of the equation by which
the Structured Capital Strategies(R) contract is to be converted into cash. The
Corporations have no liability in connection with the administration, marketing
or trading of the Structured Capital Strategies(R) contract.

THE CORPORATIONS DO NOT GUARANTEE THE ACCURACY AND/OR UNINTERRUPTED CALCULATION
OF THE NASDAQ-100 PRICE RETURN INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. THE
CORPORATIONS MAKE NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED
BY LICENSEE, OWNERS OF THE STRUCTURED CAPITAL STRATEGIES(R) CONTRACT, OR ANY
OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FROM THE USE OF THE NASDAQ-100 PRICE RETURN INDEX OR ANY
DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. THE CORPORATIONS MAKE NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE WITH RESPECT TO THE NASDAQ-100 PRICE RETURN INDEX OR
ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. WITHOUT LIMITING ANY OF THE FOREGOING, IN NO EVENT
SHALL THE CORPORATIONS HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR SPECIAL,
INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF NOTIFIED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

                                     IV-2

                         APPENDIX IV: INDEX PUBLISHERS






State Street Global Advisers requires that the following disclaimer be included
in the Prospectus:

This Structured Capital Strategies(R) variable annuity is not sponsored,
endorsed, authorized, sold or promoted by the Select Sector Trust or SSgA FM.
Neither the Select Sector Trust nor SSgA FM makes any representations or
warranties to purchasers of a Structured Capital Strategies(R) variable annuity
contract or any member of the public regarding the advisability of purchasing a
Structured Capital Strategies(R) variable annuity contract. Neither the Select
Sector Trust nor SSgA FM has any obligation or liability in connection with the
operation, marketing, trading or sale of Structured Capital Strategies(R)
variable annuities.

Each Select Sector Index is based on equity securities of public companies that
are components of the S&P 500, selected on the basis of general industrial
classification, and included as constituent securities of a particular Select
Sector Index by the Index Compilation Agent in consultation with S&P, a
division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. S&P acts as "Index Calculation
Agent" (sometimes also referred to as the "Index Provider") in connection with
the calculation and dissemination of each Select Sector Index.

Select Sector SPDRs are not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by S&P. S&P
makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, to the owners of the
Select Sector SPDRs or any member of the public regarding the advisability of
investing in securities generally or in the Select Sector SPDRs particularly or
the ability of a Select Sector SPDR Fund to track the performance of the
various sectors represented in the stock market. The stocks included in each
Select Sector Index were selected by the Index Compilation Agent in
consultation with S&P from a universe of companies represented by the S&P 500.
The composition and weighting of stocks included in each Select Sector Index
can be expected to differ from the composition and weighting of stocks included
in the corresponding S&P 500 sector index that is published and disseminated by
S&P. S&P's only relationship to the Index Compilation Agent is the licensing of
certain trademarks and trade names of S&P and of the S&P 500 which is
determined, composed and calculated by S&P without regard to the Index
Compilation Agent or any Select Sector SPDR Fund. S&P has no obligation to take
the needs of the Index Compilation Agent, the Trust or the owners of Select
Sector SPDRs into consideration in determining, composing or calculating the
S&P 500. S&P is not responsible for and has not participated in any
determination or calculation made with respect to issuance or redemption of the
Select Sector SPDRs. S&P has no obligation or liability in connection with the
administration, marketing or trading of the Select Sector SPDRs.

S&P does not guarantee the accuracy and/or completeness of the S&P 500, the
Select Sector Indexes or any data included therein.

S&P makes no warranty, express or implied, as to results to be obtained by the
Index Compilation Agent, the Trust, owners of the product, or any other person
or entity from the use of the S&P 500, the Select Sector Indexes or any data
included therein in connection with the rights licensed under the license
agreement or for any other use. S&P makes no express or implied warranties, and
hereby expressly disclaims all warranties of merchantability or fitness for a
particular purpose with respect to the S&P 500, the Select Sector Indexes or
any data included therein. Without limiting any of the foregoing, in no event
shall S&P have any liability for any special, punitive, indirect or
consequential damages (including lost profits), even if notified of the
possibility of such damages.

The shares are not sponsored or promoted by either the Index Calculation Agent
or the Index Compilation Agent.

Neither the Index Calculation Agent nor the Index Compilation Agent makes any
representation or warranty, express or implied, to the owners of the shares of
any Select Sector SPDR Fund or any member of the public regarding the ability
of the indexes identified herein to track stock market performance. The Select
Sector Indexes identified herein are determined, composed and calculated
without regard to the shares of any Select Sector SPDR Fund or the issuer
thereof. The Index Calculation Agent and the Index Compilation Agent are not
responsible for, nor have they participated in, the determination of the timing
of, prices of, or quantities of the shares of any Select Sector SPDR Fund to be
issued, nor in the determination or calculation of the equation by which the
shares are redeemable. The Index Calculation Agent and the Index Compilation
Agent have no obligation or liability to owners of the shares of any Select
Sector SPDR Fund in connection with the administration, marketing or trading of
the shares of any Select Sector SPDR Fund.

Although BofA Merrill Lynch -- as the Index Compilation Agent -- shall obtain
and provide information to S&P -- as the Index Calculation Agent -- from
sources which it considers reliable, the Index Compilation Agent and the Index
Calculation Agent do not guarantee the accuracy and/or the completeness of any
Select Sector Index or any data included therein. The Index Compilation Agent
and the Index Calculation Agent make no warranty, express or implied, as to
results to be obtained by the Trust as licensee, licensee's customers and
counterparties, owners of the shares, or any other person or entity from the
use of the Select Sector Indexes or any data included therein in connection
with the rights licensed as described herein or for any other use. The Index
Compilation Agent and the Index Calculation Agent make no express or implied
warranties, and each hereby expressly disclaims all warranties of
merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose with respect to the Select
Sector Indexes or any data included therein. Without limiting any of the
foregoing, in no event shall the Index Compilation Agent and the Index
Calculation Agent have any liability for any direct, indirect, special,
punitive, consequential or any other damages (including lost profits) even if
notified of the possibility of such damages.

                                     IV-3

                         APPENDIX IV: INDEX PUBLISHERS





Appendix V: Segment Maturity Date and Segment Start Date examples

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Segment Maturity Date for Segments maturing and the Segment Start Date for
new corresponding Segments will generally be scheduled to occur on consecutive
business days that are also Segment Business Days. However, as described
earlier in this Prospectus, the Segment Maturity Date and Segment Start Date
may sometimes occur on later dates.

Set forth below are representative examples of how the Segment Maturity Date
and Segment Start Date may be moved to a different date due to holidays, which
are not Segment Business Days.

Assume that the scheduled Segment Maturity Date falls on a holiday, and the
following two days are both Segment Business Days:



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IF THE SCHEDULED SEGMENT             THEN THE SEGMENT         AND THE CORRESPONDING SEGMENT
MATURITY DATE IS A HOLIDAY:          MATURITY DATE IS:               START DATE IS:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        
Wednesday the 16th                   Tuesday the 15th               Thursday the 17th
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Assume that the scheduled Segment Start Date falls on a holiday, and both the
preceding and following day are both Segment Business Days:



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IF THE SCHEDULED SEGMENT             THEN THE SEGMENT         AND THE CORRESPONDING SEGMENT
START DATE IS A HOLIDAY:             MATURITY DATE IS:               START DATE IS:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        
Thursday the 1st                    Wednesday the 31st         no Segment will start until
                                                               the next scheduled Segment
                                                                       Start Date
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Thursday the 17th                    Tuesday the 15th              Wednesday the 16th
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      V-1

       APPENDIX V: SEGMENT MATURITY DATE AND SEGMENT START DATE EXAMPLES





Appendix VI: Purchase considerations for defined benefit and defined
contribution plans

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

We offer the QP contract as a funding vehicle for defined benefit and defined
contribution plans. In certain states the QP contract is not offered. In those
states defined benefit and defined contribution plans may purchase NQ contracts
as a plan funding vehicle. The plan and trust, if properly qualified, contain
the requisite provisions of the Internal Revenue Code to maintain their tax
exempt status. The most significant difference between the use of the QP
contract and the NQ contract as a funding vehicle is that the QP contract may
be converted into an IRA contract for the benefit of a plan participant under
specified circumstances; an NQ contract cannot be so converted. The advantage
of the IRA conversion feature is that the participant's benefit amount remains
invested: no amounts need to be withdrawn from Segments prior to maturity, the
investment options remain available to the participant, and in the Series B
contract, the aging of contributions for purposes of contingent withdrawal
charges remains intact. If the plan's funding vehicle is an NQ contract, a
withdrawal must be made from the NQ contract in order for the plan to pay the
rollover distribution to the plan participant for application to an IRA, or
directly to an IRA provider at the direction of the plan participant.

Trustees who are considering the purchase of a Structured Capital Strategies(R)
series contract as a plan funding vehicle should discuss with their tax and
ERISA advisers whether such a contract is an appropriate investment vehicle for
the employer's plan. Whether the contract is a QP contract or an NQ contract in
certain states, there are significant issues in the purchase of Structured
Capital Strategies(R) series contract for a qualified plan. The QP contract (or
the NQ contract in certain states) and this Prospectus should be reviewed in
full, and the following factors, among others, should be noted. Trustees should
consider whether the plan provisions permit the investment of plan assets in
the QP or NQ contract, and the payment of death benefits in accordance with the
requirements of the federal income tax rules. Assuming continued plan
qualification and operation, earnings on qualified plan assets will accumulate
value on a tax-deferred basis even if the plan is not funded by Structured
Capital Strategies(R) series QP or NQ contract, or any other annuity contract.
Therefore, plan trusts should purchase a Structured Capital Strategies(R)
series QP or NQ contract to fund a plan for the contract's features and
benefits and not for tax deferral, after considering the relative costs and
benefits of annuity contracts and other types of arrangements and funding
vehicles. Trustees should consider the liquidity needs of the plan (defined
contribution or defined benefit) because Segments in the Structured Investment
Option may not be mature at the time plan benefits or required minimum
distributions must be paid. Finally, because of the method of purchasing the
contract, including the large initial contribution and the requirement that
contributions may only be in the form of transfers from existing funds of the
qualified plan trust, plan trustees should discuss with their advisers whether
the purchase of the QP contract would cause the plan to engage in prohibited
discrimination in contributions, benefits or otherwise.

POOLING PLAN ASSETS

We do not permit plans to pool plan assets attributable to the benefits of
multiple plan participants in one Structured Capital Strategies(R) QP contract,
because of the IRA conversion possibility for the QP contract noted in the
first paragraph of this Appendix. Therefore we require that a separate QP
contract be purchased for each covered plan participant. In states where only
the NQ contract is available as a funding vehicle, defined benefit plans and
defined contribution plans may invest plan assets attributable to the benefits
of multiple plan participants in one Structured Capital Strategies(R) NQ
contract. There is no requirement to apply for multiple Structured Capital
Strategies(R) NQ contracts.

CONTRIBUTIONS

We accept only transfer contributions from the existing funds of the qualified
plan trust, regardless of the type of contract used as the funding vehicle. No
contributions will be accepted directly from the employer sponsoring the plan.
We will not accept ongoing payroll contributions. For 401(k) plans, no employee
after-tax contributions are accepted. A "designated Roth contribution account"
is not available in either the QP contract or the NQ contract in certain
states. Checks written on accounts held in the name of the employer instead of
the plan or the trust will not be accepted. Except for NQ contracts, only one
additional transfer contribution may be made per contract year./2 /If amounts
attributable to an excess or mistaken contribution must be withdrawn,
withdrawal charges may apply.

PAYMENTS

Trustees considering the purchase of a Structured Capital Strategies(R)
contract as a qualified plan funding vehicle should also consider the following:

..   There is no loan feature offered under the Structured Capital Strategies(R)
    contracts (whether the funding vehicle is a QP contract or an NQ contract
    in certain states), so if the plan provides for loans and a participant
    takes a loan from the plan, other plan assets must be used as the source of
    the loan and any loan repayments must be credited to other investment
    vehicles and/or accounts available under the plan. If the plan's other
    funding vehicle has insufficient assets to make any loan, amounts withdrawn
    from the NQ or QP contract will be subject to the Segment Interim Value
    calculation and in the Series B contracts, may be subject to contingent
    withdrawal charges.

..   The plan trust must be designated as the beneficiary and payment of death
    benefits from the contract must be distributed in accordance with the
    requirements of the federal income tax rules. Under a QP contract (but not
    under an NQ contract in certain states) after the plan participant's death,
    but before the death benefit is paid, the plan may substitute the
    beneficiary under the plan at death as the beneficiary under the contract.

..   All payments under an NQ contract will be made to the plan trust owner. All
    payments under a QP contract will be made to the plan trust owner until
    such time as the plan trust owner changes ownership to the plan participant
    as part of an IRA conversion.


                                     VI-1

     APPENDIX VI: PURCHASE CONSIDERATIONS FOR DEFINED BENEFIT AND DEFINED
                              CONTRIBUTION PLANS







CONSIDERATIONS FOR DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN PURCHASES

SPLIT FUNDING REQUIREMENT. The maximum percentage of the value of the plan's
total assets that should be invested in a Structured Capital Strategies(R)
contract at any time is 80%. Whether the funding vehicle is a QP contract or an
NQ contract in certain states, at least 20% of the plan's assets should be
invested in one or more other funding vehicles to provide liquidity for the
plan because Segments in the Structured Investment Option may not be mature at
the time plan benefits become payable.

IF THE DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN PURCHASES A QP CONTRACT. In order to purchase the
QP contract for a defined benefit plan, the plan's actuary will be required to
determine a current dollar value of each plan participant's accrued benefit so
that individual contracts may be established for each plan participant. We do
not permit defined benefit plans to pool plan assets attributable to the
accrued benefits of multiple plan participants.

The value under a QP contract may at any time be more or less than the lump sum
actuarial equivalent of the accrued benefit for a defined benefit plan
participant. AXA Equitable does not guarantee that the account value under a QP
contract will at any time equal the actuarial value of 80% of a
participant/employee's accrued benefit. If amounts attributable to an excess or
mistaken contribution must be withdrawn, withdrawal charges may apply. If in a
defined benefit plan the plan's actuary determines that an overfunding in the
QP contract has occurred, then any transfers from the QP contract may also
result in withdrawal charges.

The plan's fiduciaries are responsible for ensuring that the plan has enough
liquidity to pay benefits when required and should discuss anticipated
liquidity needs with the plan's actuary. Any withdrawal from the Structured
Capital Strategies(R) QP contract to pay benefits, or to address plan
overfunding, excess or mistaken contributions, any required minimum
distribution requirement, or for any other plan or benefit purpose will be
treated as a normal withdrawal for purposes of withdrawal charges and all other
contractual provisions.

While the contract is owned by the plan trust, all payments under the contract
will be made to the plan trust owner. If the plan rolls over a contract into an
IRA for the benefit of a former plan participant through a contract conversion,
it is the plan's responsibility to adjust the value of the contract to the
actuarial equivalent of the participant's benefit, prior to the contract
conversion.

IF THE DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN PURCHASES AN NQ CONTRACT. Defined benefit plans may
pool plan assets attributable to the accrued benefits of multiple plan
participants in one NQ contract. The Structured Capital Strategies(R) contract
is merely a funding vehicle and is not "benefit sensitive" like some contracts
or other funding vehicles that may be offered to qualified plan sponsors.

The plan's fiduciaries are responsible for ensuring that the plan has enough
liquidity to pay benefits when required and should discuss anticipated
liquidity needs with the plan's actuary. Amounts must be withdrawn from the
contract or the contract must be liquidated to pay benefits; benefits payable
under the plan cannot be satisfied through a transfer of ownership of the NQ
contract to any person or entity. Any withdrawal from the Structured Capital
Strategies(R) NQ contract to pay benefits, or to address plan overfunding,
excess or mistaken contributions, any required minimum distribution
requirement, or for any other plan or benefit purpose will be treated as a
normal withdrawal for purposes of withdrawal charges and all other contractual
provisions.

NQ CONTRACT AS A FUNDING VEHICLE IN CERTAIN STATES

If the plan's funding vehicle is an NQ contract, a withdrawal must be made from
the NQ contract or the contract must be liquidated in order to roll over to an
IRA or other eligible retirement plan. There may be significant tax
consequences if the plan transfers ownership of the NQ contract to an employee
after the employee separates from service.

FUNDING VEHICLE ONLY

AXA Equitable's only role is that of the issuer of the contract. AXA Equitable
is not the plan administrator. AXA Equitable will not perform or provide any
plan administrative, recordkeeping or actuarial valuation services with respect
to plan assets invested in Structured Capital Strategies(R) contracts, whether
QP (or NQ in certain states). The plan's administrator will be solely
responsible for performing or providing for all such services.

                                     VI-2

     APPENDIX VI: PURCHASE CONSIDERATIONS FOR DEFINED BENEFIT AND DEFINED
                              CONTRIBUTION PLANS






Statement of additional information

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TABLE OF CONTENTS



                                                             PAGE
                                                          

Who is AXA Equitable?                                         2

Unit Values                                                   2

Custodian and independent registered public accounting firm   2

Distribution of the contracts                                 2

Financial statements                                          2


HOW TO OBTAIN A STRUCTURED CAPITAL STRATEGIES(R) STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT NO. 49

Send this request form to:
  Retirement Service Solutions
  P.O. Box 1547
  Secaucus, NJ 07096-1547




----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Please send me a Structured Capital Strategies(R) Statement of
Additional Information dated February 22, 2016.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Address
                                                                        
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
City                                                                   State  Zip



                                                                         #37376